Naphthalenone compounds exhibiting prolyl hydroxylase inhibitory activity, compositions, and uses thereof

ABSTRACT

Compounds of Formula I and Formula II are useful as inhibitors of HIF prolyl hydroxylases. Compounds of Formula I and Formula II have the following structures: 
                         
where the definitions of the variables are provided herein.

CROSS REFERENCES TO RELATED APPLICATIONS

This application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No.60/875,693, filed on Dec. 18, 2006, and U.S. Provisional Application No.60/963,152, filed on Aug. 1, 2007, which are both hereby incorporated byreference in their entireties and for all purposes as if fully set forthherein.

FIELD OF THE INVENTION

The present invention relates to compounds capable of inhibiting prolylhydroxylases such as HIF prolyl hydroxylases, compounds that modulateHIF levels, compounds that stabilize HIF, compositions comprising thecompounds, and methods for their use for controlling HIF levels. Thecompounds and compositions may be used to treat diseases or conditionsmodulated by HIF such as ischemia, anemia, wound healing,auto-transplantation, allo-transplantation, xeno-transplantation,systemic high blood pressure, thalassemia, diabetes, cancer, andinflammatory disorders.

BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION

The cellular transcription factor HIF (Hypoxia Inducible Factor)occupies a central position in oxygen homeostasis in a wide range oforganisms and is a key regulator of responses to hypoxia. The genesregulated by HIF transcriptional activity can play critical roles inangiogenesis, erythropoiesis, hemoglobin F production, energymetabolism, inflammation, vasomotor function, apoptosis and cellularproliferation. HIF can also play a role in cancer, in which it iscommonly upregulated, and in the pathophysiological responses toischemia and hypoxia.

The HIF transcriptional complex comprises an αβ heterodimer: HIF-β is aconstitutive nuclear protein that dimerizes with oxygen-regulated HIF-αsubunits. Oxygen regulation occurs through hydroxylation of the HIF-αsubunits, which are then rapidly destroyed by the proteasome. Inoxygenated cells, the von Hippel-Lindau tumor suppressor protein (pVHL)binds to hydroxylated HIF-α subunits, thereby promoting their ubiquitindependent proteolysis. This process is suppressed under hypoxicconditions, stabilizing HIF-α and promoting transcriptional activationby the HIF αβ complex. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 6,787,326.

Hydroxylation of HIF-α subunits can occur on proline and asparagineresidues and can be mediated by a family of 2-oxoglutarate dependentenzymes. This family includes the HIF prolyl hydroxylase isozymes(PHDs), which hydroxylate Pro 402 and Pro 564 of human HIF1α, as well asFactor Inhibiting HIF (FIH), which hydroxylates Asn 803 of human HIF1α.Inhibition of FIH or the PHDs leads to HIF stabilization andtranscriptional activation. See, e.g., Schofield and Ratcliffe, NatureRev. Mol. Cell. Biol., Vol 5, pages 343-354 (2004).

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

In one aspect, the invention provides at least one compound of FormulaI:

a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, a tautomer thereof, or apharmaceutically acceptable salt of the tautomer; or a solvate thereof,a chelate thereof, a non-covalent complex thereof, a prodrug thereof, ora mixture of any of the foregoing, wherein:

m is 0 to 4;

n is 1 to 6;

R₁ and R₂ are independently selected from halogen, CN, alkyl,substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substitutedalkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl,aralkyl, substituted aralkyl, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl,heterocyclylalkyl, substituted heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl,substituted heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, or substituted heteroarylalkyl,or R₁ and R₂ can join to form a spirocyclic ring system that may besubstituted with one or more substituents;

X is selected from —NR_(a)—, —O—, —S—, or —(CR_(b)R_(c))— wherein R_(a)is selected from H or lower alkyl;

R₃ and R₄ are independently selected from H, lower alkyl, substitutedlower alkyl, lower haloalkyl, or substituted lower haloalkyl, or R₃ andR₄ can join together to form a 3 to 6 membered ring or a substituted 3to 6 membered ring;

R₅ is selected from OH, SH, NH₂, lower alkyl, substituted lower alkyl,lower alkoxy, substituted lower alkoxy, or sulfanyl;

R₆ is chosen from H, OH, SH NH₂, NHSO₂R₈, or sulfonyl;

each R₇, if present, is independently selected from alkyl, substitutedalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl,NR_(d)R_(e), C(O)OR₈, OR₈, SR₈, SO₂R₈, CN, NO₂, halo, aryl, substitutedaryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, heteroaryl, substitutedheteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, substituted heteroarylalkyl, heterocyclyl,substituted heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, substitutedheterocyclylalkyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl,haloalkyl, perhaloalkyl, or —Y—R₉, wherein:

Y is selected from —N(R₁₀)—Z— or —Z—N(R₁₀)—;

Z is selected from C(O), SO₂, alkylene, substituted alkylene,alkenylene, substituted alkenylene, alkynylene, or substitutedalkynylene;

R₈ is selected from H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substitutedalkenyl, alkynyl, or substituted alkynyl;

R₉ is selected from H, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, aryl,substituted aryl, heteroaryl, or substituted heteroaryl;

R₁₀ is selected from H, lower alkyl, or substituted lower alkyl;

R_(b) and R_(c) are independently selected from H, lower alkyl,substituted lower alkyl, lower haloalkyl, or substituted lowerhaloalkyl, or R_(b) and R_(c) can join together to form a 3 to 6membered ring or a substituted 3 to 6 membered ring; and

R_(d) and R_(e) are independently selected from H, lower alkyl,substituted lower alkyl, lower haloalkyl, or substituted lowerhaloalkyl, or R_(d) and R_(e) can join together to form a 3 to 6membered ring or a substituted 3 to 6 membered ring.

In some embodiments of the compound of Formula I, R₅ is OH

In some embodiments of the compound of Formula I, R₆ is selected fromOH, SH, NH₂, NHSO₂R₈, or sulfonyl. In some such embodiments, R₆ is OH.

In some embodiments of the compound of Formula I, m is 1 to 4 and atleast one instance of R₇ is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl,substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstitutedcycloalkyl, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl group. Insome such embodiments, m is 1 to 4 and at least one instance of R₇ is aheterocyclyl group. In other such embodiments, m is 1 to 4 and at leastone instance of R₇ is a heteroaryl group. In other such embodiments, mis 1 to 4 and at least one instance of R₇ is a phenyl or substitutedphenyl group.

In some embodiments of the compound of Formula I, m is 1 to 4 and atleast one instance of R₇ is independently selected from halo or a moietysubstituted with at least one halo.

In some embodiments of the compound of Formula I, m is 0. In otherembodiments, m is 1.

In some embodiments of the compound of Formula I, n is 1. In some suchembodiments, one of R₃ or R₄ is a substituted lower alkyl. In some suchembodiments, one of R₃ or R₄ is a perhaloalkyl such as a CF₃ group.

In some embodiments of the compound of Formula I, R₁ and R₂ areindependently selected from CN, lower alkyl, aryl, or substituted aryl.In some such embodiments, R₁ and R₂ are both lower alkyl. In some suchembodiments, R₁ and R₂ are both methyl groups. In other embodiments, R₁and R₂ join to form a spirocyclic ring system. In some such embodiments,R₁ and R₂ join to form a 3 to 7 membered ring. In some such embodiments,R₁ and R₂ join to form a 3 to 7 membered cycloalkyl ring such as acyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, or cycloheptyl ring.In some such embodiments, the cycloalkyl ring may be substituted. Forexample, the cycloalkyl ring may include an oxo (═O) group or othersubstituent. In some such embodiments, R₁ and R₂ join to form aheterocyclic spirocyclic ring system. In some such embodiments, theheterocyclic spirocyclic ring system includes one O, N, or S atom and insome cases includes one O atom. In some embodiments, R₁ and R₂ join toform a 5-7 or 5-6 membered ring. In some embodiments, R₁ and R₂ join toform a 5-7 or 5-6 membered ring that comprises one N atom. In some suchembodiments, R₁ and R₂ join to form a piperidine ring that is optionallysubstituted. In some embodiments, R₁ and R₂ join to form a 5 or 6membered ring comprising one O atom. In still other such embodiments, R₁and R₂ join to form a six membered ring comprising one O atom. In somesuch embodiments, R₁ and R₂ join to form a 6 membered ring. In someembodiments, R₁ and R₂ join to form a tetrahydrofuran ring whereas inother embodiments they join to form a pyran ring.

In some embodiments of the compound of Formula I, R₁ and R₂ join to formthe group —CH₂—CH₂—O—CH₂—CH₂—. In other embodiments, R₁ and R₂ join toform the group —CH₂—O—CH₂—CH₂—, —O—CH₂—CH₂—CH₂—, or CH₂—O—CH₂—CH₂—CH₂—.

In some embodiments of the compound of Formula I, R₁ is CN. In someembodiments R₁ is CN and R₂ is a C₁-C₄ alkyl group. In some suchembodiments, R₁ is CN and R₂ is a methyl group.

In some embodiments of the compound of Formula I, X is NH, n is 1, R₃and R₄ are independently selected from H, lower alkyl or substitutedlower alkyl, and R₆ is OH. In some such embodiments R₅ is OH. In somesuch embodiments, one of R₃ and R₄ is a methyl group. In other suchembodiments, one of R₃ or R₄ is a substituted lower alkyl. In some suchembodiments, one of R₃ or R₄ is a perhaloalkyl such as a CF₃ group.

In some embodiments of the compound of Formula I, R₃ is selected from H,lower alkyl, substituted lower alkyl, lower haloalkyl, or substitutedlower haloalkyl and R₄ is selected from lower alkyl, substituted loweralkyl, lower haloalkyl, or substituted lower haloalkyl, or R₃ and R₄join together to form a 3 to 6 membered ring or a substituted 3 to 6membered ring. In some such embodiments, one of R₃ or R₄ is a C₁-C₄alkyl or a substituted C₁-C₄ alkyl. In some such embodiments, one of R₃or R₄ is a methyl group. In some such embodiments, n is 1. In stillother such embodiments, X is —NH—.

In some embodiments of the compound of Formula I, X is —(CR_(b)R_(c))—.In some such embodiments, X is —CH₂—. In other embodiments, X is —O—. Instill other embodiments, X is —NR_(a)—. In some such embodiments, X is—NH—.

In another aspect, the invention provides at least one compound ofFormula II:

a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, a tautomer thereof, or apharmaceutically acceptable salt of the tautomer; or a solvate thereof,a chelate thereof, a non-covalent complex thereof, a prodrug thereof, ora mixture of any of the foregoing, wherein:

J, K, L, and M are independently selected from CR₇ or N, wherein 0, 1,or 2 of J, K, L, and M are N;

n is 1 to 6;

R₁ and R₂ are independently selected from halogen, CN, alkyl,substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substitutedalkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl,aralkyl, substituted aralkyl, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl,heterocyclylalkyl, substituted heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl,substituted heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, or substituted heteroarylalkyl,or R₁ and R₂ can join to form a spirocyclic ring system that may besubstituted with one or more substituents;

X is selected from —NR_(a)—, —O—, —S—, or —(CR_(b)R_(c))—, wherein R_(a)is selected from H or lower alkyl;

R₃ and R₄ are independently selected from H, lower alkyl, substitutedlower alkyl, lower haloalkyl, or substituted lower haloalkyl, or R₃ andR₄ can join together to form a 3 to 6 membered ring or a substituted 3to 6 membered ring;

R₅ is selected from OH, SH, NH₂, lower alkyl, substituted lower alkyl,lower alkoxy, substituted lower alkoxy, or sulfanyl;

R₆ is selected from H, OH, SH NH₂, NHSO₂R₈, or sulfonyl;

each R₇ is independently selected from H, alkyl, substituted alkyl,alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, NR_(d)R_(e),C(O)R₈, C(O)OR₉, OR₉, SR₉, SO₂R₉, CN, NO₂, halo, aryl, substituted aryl,arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl,heteroarylalkyl, substituted heteroarylalkyl, heterocyclyl, substitutedheterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, substituted heterocyclylalkyl,haloalkyl, perhaloalkyl, or —Y—R₁₀, wherein:

Y is selected from —N(R₁₁)—Z— or —Z—N(R₁₁)—;

Z is selected from C(O), SO₂, alkylene, substituted alkylene,alkenylene, substituted alkenylene, alkynylene, or substitutedalkynylene;

R₈ is selected from H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substitutedalkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl heterocyclyl, substitutedheterocyclyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, or substitutedheteroaryl;

R₉ is selected from H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substitutedalkenyl, alkynyl, or substituted alkynyl;

R₁₀ is selected from H, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, aryl,substituted aryl, heteroaryl or substituted heteroaryl;

R₁₁ is selected from H, lower alkyl, or substituted lower alkyl;

R_(b) and R_(c) are independently selected from H, lower alkyl,substituted lower alkyl, lower haloalkyl, or substituted lowerhaloalkyl, or R_(b) and R_(c) can join together to form a 3 to 6membered ring or a substituted 3 to 6 membered ring; and

R_(d) and R_(e) are independently selected from H, lower alkyl,substituted lower alkyl, lower haloalkyl, or substituted lowerhaloalkyl, or R_(d) and R_(c) can join together to form a 3 to 6membered ring or a substituted 3 to 6 membered ring.

In some embodiments of the compound of Formula II, each of J, K, L, andM is CR₇.

In some embodiments of the compound of Formula II, one of J, K, L, and Mis N, and the other three of J, K, L, and M are CR₇. In some suchembodiments, J is N and K, L, and M are CR₇. In other such embodiments,K is N and J, L, and M are CR₇. In still other such embodiments, L is Nand J, K, and M are CR₇. In still further such embodiments, M is N andJ, K, and L are CR₇.

In some embodiments of any embodiments of the compound of Formula II, R₅is OH.

In some embodiments of any embodiments of the compound of Formula II, R₆is OH.

In some embodiments of the compound of Formula II, at least one instanceof R₇ is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted orunsubstituted heteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, ora substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl group. In some suchembodiments, at least one instance of R₇ is a heterocyclyl group. Insome embodiments, at least one instance of R₇ is a heteroaryl group. Insome embodiments, at least one instance of R₇ is a phenyl or substitutedphenyl group.

In some embodiments of the compound of Formula II, at least one instanceof R₇ is chosen from a halo or a moiety substituted with at least onehalo.

In some embodiments of the compound of Formula II, n is 1. In some suchembodiments, one of R₃ or R₄ is a substituted lower alkyl. In some suchembodiments, one of R₃ or R₄ is a perhaloalkyl such as a CF₃ group.

In some embodiments of the compound of Formula II, R₁ and R₂ areindependently selected from CN, lower alkyl, aryl, or substituted aryl.In some such embodiments, R₁ and R₂ are both lower alkyl. In some suchembodiments, R₁ and R₂ are both methyl groups. In other embodiments, R₁and R₂ join to form a spirocyclic ring system. In some such embodiments,R₁ and R₂ join to form a 3 to 7 membered ring. In some such embodiments,R₁ and R₂ join to form a 3 to 7 membered cycloalkyl ring such as acyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, or cycloheptyl ring.In some such embodiments, the cycloalkyl ring may be substituted. Forexample, the cycloalkyl ring may include an oxo (═O) group or othersubstituent. In some such embodiments, R₁ and R₂ join to form aheterocyclic spirocyclic ring system. In some such embodiments, theheterocyclic spirocyclic ring system includes one O, N, or S atom and insome cases includes one O atom. In some embodiments, R₁ and R₂ join toform a 5-7 or 5-6 membered ring. In some embodiments, R₁ and R₂ join toform a 5-7 or 5-6 membered ring that comprises one N atom. In some suchembodiments, R₁ and R₂ join to form a piperidine ring that is optionallysubstituted. In some embodiments, R₁ and R₂ join to form a 5 or 6membered ring comprising one O atom. In still other such embodiments, R₁and R₂ join to form a six membered ring comprising one O atom. In somesuch embodiments, R₁ and R₂ join to form a 6 membered ring. In someembodiments, R₁ and R₂ join to form a tetrahydrofuran ring whereas inother embodiments they join to form a pyran ring.

In some embodiments of the compound of Formula II, R₁ and R₂ join toform the group —CH₂—CH₂—O—CH₂—CH₂—. In other embodiments, R₁ and R₂ jointo form the group —CH₂—O—CH₂—CH₂—, —O—CH₂—CH₂—CH₂—, or—CH₂—O—CH₂—CH₂—CH₂—.

In some embodiments of the compound of Formula II, R₁ is CN. In someembodiments R₁ is CN and R₂ is a C₁-C₄ alkyl group. In some suchembodiments, R₁ is CN and R₂ is a methyl group.

In some embodiments of the compound of Formula II, X is NH, n is 1, R₃and R₄ are independently selected from H, lower alkyl or substitutedlower alkyl, and R₆ is OH. In some such embodiments R₅ is OH. In somesuch embodiments, one of R₃ and R₄ is a methyl group. In other suchembodiments, one of R₃ or R₄ is a substituted lower alkyl. In some suchembodiments, one of R₃ or R₄ is a perhaloalkyl such as a CF₃ group.

In some embodiments of the compound of Formula II, R₃ is selected fromH, lower alkyl, substituted lower alkyl, lower haloalkyl, or substitutedlower haloalkyl and R₄ is selected from lower alkyl, substituted loweralkyl, lower haloalkyl, or substituted lower haloalkyl, or R₃ and R₄join together to form a 3 to 6 membered ring or a substituted 3 to 6membered ring. In some such embodiments, one of R₃ or R₄ is a C₁-C₄alkyl or a substituted C₁-C₄ alkyl. In some such embodiments, one of R₃or R₄ is a methyl group. In some such embodiments, n is 1. In stillother such embodiments, X is —NH—.

In some embodiments of the compound of Formula II, X is —(CR_(b)R_(c))—.In some such embodiments, X is —CH₂—. In other embodiments, X is —O—. Instill other embodiments, X is —NR_(a)—. In some such embodiments, X is—NH—.

In some embodiments, the at least one compound is a salt. Such salts maybe anhydrous or associated with water as a hydrate.

In some embodiments, the compound is a prodrug. In some suchembodiments, the compound is a (C₁-C₆)alkyl ester such as a methyl,ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, or hexyl ester.

Also provided herein are pharmaceutical compositions that include atleast one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and a therapeuticallyeffective amount of at least one compound of any of the embodimentsdescribed herein. In such embodiments, the at least one compound ispresent in an amount effective for the treatment of at least one diseaseselected from ischemia, anemia, wound healing, auto-transplantation,allo-transplantation, xeno-transplantation, systemic high bloodpressure, thalassemia, diabetes, cancer, or an inflammatory disorder.

Further provided are pharmaceutical compositions that include at leastone pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and a therapeutically effectiveamount of at least one compound of any of the embodiments describedherein in combination with at least one additional compound such as anerythropoiesis stimulating agent or a chemotherapeutic agent.

Additionally provided is a method of increasing or stabilizing HIFlevels or activity in a subject by administering to the subject at leastone compound of any of the embodiments described herein.

Further provided is a method of treating a condition where it is desiredto modulate HIF activity comprising administering to a subject at leastone compound of any of the embodiments described herein. In some suchembodiments, the condition is selected from at least one of ischemia,anemia, wound healing, auto-transplantation, allo-transplantation,xeno-transplantation, systemic high blood pressure, thalassemia,diabetes, cancer, or an inflammatory disorder.

Also provided is a method of treating a hypoxic or ischemic relateddisorder in a subject comprising administering to a subject at least onecompound of any of the embodiments described herein.

Also provided is a method of treating anemia in a subject comprisingadministering to a subject at least one compound of any of theembodiments described herein.

Further provided is a method of modulating the amount of HIF in a cell.Such methods include contacting the cell with at least one compound ofany of the embodiments described herein.

Additionally provided is a method of increasing the amount of hemoglobinF in a subject comprising administering to the subject at least onecompound of any of the embodiments described herein.

Also provided is a method of modulating angiogenesis in a subjectcomprising administering to the subject at least one compound of any ofthe embodiments described herein.

Additionally provided is a method of treating at least one disease in apatient in need of such treatment comprising administering to thepatient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound ofany of the embodiments described herein. In some such embodiments, theat least one disease is selected from ischemia, anemia, wound healing,auto-transplantation, allo-transplantation, xeno-transplantation,systemic high blood pressure, thalassemia, diabetes, cancer, or aninflammatory disorder.

Also provided is a method of inhibiting HIF hydroxylation in a subjectcomprising administering to the subject at least one compound of any ofthe embodiments described herein.

In some embodiments, the HIF PHD inhibitory activity IC₅₀ value of thecompound is 40 μM or less. In other embodiments, the HIF PHD inhibitoryactivity IC₅₀ value of the compound is 10 μM or less.

In some embodiments, the at least one compound of any of the embodimentsis used in the preparation of a medicament.

In some such embodiments, the at least one compound of any of theembodiments is used in the preparation of a medicament for increasing orstabilizing HIF levels or activity in a subject.

In some such embodiments, the at least one compound of any of theembodiments is used in the preparation of a medicament for treating acondition where it is desired to modulate HIF activity. In some suchembodiments, the condition is selected from at least one of ischemia,anemia, wound healing, auto-transplantation, allo-transplantation,xeno-transplantation, systemic high blood pressure, thalassemia,diabetes, cancer, or an inflammatory disorder.

In some embodiments, the at least one compound of any of the embodimentsis used in the preparation of a medicament for treating a hypoxic orischemic related disorder in a subject.

In some embodiments, the at least one compound of any of the embodimentsis used in the preparation of a medicament for modulating the amount ifHIF in a cell. In some embodiments, the at least one compound accordingto any of the embodiments is used to modulate the amount of HIF in acell.

In some embodiments, the at least one compound of any of the embodimentsis used in the preparation of a medicament for modulating angiogenesisin a subject.

In some embodiments, the at least one compound of any of the embodimentsis used in the preparation of a medicament for inhibiting HIFhydroxylation in a subject.

In some embodiments, the at least one compound of any of the embodimentsis used in the preparation of a medicament for treating anemia.

Other objects, features and advantages of the invention will becomeapparent to those skilled in the art from the following description andclaims.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

FIG. 1 is a graph illustrating the ratio of fluorescence signal tobackground generated by the interaction of Eu-VCB withstreptavidin-APC-hydroxyprolyl HIF1α peptide.

FIGS. 2A and 2B are graphs illustrating the ratio of TR-FRET signalgenerated by the interaction of Eu-VCB withstreptavidin-APC-hydroxyprolyl HIF1α peptide over background signalgenerated by the interaction of Eu-VCB with streptavidin-APC-HIF1αpeptide (nonhydroxylated). FIG. 2A illustrates a 0-125 nM peptide rangeand FIG. 2B illustrates a 0-10 nM peptide range.

FIGS. 3A and 3B are graphs illustrating VCB binding and TR-FRETdetection for determining HIF PHD2 hydroxylation of a HIF1α peptide.FIG. 3A illustrates a time course for the hydroxylation of the HIF1αpeptide with increasing amounts of HIF PHD2 enzyme. FIG. 3B illustratesinitial rates with increasing enzyme concentrations.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION

Unless otherwise indicated, all numbers expressing quantities ofingredients, reaction conditions, and so forth used in the specificationand claims are to be understood as being modified in all instances bythe term “about.” Accordingly, unless indicated to the contrary, thenumerical parameters set forth in the following specification andattached claims are approximations that may vary depending upon thestandard deviation found in their respective testing measurements.

As used herein, if any variable occurs more than one time in a chemicalformula, its definition on each occurrence is independent of itsdefinition at every other occurrence. If the chemical structure andchemical name conflict, the chemical structure is determinative of theidentity of the compound. The compounds of the present disclosure maycontain one or more chiral centers and/or double bonds and therefore,may exist as stereoisomers, such as double-bond isomers (i.e., geometricisomers), enantiomers or diastereomers. Accordingly, any chemicalstructures within the scope of the specification depicted, in whole orin part, with a relative configuration encompass all possibleenantiomers and stereoisomers of the illustrated compounds including thestereoisomerically pure form (e.g., geometrically pure, enantiomericallypure or diastereomerically pure) and enantiomeric and stereoisomericmixtures. Enantiomeric and stereoisomeric mixtures can be resolved intothe component enantiomers or stereoisomers using separation techniquesor chiral synthesis techniques well known to the skilled artisan.

Compounds of Formula I and Formula II include, but are not limited to,optical isomers of compounds of Formula I and Formula II, racemates, andother mixtures thereof. In those situations, the single enantiomers ordiastereomers, i.e., optically active forms, can be obtained byasymmetric synthesis or by resolution of the racemates. Resolution ofthe racemates can be accomplished, for example, by conventional methodssuch as crystallization in the presence of a resolving agent, orchromatography, using, for example a chiral high-pressure liquidchromatography (HPLC) column. In addition, compounds of Formula I andFormula II include Z- and E-forms (or cis- and trans-forms) of compoundswith double bonds.

Compounds of the invention may exist in multiple tautomeric forms. Theseforms are illustrated below as “Tautomer A”, “Tautomer B”, and “TautomerC”:

Compounds of the invention are depicted structurally and named ascompounds in the “Tautomer A” form. However, it is specificallycontemplated that the compounds may also exist in “Tautomer B” or“Tautomer C” form and compounds in “Tautomer B” form or “Tautomer C”form or another tautomeric form are expressly considered to be part ofthe invention.

Compounds of the present disclosure include, but are not limited to,compounds of Formula I and Formula II and all pharmaceuticallyacceptable forms thereof. Pharmaceutically acceptable forms of thecompounds recited herein include pharmaceutically acceptable salts,solvates, crystal forms (including polymorphs and clathrates), chelates,non-covalent complexes, prodrugs, and mixtures thereof. In certainembodiments, the compounds described herein are in the form ofpharmaceutically acceptable salts. As used herein, the term “compound”encompasses not only the compound itself, but also a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt thereof, a solvate thereof, a chelate thereof, anon-covalent complex thereof, a prodrug thereof, and mixtures of any ofthe foregoing.

As noted above, prodrugs also fall within the scope of chemicalentities, for example, ester or amide derivatives of the compounds ofFormula I or Formula II. The term “prodrugs” includes any compounds thatbecome compounds of Formula I or Formula II when administered to apatient, e.g., upon metabolic processing of the prodrug. Examples ofprodrugs include, but are not limited to, acetate, formate, benzoate,carbomethoxy, carboethoxy and like derivatives of functional groups(such as alcohol, carboxylic acid, ether, ester, or amine groups) in thecompounds of Formula I or Formula II. In some embodiments, the prodrugsof the compounds of Formula I and Formula II are esters such as methyl,ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, and hexyl esters.

The term “solvate” refers to the compound formed by the interaction of asolvent and a compound. Suitable solvates are pharmaceuticallyacceptable solvates, such as hydrates, including monohydrates andhemi-hydrates.

“Alkenyl” refers to an unsaturated branched, straight-chain, or cyclichydrocarbon group having at least one carbon-carbon double bond derivedby the removal of one hydrogen atom from a single carbon atom of aparent alkene. The group may be in either the Z- or E-form (cis ortrans) about the double bond(s). Typical alkenyl groups include, but arenot limited to, ethenyl; propenyls such as prop-1-en-1-yl,prop-1-en-2-yl, prop-2-en-1-yl (allyl), prop-2-en-2-yl,cycloprop-1-en-1-yl; cycloprop-2-en-1-yl; butenyls such asbut-1-en-1-yl, but-1-en-2-yl, 2-methyl-prop-1-en-1-yl, but-2-en-1-yl,but-2-en-1-yl, but-2-en-2-yl, buta-1,3-dien-1-yl, buta-1,3-dien-2-yl,cyclobut-1-en-1-yl, cyclobut-1-en-3-yl, cyclobuta-1,3-dien-1-yl; and thelike. In certain embodiments, an alkenyl group has from 2 to 20 carbonatoms and in other embodiments, from 2 to 6 carbon atoms, i.e. “loweralkenyl.”

“Alkynyl” refers to an unsaturated branched or straight-chainhydrocarbon having at least one carbon-carbon triple bond derived by theremoval of one hydrogen atom from a single carbon atom of a parentalkyne. Typical alkynyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethynyl;propynyl; butynyl, 2-pentynyl, 3-pentynyl, 2-hexynyl, 3-hexynyl and thelike. In certain embodiments, an alkynyl group has from 2 to 20 carbonatoms and in other embodiments, from 2 to 6 carbon atoms, i.e. “loweralkynyl.”

“Alkoxy” refers to a radical —OR where R represents an alkyl group asdefined herein. Representative examples include, but are not limited to,methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, cyclohexyloxy, and the like.

“Alkoxycarbonyl” refers to a radical —C(O)—OR where R is as definedabove.

“Alkyl” refers to a saturated, branched, straight-chain, or cyclicmonovalent hydrocarbon group derived by the removal of one hydrogen atomfrom a single carbon atom of a parent alkane. Typical alkyl groupsinclude, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, propyls such aspropan-1-yl, propan-2-yl, and cyclopropan-1-yl, butyls such asbutan-1-yl, butan-2-yl, 2-methyl-propan-1-yl, 2-methyl-propan-2-yl,cyclobutan-1-yl, tert-butyl, and the like. In certain embodiments, analkyl group comprises from 1 to 20 carbon atoms. As used herein the term“lower alkyl” refers to an alkyl group comprising from 1 to 6 carbonatoms.

“Alkylene” refers to a divalent saturated hydrocarbon group derived froma parent alkane by removal of two hydrogen atoms. Examples of alkylenegroup include, but are not limited to, —CH₂—, —CH₂CH₂—, —CH(CH₃)—,—CH₂CH₂CH₂—, —CH₂C(CH₃)(H)—, and the like.

“Alkenylene” refers to a divalent unsaturated hydrocarbon group havingat least one carbon-carbon double bond derived by the removal of twohydrogen atoms from a parent alkene. The group may be in either the Z-or E-form (cis or trans) about the double bond(s). Examples ofalkenylene groups, include, but are not limited to, —CH═CH—,—CH═C(H)CH₂—, —CH₂C(H)═C(H)CH₂—, and the like.

“Alkynylene” refers to a divalent unsaturated hydrocarbon group havingat least one carbon-carbon triple bond derived by the removal of twohydrogen atoms from a parent alkyne. Example of alkynylene groups,include, but are not limited to, —C≡C—, —CH₂C≡C—, —CH₂C≡CCH₂—.

“Aryl” refers to a monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon group derived by theremoval of one hydrogen atom from a single carbon atom of a parentaromatic ring system. Aryl encompasses 5- and 6-membered carbocyclicaromatic rings, for example, benzene; bicyclic ring systems wherein atleast one ring is carbocyclic and aromatic, for example, naphthalene,indane, and tetralin; and tricyclic ring systems wherein at least onering is carbocyclic and aromatic, for example, fluorene. For example,aryl includes 5- and 6-membered carbocyclic aromatic rings fused to a 5-to 7-membered heterocyclic ring containing 1 or more heteroatoms chosenfrom N, O, and S. In certain embodiments, an aryl group can comprisefrom 6 to 10 carbon atoms. Aryl, however, does not encompass or overlapin any way with heteroaryl, separately defined below. Hence, if one ormore carbocyclic aromatic rings is fused with a heterocyclic aromaticring, the resulting ring system is heteroaryl, not aryl, as definedherein.

“Arylalkyl” or “aralkyl” refers to an acyclic alkyl group in which oneof the hydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom, typically, but notnecessarily, a terminal carbon atom, is replaced with an aryl group.Typical arylalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, benzyl,2-phenylethan-1-yl, naphthylmethyl, 2-naphthylethan-1-yl, naphthobenzyl,2-naphthophenylethan-1-yl and the like. In certain embodiments, anarylalkyl group can be (C₆₋₃₀) arylalkyl, e.g., the alkyl group of thearylalkyl group can be (C₁₋₁₀) and the aryl moiety can be (C₅₋₂₀).

“Arylalkenyl” refers to an alkenyl group in which a bond to one of thehydrogen atoms of the alkenyl group is replaced with a bond to an arylgroup.

“Arylalkynyl” refers to an alkynyl group in which a bond to one of thehydrogen atoms of the alkynyl group is replaced with a bond to an arylgroup.

“Carbonyl” refers to the radical —C(O) group.

“Carboxy” refers to the radical —C(O)OH.

“Cyano” refers to the radical —CN.

“Cycloalkyl” refers to a saturated or unsaturated cyclic alkyl group.Where a specific level of saturation is intended, the nomenclature“cycloalkanyl” or “cycloalkenyl” is used. Typical cycloalkyl groupsinclude, but are not limited to, groups derived from cyclopropane,cyclobutane, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, and the like. In certainembodiments, the cycloalkyl group can be C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, such as, forexample, C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl.

“Heterocyclic”, “heterocyclo” or “heterocyclyl” refer to a saturated orunsaturated, but non-aromatic, cyclic hydrocarbon group in which one ormore carbon atoms (and any associated hydrogen atoms) are independentlyreplaced with the same or different heteroatom and its associatedhydrogen atoms, where appropriate. Typical heteroatoms to replace thecarbon atom(s) include, but are not limited to, N, O, and S. Typicalheterocyclyl groups include, but are not limited to, groups derived fromepoxides, imidazolidine, morpholine, piperazine, piperidine,pyrazolidine, pyrrolidine, quinuclidine, tetrahydrofuran,tetrahydropyran and the like. Substituted heterocyclyl also includesring systems substituted with one or more oxo (═O) or oxide (—O⁻)substituents, such as piperidinyl N-oxide, morpholinyl-N-oxide,1-oxo-1-thiomorpholinyl and 1,1-dioxo-1-thiomorpholinyl.

“Heterocyclylalkyl” refers to an alkyl group in which one of thehydrogen atoms of the alkyl is replaced with a bond to a heterocyclylgroup. Examples of heterocyclylalkyl groups, include, but are notlimited to, morpholinylmethyl, morpholinylethyl,tetrahydrofuranylmethyl, piperidinylmethyl, and the like.

“Disease” refers to any disease, disorder, condition, symptom, orindication.

“Halo” or “halogen” refers to a fluoro, chloro, bromo, or iodo group.

“Haloalkyl” refers to an alkyl group in which at least one hydrogen isreplaced with a halogen. Thus, the term “haloalkyl” includesmonohaloalkyl (alkyl substituted with one halogen atom) andpolyhaloalkyl (alkyl substituted with two or more halogen atoms). Theterm “perhaloalkyl” means, unless otherwise stated, an alkyl group inwhich each of the hydrogen atoms is replaced with a halogen atom. Forexample, the term “perhaloalkyl”, includes, but is not limited to,trifluoromethyl, pentachloroethyl,1,1,1-trifluoro-2-bromo-2-chloroethyl, and the like.

“Heteroaryl” refers to a monovalent heteroaromatic group derived by theremoval of one hydrogen atom from a single atom of a parentheteroaromatic ring system. Heteroaryl encompasses 5- to 7-memberedaromatic, monocyclic rings containing one or more, for example, from 1to 4, or in certain embodiments, from 1 to 3, heteroatoms chosen from N,O, and S, with the remaining ring atoms being carbon; and polycyclicring systems containing one or more, for example, from 1 to 4, or incertain embodiments, from 1 to 3, heteroatoms chosen from N, O, and S,with the remaining ring atoms being carbon and wherein at least oneheteroatom is present in an aromatic ring. For example, heteroarylincludes a 5- to 7-membered heteroaromatic ring fused to a 5- to7-membered cycloalkyl ring or a carbocyclic aromatic ring and a 5- to7-membered heteroaromatic ring fused to a 5- to 7-membered heterocyclicring. For fused, bicyclic heteroaryl ring systems wherein only one ofthe rings contains one or more heteroatoms, the point of attachment maybe at the heteroaromatic ring or the carbocyclic ring. When the totalnumber of S and O atoms in the heteroaryl group exceeds 1, thoseheteroatoms are not adjacent to one another. In certain embodiments, thetotal number of S and O atoms in the heteroaryl group is not more than2. In certain embodiments, the total number of S and O atoms in thearomatic heterocycle is not more than 1. Heteroaryl does not encompassor overlap with aryl as defined above. Typical heteroaryl groupsinclude, but are not limited to, groups derived from acridine,arsindole, carbazole, β-carboline, chromane, chromene, cinnoline, furan,imidazole, indazole, indole, indoline, indolizine, isobenzofuran,isochromene, isoindole, isoindoline, isoquinoline, isothiazole,isoxazole, naphthyridine, oxadiazole, oxazole, perimidine,phenanthridine, phenanthroline, phenazine, phthalazine, pteridine,purine, pyran, pyrazine, pyrazole, pyridazine, pyridine, pyrimidine,pyrrole, pyrrolizine, quinazoline, quinoline, quinolizine, quinoxaline,tetrazole, thiadiazole, thiazole, thiophene, triazole, xanthene, and thelike. In certain embodiments, the heteroaryl group can be between 5 to20 membered heteroaryl, such as, for example, a 5 to 10 memberedheteroaryl. In certain embodiments, heteroaryl groups can be thosederived from thiophene, pyrrole, benzothiophene, benzofuran, indole,pyridine, quinoline, imidazole, oxazole, and pyrazine.

“Heteroarylalkyl” or “heteroaralkyl” refers to an acyclic alkyl group inwhich one of the hydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom, typically aterminal or sp³ carbon atom, is replaced with a heteroaryl group. Wherespecific alkyl moieties are intended, the nomenclatureheteroarylalkanyl, heteroarylalkenyl, and/or heteroarylalkynyl is used.In certain embodiments, the heteroarylalkyl group can be a 6 to 30membered heteroarylalkyl, e.g., the alkyl moiety of the heteroarylalkylcan include 1 to 10 members and the heteroaryl moiety of theheteroarylalkyl can include from 5 to 20-members.

“Sulfonyl” refers to a radical —S(O)₂R where R is an alkyl, substitutedalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted heterocyclyl, substitutedaryl, or substituted heteroaryl group as defined herein. Representativeexamples include, but are not limited to, methylsulfonyl, ethylsulfonyl,propylsulfonyl, butylsulfonyl, and the like.

“Sulfanyl” refers to a radical —SR where R is an alkyl, substitutedalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted heterocyclyl, substitutedaryl, or substituted heteroaryl group as defined herein that may beoptionally substituted as defined herein. Representative examplesinclude, but are not limited to, methylthio, ethylthio, propylthio,butylthio, and the like.

“Pharmaceutically acceptable” refers to generally recognized for use inanimals, and more particularly in humans.

“Pharmaceutically acceptable salt” refers to a salt of a compound thatis pharmaceutically acceptable and that possesses the desiredpharmacological activity of the parent compound. Such salts include: (1)acid addition salts, formed with inorganic acids such as hydrochloricacid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, andthe like; or formed with organic acids such as acetic acid, propionicacid, hexanoic acid, cyclopentanepropionic acid, glycolic acid, pyruvicacid, lactic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, malic acid, maleic acid,fumaric acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, benzoic acid,3-(4-hydroxybenzoyl)benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic acid,methanesulfonic acid, and the like; or (2) salts formed when an acidicproton present in the parent compound either is replaced by a metal ion,e.g., an alkali metal ion, an alkaline earth ion, or an aluminum ion; orcoordinates with an organic base such as ethanolamine, diethanolamine,triethanolamine, N-methylglucamine, dicyclohexylamine, and the like.

“Pharmaceutically acceptable excipient,” “pharmaceutically acceptablecarrier,” or “pharmaceutically acceptable adjuvant” refer, respectively,to an excipient, carrier or adjuvant with which at least one compound ofthe present disclosure is administered. “Pharmaceutically acceptablevehicle” refers to any of a diluent, adjuvant, excipient or carrier withwhich at least one compound of the present disclosure is administered.

Spirocyclic ring systems found in compounds of the invention containfrom 3 to 7, from 4 to 7, from 5 to 6, 5, or 6 ring members. Spirocyclicring systems may be carbocyclic and thus contain only carbon atoms asring members. Examples of carbocyclic spirocyclic ring systems includecycloalkyl groups such as, but not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl,cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and cycloheptyl rings. Spirocyclic ring systemsfound in compounds of the invention may contain 1 or 2 hetero atomschosen from —, —S—, and —NR—, a “heterocyclic spirocyclic ring system”.Spirocyclic ring systems may be unsubstituted or may be substituted. Forexample, spirocyclic ring systems may include substituents such as, butnot limited to, an oxo (═O) group, an optionally substituted alkylgroup, an optionally substituted arylalkyl group, an optionallysubstituted heteroarylalkyl group, an optionally substitutedheterocyclylalkyl group, a halogen, a group of formula —C(═O)-alkyl, agroup of formula —C(═O)-aryl, a group of formula —C(═O)-heteroaryl, agroup of formula —C(═O)-heterocyclyl, and the like.

“Stereoisomer” refers to an isomer that differs in the arrangement ofthe constituent atoms in space. Stereoisomers that are mirror images ofeach other and optically active are termed “enantiomers,” andstereoisomers that are not mirror images of one another and areoptically active are termed “diastereomers.”

“Subject” includes mammals and humans. The terms “human” and “subject”are used interchangeably herein.

“Substituted” refers to a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms areeach independently replaced with the same or different substituent(s).Typical substituents include, but are not limited to, —X, —R₁₁, —OH, ═O,—OR₁₁, —SR₁₁, —SH, ═S, —NR₁₁R₁₂, ═NR₁₁, —CX₃, —CF₃, —CN, —NO₂,—S(O)₂R₁₁, —OS(O₂)OH, —OS(O)₂R₁₁,

—OP(O)(OR₁₁)(OR₁₂), —C(O)R₁₁, —C(S)R₁₁, —C(O)OR₁₁, —C(O)NR₁₁R₁₂,—C(O)OH,

—C(S)OR₁₁, —NR₁₃C(O)NR₁₁R₁₂, —NR₁₃C(S)NR₁₁R₁₂, —NR₁₃C(NR₁₁)NR₁₁R₁₂,—C(NR₁₁)NR₁₁R₁₂, —S(O)₂NR₁₁R₁₂, —NR₁₃S(O)₂R₁₁, —NR₁₃C(O)R₁₁, and—S(O)R₁₁ where each X is independently a halo; each R₁₁ and R₁₂ areindependently hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkyl interrupted byone or more —O— or —S— groups, aryl, substituted aryl, arylalkyl,substituted arylalkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl,substituted heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl,heteroarylalkyl, substituted heteroarylalkyl, —NR₁₃R₁₄, —C(O)R₁₃ or—S(O)₂R₁₃ or optionally R₁₁ and R₁₂ together with the atom to which R₁₁and R₁₂ are attached form one or more heterocyclyl, substitutedheterocyclyl, heteroaryl, or substituted heteroaryl rings; and R₁₃ andR₁₄ are independently hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl,substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, cycloalkyl,substituted cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl,heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl or substitutedheteroarylalkyl, or optionally R₁₃ and R₁₄ together with the nitrogenatom to which R₁₃ and R₁₄ are attached form one or more heterocyclyl,substituted heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, or substituted heteroaryl rings.In certain embodiments, a tertiary amine or aromatic nitrogen may besubstituted with on or more oxygen atoms to form the correspondingnitrogen oxide.

“Therapeutically effective amount” refers to the amount of a compoundthat, when administered to a subject for treating a disease, or at leastone of the clinical symptoms of a disease or disorder, is sufficient toaffect such treatment for the disease, disorder, or symptom. The“therapeutically effective amount” can vary depending on the compound,the disease, disorder, and/or symptoms of the disease or disorder,severity of the disease, disorder, and/or symptoms of the disease ordisorder, the age of the subject to be treated, and/or the weight of thesubject to be treated. An appropriate amount in any given instance canbe readily apparent to those skilled in the art or capable ofdetermination by routine experimentation.

“Treating” or “treatment” of any disease or disorder refers to arrestingor ameliorating a disease, disorder, or at least one of the clinicalsymptoms of a disease or disorder, reducing the risk of acquiring adisease, disorder, or at least one of the clinical symptoms of a diseaseor disorder, reducing the development of a disease, disorder or at leastone of the clinical symptoms of the disease or disorder, or reducing therisk of developing a disease or disorder or at least one of the clinicalsymptoms of a disease or disorder. “Treating” or “treatment” also refersto inhibiting the disease or disorder, either physically, (e.g.,stabilization of a discernible symptom), physiologically, (e.g.,stabilization of a physical parameter), or both, or inhibiting at leastone physical parameter which may not be discernible to the subject.Further, “treating” or “treatment” refers to delaying the onset of thedisease or disorder or at least symptoms thereof in a subject which maybe exposed to or predisposed to a disease or disorder even though thatsubject does not yet experience or display symptoms of the disease ordisorder.

Reference will now be made in detail to embodiments of the presentdisclosure. While certain embodiments of the present disclosure will bedescribed, it will be understood that it is not intended to limit theembodiments of the present disclosure to those described embodiments. Tothe contrary, reference to embodiments of the present disclosure isintended to cover alternatives, modifications, and equivalents as may beincluded within the spirit and scope of the embodiments of the presentdisclosure as defined by the appended claims.

In one aspect, the invention provides at least one compound of FormulaI:

a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, a tautomer thereof, or apharmaceutically acceptable salt of the tautomer; or a solvate thereof,a chelate thereof, a non-covalent complex thereof, a prodrug thereof, ora mixture of any of the foregoing, wherein:

m is 0 to 4;

n is 1 to 6;

R₁ and R₂ are independently selected from halogen, CN, alkyl,substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substitutedalkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl,aralkyl, substituted aralkyl, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl,heterocyclylalkyl, substituted heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl,substituted heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, or substituted heteroarylalkyl,or R₁ and R₂ can join to form a spirocyclic ring system that may besubstituted with one or more substituents;

X is selected from —NR_(a)—, —O—, —S—, or —(CR_(b)R_(c))— wherein R_(a)is selected from H or lower alkyl;

R₃ and R₄ are independently selected from H, lower alkyl, substitutedlower alkyl, lower haloalkyl, or substituted lower haloalkyl, or R₃ andR₄ can join together to form a 3 to 6 membered ring or a substituted 3to 6 membered ring;

R₅ is selected from OH, SH, NH₂, lower alkyl, substituted lower alkyl,lower alkoxy, substituted lower alkoxy, or sulfanyl;

R₆ is chosen from H, OH, SH NH₂, NHSO₂R₈, or sulfonyl;

each R₇, if present, is independently selected from alkyl, substitutedalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl,NR_(d)R_(e), C(O)OR₈, OR₈, SR₈, SO₂R₈, CN, NO₂, halo, aryl, substitutedaryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, heteroaryl, substitutedheteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, substituted heteroarylalkyl, heterocyclyl,substituted heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, substitutedheterocyclylalkyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl,haloalkyl, perhaloalkyl, or —Y—R₉, wherein:

Y is selected from —N(R₁₀)—Z— or —Z—N(R₁₀)—;

Z is selected from C(O), SO₂, alkylene, substituted alkylene,alkenylene, substituted alkenylene, alkynylene, or substitutedalkynylene;

R₈ is selected from H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substitutedalkenyl, alkynyl, or substituted alkynyl;

R₉ is selected from H, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, aryl,substituted aryl, heteroaryl, or substituted heteroaryl;

R₁₀ is selected from H, lower alkyl, or substituted lower alkyl;

R_(b) and R_(c) are independently selected from H, lower alkyl,substituted lower alkyl, lower haloalkyl, or substituted lowerhaloalkyl, or R_(b) and R_(c) can join together to form a 3 to 6membered ring or a substituted 3 to 6 membered ring; and

R_(d) and R_(e) are independently selected from H, lower alkyl,substituted lower alkyl, lower haloalkyl, or substituted lowerhaloalkyl, or R_(d) and R_(e) can join together to form a 3 to 6membered ring or a substituted 3 to 6 membered ring.

In some embodiments of the compound of Formula I, R₅ is OH.

In some embodiments of the compound of Formula I, R₆ is selected fromOH, SH, NH₂, NHSO₂R₈, or sulfonyl. In some such embodiments, R₆ is OH.

In some embodiments of the compound of Formula I, m is 1 to 4 and atleast one instance of R₇ is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl,substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstitutedcycloalkyl, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl group. Insome such embodiments, m is 1 to 4 and at least one instance of R₇ is aheterocyclyl group. In other such embodiments, m is 1 to 4 and at leastone instance of R₇ is a heteroaryl group. For example, in someembodiments, at least one instance of R₇ is a heteroaryl group such as asubstituted or unsubstituted pyridine group. In some embodiments, atleast one instance of R₇ is selected from an optionally substituted 2-,3-, or 4-pyridyl group. In some such embodiments, at least one instanceof R₇ is a pyridine group substituted with one or more substituentsselected from lower alkyl, halo, hydroxy, alkoxy, or the like. In othersuch embodiments, m is 1 to 4 and at least one instance of R₇ is aphenyl or substituted phenyl group. For example, in some embodiments, atleast one instance of R₇ is selected from a phenyl or a phenylsubstituted with at least one substituent selected from lower alkyl,halo, alkoxy, a dialkylamino group such as a dimethylamino group, andthe like.

In some embodiments, at least one instance of R₇ is selected from alower alkyl group such as a methyl group. In other embodiments, at leastone instance of R₇ is selected from an alkyl group, a substituted alkylgroup, an alkenyl group, a substituted alkenyl group, an alkynyl group,or a substituted alkynyl group. For example, in some embodiments, atleast one instance of R₇ is selected from a group of formula methyl,ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, —CH═CH—CH₂—O—CH₃,—CH₂—CH₂—CH₂—O—CH₃, —CH═CH-phenyl, —CH₂—CH₂-phenyl, —C≡C-phenyl,—C≡C-pyridyl, —C≡C—CH₂—O—CH₃, or the like.

In some embodiments of the compound of Formula I, m is 1 to 4 and atleast one instance of R₇ is independently selected from halo or a moietysubstituted with at least one halo. In some embodiments, at least oneinstance of R₇ is a perhaloalkyl group such as a perfluoroalkyl such asa CF₃. In some embodiments, at least one instance of R₇ is a halo groupselected from F, Cl, or Br. In some embodiments, at least two instancesof R₇ are halo groups independently selected from F, Cl, and Br.

In some embodiments, at least one instance of R₇ is an OR₈ group whereR₈ is H, a lower alkyl, or a substituted lower alkyl. For example, insome embodiments, at least one instance of R₈ is selected from an —OH, amethoxy group, an ethoxy group, a benzyloxy group, a group of formula—OCH₂—CH(CH₃)₂, or the like.

In some embodiments of the compound of Formula I, m is 0. In otherembodiments, m is 1.

In some embodiments of the compound of Formula I, n is 1. In some suchembodiments, one of R₃ or R₄ is a substituted lower alkyl. In some suchembodiments, one of R₃ or R₄ is a perhaloalkyl such as a CF₃ group. Inother such embodiments where n is 1, both of R₃ and R₄ are H. In someembodiments where n is 1, one of R₃ and R₄ is a lower alkyl group or asubstituted lower alkyl group such as, but not limited to, a methyl,ethyl, propyl, —CH₂—OH group, or the like. In some such embodiments, oneof R₃ and R₄ is H and the other of R₃ and R₄ is a lower alkyl groups.

In some embodiments of the compound of Formula I, R₁ and R₂ areindependently selected from CN, lower alkyl, aryl, or substituted aryl.In some such embodiments, R₁ and R₂ are both lower alkyl. In some suchembodiments, R₁ and R₂ are both methyl groups. In other embodiments, R₁and R₂ join to form a spirocyclic ring system. In some such embodiments,R₁ and R₂ join to form a 3 to 7 membered ring. In some such embodiments,R₁ and R₂ join to form a 3 to 7 membered cycloalkyl ring such as acyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, or cycloheptyl ring.In some such embodiments, the cycloalkyl ring may be substituted. Forexample, the cycloalkyl ring may include an oxo (═O) group or othersubstituent. In some such embodiments, R₁ and R₂ join to form aheterocyclic spirocyclic ring system. In some such embodiments, theheterocyclic spirocyclic ring system includes one O, N, or S atom and insome cases includes one O atom. In some embodiments, R₁ and R₂ join toform a 5-7 or 5-6 membered ring. In some embodiments, R₁ and R₂ join toform a 5-7 or 5-6 membered ring that comprises one N atom. In some suchembodiments, R₁ and R₂ join to form a piperidine ring that is optionallysubstituted. For example, in some embodiments, R₁ and R₂ join to form apiperidine in which the N atom of the piperidine is bonded to a benzylgroup, a group of formula —C(═O)-phenyl, or a lower alkyl group such asa methyl group, whereas in other embodiments, the piperidine ring is notsubstituted. In some embodiments, R₁ and R₂ join to form a 5 or 6membered ring comprising one O atom. In still other such embodiments, R₁and R₂ join to form a six membered ring comprising one O atom. In somesuch embodiments, R₁ and R₂ join to form a 6 membered ring. In someembodiments, R₁ and R₂ join to form a tetrahydrofuran ring whereas inother embodiments they join to form a pyran ring.

In some embodiments of the compound of Formula I, R₁ and R₂ join to formthe group —CH₂—CH₂—O—CH₂—CH₂—. In other embodiments, R₁ and R₂ join toform the group —CH₂—O—CH₂—CH₂—, —O—CH₂—CH₂—CH₂—, or —CH₂—O—CH₂—CH₂—CH₂—.

In some embodiments of the compound of Formula I, R₁ is CN. In someembodiments R₁ is CN and R₂ is a C₁-C₄ alkyl group. In some suchembodiments, R₁ is CN and R₂ is a methyl group.

In some embodiments of the compound of Formula I, at least one of R₁ andR₂ is selected from aryl or substituted aryl. For example, in someembodiments, at least one of R₁ and R₂ is phenyl or a phenyl substitutedwith one or more of F, Cl, Br, lower alkyl, OH, or lower alkoxy. In somesuch embodiments, the other of R₁ and R₂ is a lower alkyl group such as,but not limited to a methyl or ethyl group.

In some embodiments of the compound of Formula I, X is NH, n is 1, R₃and R₄ are independently selected from H, lower alkyl or substitutedlower alkyl, and R₆ is OH. In some such embodiments R₅ is OH. In somesuch embodiments, at least one of R₃ and R₄ is a methyl group. In othersuch embodiments, one of R₃ or R₄ is a substituted lower alkyl. In somesuch embodiments, one of R₃ or R₄ is a perhaloalkyl such as a CF₃ group.

In some embodiments of the compound of Formula I, R₃ is selected from H,lower alkyl, substituted lower alkyl, lower haloalkyl, or substitutedlower haloalkyl and R₄ is selected from lower alkyl, substituted loweralkyl, lower haloalkyl, or substituted lower haloalkyl, or R₃ and R₄join together to form a 3 to 6 membered ring or a substituted 3 to 6membered ring. In some such embodiments, R₄ is a C₁-C₄ alkyl or asubstituted C₁-C₄ alkyl. In some such embodiments, R₄ is a C₁-C₄ alkylor a substituted C₁-C₄ alkyl and R₃ or is H. In some embodiments, one ofR₃ or R₄ is a methyl group. In some such embodiments, n is 1. In stillother such embodiments, X is —NH—.

In some embodiments of the compound of Formula I, X is —(CR_(b)R_(c))—.In some such embodiments, X is —CH₂—. In other embodiments, X is —O—. Instill other embodiments, X is —NR_(a)—. In some such embodiments, X is—NH—.

In another aspect, the invention provides at least one compound ofFormula II:

a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, a tautomer thereof, or apharmaceutically acceptable salt of the tautomer; or a solvate thereof,a chelate thereof, a non-covalent complex thereof, a prodrug thereof, ora mixture of any of the foregoing, wherein:

J, K, L, and M are independently selected from CR₇ or N, wherein 0, 1,or 2 of J, K, L, and M are N;

n is 1 to 6;

R₁ and R₂ are independently selected from halogen, CN, alkyl,substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substitutedalkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl,aralkyl, substituted aralkyl, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl,heterocyclylalkyl, substituted heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl,substituted heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, or substituted heteroarylalkyl,or R₁ and R₂ can join to form a spirocyclic ring system that may besubstituted with one or more substituents;

X is selected from —NR_(a)—, —O—, —S—, or —(CR_(b)R_(c))—, wherein R_(a)is selected from H or lower alkyl;

R₃ and R₄ are independently selected from H, lower alkyl, substitutedlower alkyl, lower haloalkyl, or substituted lower haloalkyl, or R₃ andR₄ can join together to form a 3 to 6 membered ring or a substituted 3to 6 membered ring;

R₅ is selected from OH, SH, NH₂, lower alkyl, substituted lower alkyl,lower alkoxy, substituted lower alkoxy, or sulfanyl;

R₆ is selected from H, OH, SH NH₂, NHSO₂R₈, or sulfonyl;

each R₇ is independently selected from H, alkyl, substituted alkyl,alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, NR_(d)R_(e),C(O)R₈, C(O)OR₉, OR₉, SR₉, SO₂R₉, CN, NO₂, halo, aryl, substituted aryl,arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl,heteroarylalkyl, substituted heteroarylalkyl, heterocyclyl, substitutedheterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, substituted heterocyclylalkyl,haloalkyl, perhaloalkyl, or —Y—R₁₀, wherein:

Y is selected from —N(R₁₁)—Z— or —Z—N(R₁₁)—;

Z is selected from C(O), SO₂, alkylene, substituted alkylene,alkenylene, substituted alkenylene, alkynylene, or substitutedalkynylene;

R₈ is selected from H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substitutedalkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl heterocyclyl, substitutedheterocyclyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, or substitutedheteroaryl;

R₉ is selected from H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substitutedalkenyl, alkynyl, or substituted alkynyl;

R₁₀ is selected from H, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, aryl,substituted aryl, heteroaryl or substituted heteroaryl;

R₁₁ is selected from H, lower alkyl, or substituted lower alkyl;

R_(b) and R_(c) are independently selected from H, lower alkyl,substituted lower alkyl, lower haloalkyl, or substituted lowerhaloalkyl, or R_(b) and R_(c) can join together to form a 3 to 6membered ring or a substituted 3 to 6 membered ring; and

R_(d) and R_(e) are independently selected from H, lower alkyl,substituted lower alkyl, lower haloalkyl, or substituted lowerhaloalkyl, or R_(d) and R_(e) can join together to form a 3 to 6membered ring or a substituted 3 to 6 membered ring.

In some embodiments of the compound of Formula II, each of J, K, L, andM is CR₇.

In some embodiments of the compound of Formula II, one of J, K, L, and Mis N, and the other three of J, K, L, and M are CR₇. In some suchembodiments, J is N and K, L, and M are CR₇. In other such embodiments,K is N and J, L, and M are CR₇. In still other such embodiments, L is Nand J, K, and M are CR₇. In still further such embodiments, M is N andJ, K, and L are CR₇.

In some embodiments of any embodiments of the compound of Formula II, R₅is OH.

In some embodiments of any embodiments of the compound of Formula II, R₆is OH.

In some embodiments of the compound of Formula II, at least one instanceof R₇ is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted orunsubstituted heteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, ora substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl group. In some suchembodiments, at least one instance of R₇ is a heterocyclyl group. Insome embodiments, at least one instance of R₇ is a heteroaryl group. Forexample, in some embodiments, at least one instance of R₇ is aheteroaryl group such as a substituted or unsubstituted pyridine group.In some embodiments, at least one instance of R₇ is selected from anoptionally substituted 2-, 3-, or 4-pyridyl group. In some suchembodiments, at least one instance of R₇ is a pyridine group substitutedwith one or more substituents selected from lower alkyl, halo, hydroxy,alkoxy, or the like. In some embodiments, at least one instance of R₇ isa phenyl or substituted phenyl group. For example, in some embodiments,at least one instance of R₇ is selected from a phenyl or a phenylsubstituted with at least one substituent selected from lower alkyl,halo, alkoxy, a dialkylamino group such as a dimethylamino group, andthe like.

In some embodiments, at least one instance of R₇ is selected from alower alkyl group such as a methyl group. In other embodiments, at leastone instance of R₇ is selected from an alkyl group, a substituted alkylgroup, an alkenyl group, a substituted alkenyl group, an alkynyl group,or a substituted alkynyl group. For example, in some embodiments, atleast one instance of R₇ is selected from a group of formula methyl,ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, —CH═CH—CH₂—O—CH₃,—CH₂—CH₂—CH₂—O—CH₃, —CH═CH-phenyl, —CH₂—CH₂-phenyl, —C≡C-phenyl,—C≡C-pyridyl, —C≡C—CH₂—O—CH₃, or the like.

In some embodiments of the compound of Formula II, at least one instanceof R₇ is chosen from a halo or a moiety substituted with at least onehalo. In some embodiments, at least one instance of R₇ is a perhaloalkylgroup such as a perfluoroalkyl such as a CF₃. In some embodiments, atleast one instance of R₇ is a halo group selected from F, Cl, or Br. Insome embodiments, at least two instances of R₇ are halo groupsindependently selected from F, Cl, and Br.

In some embodiments, at least one instance of R₇ is an OR₈ group whereR₈ is H, a lower alkyl, or a substituted lower alkyl. For example, insome embodiments, at least one instance of R₈ is selected from an —OH, amethoxy group, an ethoxy group, a benzyloxy group, a group of formula—OCH₂—CH(CH₃)₂, or the like.

In some embodiments of the compound of Formula II, n is 1. In some suchembodiments, one of R₃ or R₄ is a substituted lower alkyl. In some suchembodiments, one of R₃ or R₄ is a perhaloalkyl such as a CF₃ group. Inother such embodiments where n is 1, both of R₃ and R₄ are H. In someembodiments where n is 1, at least one of R₃ and R₄ is a lower alkylgroup or a substituted lower alkyl group such as, but not limited to, amethyl, ethyl, propyl, —CH₂—OH group, or the like. In some embodimentswhere n is 1, at least one of R₃ and R₄ is a lower alkyl group or asubstituted lower alkyl group and the other of R₃ and R₄ is H. In someembodiments, both of R₃ and R₄ are lower alkyl groups

In some embodiments of the compound of Formula II, R₃ is selected fromH, lower alkyl, substituted lower alkyl, lower haloalkyl, or substitutedlower haloalkyl and R₄ is selected from lower alkyl, substituted loweralkyl, lower haloalkyl, or substituted lower haloalkyl, or R₃ and R₄join together to form a 3 to 6 membered ring or a substituted 3 to 6membered ring. In some such embodiments, R₄ is a C₁-C₄ alkyl or asubstituted C₁-C₄ alkyl. In some embodiments, R₄ is a C₁-C₄ alkyl or asubstituted C₁-C₄ alkyl and R₃ is H. In some such embodiments, one of R₃or R₄ is a methyl group. In some such embodiments, n is 1. In stillother such embodiments, X is —NH—.

In some embodiments of the compound of Formula II, R₁ and R₂ areindependently selected from CN, lower alkyl, aryl, or substituted aryl.In some such embodiments, R₁ and R₂ are both lower alkyl. In some suchembodiments, R₁ and R₂ are both methyl groups. In other embodiments, R₁and R₂ join to form a spirocyclic ring system. In some such embodiments,R₁ and R₂ join to form a 3 to 7 membered ring. In some such embodiments,R₁ and R₂ join to form a 3 to 7 membered cycloalkyl ring such as acyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, or cycloheptyl ring.In some such embodiments, the cycloalkyl ring may be substituted. Forexample, the cycloalkyl ring may include an oxo (═O) group or othersubstituent. In some such embodiments, R₁ and R₂ join to form aheterocyclic spirocyclic ring system. In some such embodiments, theheterocyclic spirocyclic ring system includes one O, N, or S atom and insome cases includes one O atom. In some embodiments, R₁ and R₂ join toform a 5-7 or 5-6 membered ring. In some embodiments, R₁ and R₂ join toform a 5-7 or 5-6 membered ring that comprises one N atom. In some suchembodiments, R₁ and R₂ join to form a piperidine ring that is optionallysubstituted. For example, in some embodiments, R₁ and R₂ join to form apiperidine in which the N atom of the piperidine is bonded to a benzylgroup, a group of formula —C(═O)-phenyl, or a lower alkyl group such asa methyl group, whereas in other embodiments, the piperidine ring is notsubstituted. In some embodiments, R₁ and R₂ join to form a 5 or 6membered ring comprising one O atom. In still other such embodiments, R₁and R₂ join to form a six membered ring comprising one O atom. In somesuch embodiments, R₁ and R₂ join to form a 6 membered ring. In someembodiments, R₁ and R₂ join to form a tetrahydrofuran ring whereas inother embodiments they join to form a pyran ring.

In some embodiments of the compound of Formula II, R₁ and R₂ join toform the group —CH₂—CH₂—O—CH₂—CH₂—. In other embodiments, R₁ and R₂ jointo form the group —CH₂—O—CH₂—CH₂—, —O—CH₂—CH₂—CH₂—, or—CH₂—O—CH₂—CH₂—CH₂—.

In some embodiments of the compound of Formula II, R₁ is CN. In someembodiments R₁ is CN and R₂ is a C₁-C₄ alkyl group. In some suchembodiments, R₁ is CN and R₂ is a methyl group.

In some embodiments of the compound of Formula II, at least one of R₁and R₂ is selected from aryl or substituted aryl. For example, in someembodiments, at least one of R₁ and R₂ is phenyl or a phenyl substitutedwith one or more of F, Cl, Br, lower alkyl, OH, or lower alkoxy. In somesuch embodiments, the other of R₁ and R₂ is a lower alkyl group such as,but not limited to a methyl or ethyl group.

In some embodiments of the compound of Formula II, X is NH, n is 1, R₃and R₄ are independently selected from H, lower alkyl or substitutedlower alkyl, and R₆ is OH. In some such embodiments R₅ is OH. In somesuch embodiments, one of R₃ or R₄ is a substituted lower alkyl. In somesuch embodiments, one of R₃ or R₄ is a perhaloalkyl such as a CF₃ group.

In some embodiments of the compound of Formula II, X is —(CR_(b)R_(c))—.In some such embodiments, X is —CH₂—. In other embodiments, X is —O—. Instill other embodiments, X is —NR_(a)—. In some such embodiments, X is—NH—.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula II has the Formula IIA, andthe variables R₁, R₂, R₃, R₄, R₅, and R₇ have the definitions providedin any of the aspects and embodiments described above.

In some embodiments of the compound of Formula IIA, R₃ is selected fromH, lower alkyl, substituted lower alkyl, lower haloalkyl, or substitutedlower haloalkyl and R₄ is selected from lower alkyl, substituted loweralkyl, lower haloalkyl, or substituted lower haloalkyl, or R₃ and R₄join together to form a 3 to 6 membered ring or a substituted 3 to 6membered ring. In some such embodiments, R₄ is a C₁-C₄ alkyl or asubstituted C₁-C₄ alkyl. In some embodiments, R₄ is a C₁-C₄ alkyl or asubstituted C₁-C₄ alkyl and R₃ is H. In some such embodiments, R₄ is amethyl group.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula II has the Formula IIB, andthe variables R₁, R₂, R₃, R₄, R₅, and R₇ have the definitions providedin any of the aspects and embodiments described above

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula II has the Formula IIC, andthe variables R₁, R₂, R₃, R₄, R₅, and R₇ have the definitions providedin any of the aspects and embodiments described above.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula II has the Formula IID, andthe variables R₁, R₂, R₃, R₄, R₅, and R₇ have the definitions providedin any of the aspects and embodiments described above.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula II has the Formula IIE, andthe variables R₁, R₂, R₃, R₄, R₅, and R₇ have the definitions providedin any of the aspects and embodiments described above.

In certain embodiments the compound of the present invention can be

-   N-((6-chloro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine-   N-((4-hydroxy-2-oxo-6-(trifluoromethyl)-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-2H-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine-   N-((6-fluoro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine-   N-((7,8-difluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine-   N((1-cyano-4-hydroxy-1-methyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine-   N-((7-chloro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine-   N-((6-chloro-8-fluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine-   N-((6,7-difluoro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine-   N-((6,7-difluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine-   N-((6,7-dichloro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine-   N-((6,7-dichloro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine-   N-(((1R)-6-chloro-1-cyano-4-hydroxy-1-methyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine-   N-(((1S)-1-cyano-4-hydroxy-1-methyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine-   N-(((1R)-1-cyano-4-hydroxy-1-methyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine-   N-(((1S)-1-cyano-4-hydroxy-1-methyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine-   N-((7-chloro-6-fluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In some embodiments, the compound is selected from any one of theExample compounds or is a salt or (C₁-C₆) alkyl ester thereof.

Compounds of the present disclosure can contain one or more chiralcenters. Such compounds can be prepared or isolated as purestereoisomers, i.e., as individual enantiomers or diastereomers, or asstereoisomer-enriched mixtures. All such stereoisomers, and enrichedmixtures thereof, are included within the scope of the presentdisclosure. Pure stereoisomers, and enriched mixtures thereof, can beprepared using, for example, optically active starting materials orstereoselective reagents well-known in the art. Alternatively, racemicmixtures of such compounds can be separated using, for example, chiralcolumn chromatography, chiral resolving agents and the like.

In some embodiments, the at least one compound is a salt. Such salts maybe anhydrous or associated with one or more molecules of water as ahydrate.

In some embodiments, the compound is a prodrug. In some suchembodiments, the compound is a (C₁-C₆)alkyl ester such as a methyl,ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, or hexyl ester.

Also provided herein are pharmaceutical compositions that include atleast one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, excipient, or diluent,and a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of anyof the embodiments described herein. In such embodiments, the at leastone compound is present in an amount effective for the treatment of atleast one disease selected from ischemia, anemia, wound healing,auto-transplantation, allo-transplantation, xeno-transplantation,systemic high blood pressure, thalassemia, diabetes, cancer, or aninflammatory disorder.

Further provided are pharmaceutical compositions that include at leastone pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and a therapeutically effectiveamount of at least one compound of any of the embodiments describedherein in combination with at least one additional compound such as anerythropoiesis stimulating agent or a chemotherapeutic agent.

Additionally provided is a method of increasing or stabilizing HIFlevels or activity in a subject by administering to the subject at leastone compound of any of the embodiments described herein.

Further provided is a method of treating a condition where it is desiredto modulate HIF activity comprising administering to a subject at leastone compound of any of the embodiments described herein. In some suchembodiments, the condition is selected from at least one of ischemia,anemia, wound healing, auto-transplantation, allo-transplantation,xeno-transplantation, systemic high blood pressure, thalassemia,diabetes, cancer, or an inflammatory disorder.

Also provided is a method of treating a hypoxic or ischemic relateddisorder in a subject comprising administering to a subject at least onecompound of any of the embodiments described herein.

Also provided is a method of treating anemia in a subject comprisingadministering to a subject at least one compound of any of theembodiments described herein.

Further provided is a method of modulating the amount of HIF in a cellcomprising contacting the cell with at least one compound of any of theembodiments described herein.

Additionally provided is a method of increasing the amount of hemoglobinF in a subject comprising administering to the subject at least onecompound of any of the embodiments described herein.

Also provided is a method of modulating angiogenesis in a subjectcomprising administering to the subject at least one compound of any ofthe embodiments described herein.

Additionally provided is a method of treating at least one disease in apatient in need of such treatment comprising administering to thepatient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound ofany of the embodiments described herein. In some such embodiments, theat least one disease is selected from ischemia, anemia, wound healing,auto-transplantation, allo-transplantation, xeno-transplantation,systemic high blood pressure, thalassemia, diabetes, cancer, or aninflammatory disorder.

Also provided is a method of inhibiting HIF hydroxylation in a subjectcomprising administering to the subject at least one compound of any ofthe embodiments described herein.

In some embodiments, the HIF PHD inhibitory activity IC₅₀ value of thecompound is 40 μM or less. In other embodiments, the HIF PHD inhibitoryactivity IC₅₀ value of the compound is 10 μM or less. In still otherembodiments, the HIF PHD inhibitory activity IC₅₀ value of the compoundis 100 nM or less, whereas in others it is 10 nM or less.

In some embodiments, the at least one compound of any of the embodimentsis used in the preparation of a medicament.

In some such embodiments, the at least one compound of any of theembodiments is used in the preparation of a medicament for increasing orstabilizing HIF levels or activity in a subject.

In some such embodiments, the at least one compound of any of theembodiments is used in the preparation of a medicament for treating acondition where it is desired to modulate HIF activity. In some suchembodiments, the condition is selected from at least one of ischemia,anemia, wound healing, auto-transplantation, allo-transplantation,xeno-transplantation, systemic high blood pressure, thalassemia,diabetes, cancer, or an inflammatory disorder.

In some embodiments, the at least one compound of any of the embodimentsis used in the preparation of a medicament for treating a hypoxic orischemic related disorder in a subject.

In some embodiments, the at least one compound of any of the embodimentsis used in the preparation of a medicament for modulating the amount ifHIF in a cell. In some embodiments, the at least one compound accordingto any of the embodiments is used to modulate the amount of HIF in acell.

In some embodiments, the at least one compound of any of the embodimentsis used in the preparation of a medicament for modulating angiogenesisin a subject.

In some embodiments, the at least one compound of any of the embodimentsis used in the preparation of a medicament for inhibiting HIFhydroxylation in a subject.

In some embodiments, the at least one compound of any of the embodimentsis used in the preparation of a medicament for treating anemia.

The term “composition” as used herein is intended to encompass a productcomprising the specified ingredients (and in the specified amounts, ifindicated), as well as any product which results, directly orindirectly, from combination of the specified ingredients in thespecified amounts. By “pharmaceutically acceptable” it is meant that thecarrier, excipient, or diluent is compatible with the other ingredientsof the formulation and is not deleterious to the recipient thereof.

Composition formulation may improve one or more pharmacokineticproperties (e.g., oral bioavailability, membrane permeability) of acompound of the invention (herein referred to as the active ingredient).

The pharmaceutical compositions for the administration of the compoundsof this invention may conveniently be presented in unit dosage form andmay be prepared by any of the methods well known in the art. All methodsinclude the step of bringing the active ingredient into association withthe carrier which constitutes one or more accessory ingredients. Ingeneral, the pharmaceutical compositions are prepared by uniformly andintimately bringing the active ingredient into association with a liquidcarrier or a finely divided solid carrier or both, and then, ifnecessary, shaping the product into the desired formulation. In thepharmaceutical composition, the active object compound is included in anamount sufficient to produce the desired effect upon the process orcondition of diseases.

The pharmaceutical compositions containing the active ingredient may bein a form suitable for oral use, for example, as tablets, troches,lozenges, aqueous or oily suspensions, dispersible powders or granules,emulsions, hard or soft capsules, or syrups or elixirs. Compositionsintended for oral use may be prepared according to any method known tothe art for the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions. Suchcompositions may contain one or more agents selected from sweeteningagents, flavoring agents, coloring agents and preserving agents in orderto provide pharmaceutically elegant and palatable preparations. Tabletscontain the active ingredient in admixture with other non-toxicpharmaceutically acceptable excipients which are suitable for themanufacture of tablets. These excipients may be, for example, inertdiluents, such as calcium carbonate, sodium carbonate, lactose, calciumphosphate or sodium phosphate; granulating and disintegrating agents,for example, corn starch, or alginic acid; binding agents, for examplestarch, gelatin or acacia, and lubricating agents, for example magnesiumstearate, stearic acid, or talc. The tablets may be uncoated or they maybe coated by known techniques to delay disintegration and absorption inthe gastrointestinal tract and thereby provide a sustained action over alonger period. For example, a time delay material such as glycerylmonostearate or glyceryl distearate may be employed. They may also becoated by the techniques described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,256,108,4,160,452, and 4,265,874 to form osmotic therapeutic tablets for controlrelease.

Formulations for oral use may also be presented as hard gelatin capsuleswherein the active ingredient is mixed with an inert solid diluent, forexample, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate, or kaolin, or as softgelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with water or anoil medium, for example peanut oil, liquid paraffin, or olive oil.

Aqueous suspensions contain the active materials in admixture withexcipients suitable for the manufacture of aqueous suspensions. Suchexcipients are suspending agents, for example sodiumcarboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, hydroxy-propylmethylcellulose,sodium alginate, polyvinyl-pyrrolidone, gum tragacanth and gum acacia;dispersing or wetting agents may be a naturally-occurring phosphatide,for example lecithin, or condensation products of an alkylene oxide withfatty acids, for example polyoxy-ethylene stearate, or condensationproducts of ethylene oxide with long chain aliphatic alcohols, forexample heptadecaethyleneoxycetanol, or condensation products ofethylene oxide with partial esters derived from fatty acids and ahexitol such as polyoxyethylene sorbitol monooleate, or condensationproducts of ethylene oxide with partial esters derived from fatty acidsand hexitol anhydrides, for example polyethylene sorbitan monooleate.The aqueous suspensions may also contain one or more preservatives, forexample ethyl, or n-propyl, p-hydroxybenzoate, one or more coloringagents, one or more flavoring agents, and one or more sweetening agents,such as sucrose or saccharin.

Oily suspensions may be formulated by suspending the active ingredientin a vegetable oil, for example arachis oil, olive oil, sesame oil, orcoconut oil, or in a mineral oil such as liquid paraffin. The oilysuspensions may contain a thickening agent, for example beeswax, hardparaffin, or cetyl alcohol. Sweetening agents such as those set forthabove, and flavoring agents may be added to provide a palatable oralpreparation. These compositions may be preserved by the addition of ananti-oxidant such as ascorbic acid.

Dispersible powders and granules suitable for preparation of an aqueoussuspension by the addition of water provide the active ingredient inadmixture with a dispersing or wetting agent, suspending agent and oneor more preservatives. Suitable dispersing or wetting agents andsuspending agents are exemplified by those already mentioned above.Additional excipients, for example sweetening, flavoring and coloringagents, may also be present.

The pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may also be in the formof oil-in-water emulsions. The oily phase may be a vegetable oil, forexample olive oil or arachis oil, or a mineral oil, for example liquidparaffin or mixtures of these. Suitable emulsifying agents may benaturally-occurring gums, for example gum acacia or gum tragacanth,naturally-occurring phosphatides, for example soy bean, lecithin, andesters or partial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitolanhydrides, for example sorbitan monooleate, and condensation productsof the said partial esters with ethylene oxide, for examplepolyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate. The emulsions may also containsweetening and flavoring agents.

Syrups and elixirs may be formulated with sweetening agents, for exampleglycerol, propylene glycol, sorbitol or sucrose. Such formulations mayalso contain a demulcent, a preservative, and flavoring and coloringagents.

The pharmaceutical compositions may be in the form of a sterileinjectable aqueous or oleagenous suspension. This suspension may beformulated according to the known art using those suitable dispersing orwetting agents and suspending agents which have been mentioned above.The sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectablesolution or suspension in a non-toxic parenterally acceptable diluent orsolvent, for example as a solution in 1,3-butane diol. Among theacceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water,Ringer's solution, and isotonic sodium chloride solution. In addition,sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent orsuspending medium. For this purpose, any bland fixed oil may be employedincluding synthetic mono- or diglycerides. In addition, fatty acids suchas oleic acid find use in the preparation of injectables.

The pharmaceutical compositions may also be administered in the form ofsuppositories for rectal administration of the drug. These compositionscan be prepared by mixing the drug with a suitable non-irritatingexcipient which is solid at ordinary temperatures but liquid at therectal temperature and will therefore melt in the rectum to release thedrug. Such materials include, for example, cocoa butter and polyethyleneglycols.

For topical use, creams, ointments, jellies, solutions, or suspensions,etc., containing the compounds of the invention are employed. As usedherein, topical application is also meant to include the use ofmouthwashes and gargles.

The compounds of the invention can be prepared using the generalsynthetic route shown below in Scheme 1 and described more fully in theExamples.

As shown in Scheme 1, the nitro bromo compound A is reduced to the aminobromo compound B by standard reducing agents like SnCl₄ or Fe/HCl.Compound B can be converted to iodo compound C by reaction with nitrousacid to form the appropriate diazonium ion, followed by Sandmeyerreaction by reduction of the diazonium ion by Cu(I) and halide transferfrom copper. Iodo compound C can selectively be reacted with anappropriately substituted alkyne under Sonogashira or Stephens-Castroreaction conditions to give compound D. Sonogashira reactions typicallyinvolve palladium catalysis, whereas the Stephens-Castro reactionsinvolve copper arylacetylenes. Conversion of bromide D to compound E canbe accomplished by palladium mediated cross-coupling of an appropriatemetal enolate or silyl enolether derivative. Compound F can be generatedby acidic deprotection of an appropriate orthoester derivative E or bydeprotection of an appropriate trialkyl silane E followed bydeprotonation and quenching with various electrophiles such asethylchloroformate or ethyl cyanoformate. Compound F can be cyclized tocompound G by reaction of a nucleophilic benzaldoxime derivative andsubsequent elimination of aryl cyanide. Alternatively, compound F couldbe cyclized to compound G with additional oxygen nucleophiles such asallylic alcohol, benzylic alcohol or other protected alcohols. CompoundH can generated by heating ester G in the presence of an amine.Specifically, compound H can be formed by heating compound G with aglycine alkyl ester derivative. Compound J can be formed by deprotectingan appropriate ester under basic saponification conditions.Alternatively, compound J can be formed by deprotecting an appropriateester by acidic hydrolysis conditions.

The compounds of the invention can also be prepared using the generalsynthetic route shown below in Scheme 2 and described more fully in theExamples.

As shown in Scheme 2, iodo compound L can be prepared from aminocompound K by diazotization with nitrous acid followed by Sandmeyerreaction with copper iodide. Compound L can be converted to compound Mby deprotonation with reagents such as sodium hydride or potassiumtert-butoxide followed by alkylation with alkyl halides or sulfonatessuch as methyl iodide or methyl sulfate. Compound N can be prepared fromcompound M by reaction with an appropriate alkyne under Sonogashira orCastro-Stevens reaction conditions as described in Scheme 1. Compound Ncan be converted to either compound O or compound F by acidicdeprotection of an appropriate orthoester derivative N or bydeprotection of an appropriate trialkyl silane N followed bydeprotonation and quenching with various electrophiles as described inScheme 1. Compound O can be converted to compound P or compound F can beconverted to compound G utilizing the cyclization conditions describedwith respect to Scheme 1. Furthermore, compound G can be generated byreaction of compound P with acidic hydrolysis conditions such asrefluxing hydrochloric acid. The conversion of compound G to compounds Hand compounds J are as described in Scheme 1.

The compounds of the invention can also be prepared using the generalsynthetic route shown below in Scheme 3 and described more fully in theExamples.

As shown in Scheme 3, compound Q can be alkylated to give compound Rusing the methodology described with respect to Scheme 2. Compound S canbe prepared by acidic hydrolysis of an appropriate cyano derivativeunder conditions of refluxing hydrochloric acid. Alternatively, compoundS can be prepared by an appropriate ester derivative under typicalsaponification deprotection conditions. Carboxylic acid S can beconverted to the corresponding acid chloride by reaction with thionylchloride or oxalyl chloride following typical protocols. Acid chloride Tcan be converted to compound U by reaction of an appropriate malonateanion, such as, but not limited to, the magnesium anion ofdiethylmalonate. Compound G is formed by a Friedel-Crafts acylationusing reagents such as aluminum chloride, polyphosphoric acid or P₂O₅.Compound G is converted to compound H and compound J by conditionsdescribed with respect to Scheme 1.

The compounds of the invention can further be prepared using the generalsynthetic route shown below in Scheme 4 and described more fully in theExamples.

As shown in Scheme 4, Compound V can be prepared from ester compound Gby decarboxylation under typical acidic conditions analogous torefluxing concentrated hydrochloric acid. Acylation of compound V byreaction with an appropriate acid chloride with compound V isaccomplished by general base catalysis using triethylamine and analogousbases. Compound W can be rearranged via a Fries rearrangement to givecompound X. Typical reagents for this include aluminum trichloride andsodium acetate. Compound Y can be prepared from an appropriate ester Xby conditions analogous to those described with respect to Scheme 1.

In one aspect, the invention provides a method for synthesizing acompound of Formula IV or a tautomer thereof.

Typically, such methods include cyclizing a compound of Formula III toform a compound of Formula IV

Generally, the cyclization is carried out in the presence of anucleophile and a base in a polar aprotic solvent or solvent system. Insuch methods, a compound of the formula Ar—C(H)═N—OH where Ar issubstituted or unsubstituted aryl, or a salt thereof, is typicallyincluded or present in the reaction as the nucleophile. In someembodiments, the nucleophile has the following formula:

Typically, an aryl cyanide is eliminated from the reaction. In someembodiments Ar is phenyl. Examples of other Ar groups that may beutilized include, but are not limited to, nitro substituted phenyls suchas 2-nitrophenyl, 3-nitrophenyl, or 4-nitrophenyl; methyl substitutedphenyls such as 2-methylphenyl, 3-methylphenyl, 4-methylphenyl, andxylyl; cyanophenyls such as 2-cyanophenyl, 3,cyanophenyl, and4-cyanophenyl; trifluoromethyl substituted phenyls such as2-trifluoromethylphenyl, 3-trifluoromethylphenyl, and4-trifluoromethylphenyl; various halophenyls such as fluoro, chloro, andbromophenyls, and the like. In some embodiments, a nucleophile such asallyl alcohol or benzyl alcohol may be utilized that may requiredeprotecting to provide the compound of Formula IV. Typically, a basesuch as a metal hydride is also included in the reaction mixture duringcyclization of the compound of Formula III.

In compounds of Formula III and Formula IV,

J, K, L, and M are selected from CR₇ or N, wherein 0, 1, or 2 of J, K,L, and M are N;

R_(h) is a C₁-C₆ alkyl group;

R_(j) is a —O—C₁-C₆ alkyl group;

R₁ and R₂ are independently selected from alkyl, substituted alkyl,alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl,substituted cycloalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, aralkyl, substitutedaralkyl, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl,substituted heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl,heteroarylalkyl, or substituted heteroarylalkyl, or R₁ and R₂ can jointo form a spirocyclic ring system that may be substituted with one ormore substituents and may include 0, 1, or 2 heteroatom ring membersselected from S, N, and O, or one of R₁ and R₂ may be a CO₂R_(z) whereinR_(z) is C₁-C₆ alkyl if R_(i) is CO₂R_(k);

R_(i) is selected from —CN or CO₂R_(k), wherein k is a C₁-C₆ alkylgroup;

W is O when R_(i) is CO₂R_(k), and W is NH when R_(i) is —CN;

each R₇ is independently selected from H, alkyl, substituted alkyl,alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, NR_(d)R_(e),C(O)R₈, C(O)OR₉, OR₉, SR₉, SO₂R₉, CN, NO₂, halo, aryl, substituted aryl,arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl,heteroarylalkyl, substituted heteroarylalkyl, heterocyclyl, substitutedheterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, substituted heterocyclylalkyl,haloalkyl, perhaloalkyl, or —Y—R₁₀;

Y is selected from —N(R₁₁)—Z— or —Z—N(R₁₁)—;

Z is selected from C(O), SO₂, alkylene, substituted alkylene,alkenylene, substituted alkenylene, alkynylene, or substitutedalkynylene;

R₈ is selected from H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substitutedalkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl heterocyclyl, substitutedheterocyclyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, or substitutedheteroaryl;

R₉ is selected from H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substitutedalkenyl, alkynyl, or substituted alkynyl;

R₁₀ is selected from H, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, aryl,substituted aryl, heteroaryl or substituted heteroaryl;

R₁₁ is selected from H, lower alkyl, or substituted lower alkyl; and

R_(d) and R_(e) are independently selected from H, lower alkyl,substituted lower alkyl, lower haloalkyl, or substituted lowerhaloalkyl, or R_(d) and R_(e) can join together to form a 3 to 6membered ring or a substituted 3 to 6 membered ring.

In certain embodiments of the method for synthesizing compounds ofFormula IV, each of J, K, L, and M is a CR₇. In some embodiments, one ofJ, K, L, and M is N and the other three of J, K, L, and M is a CR₇.

In certain embodiments of the method for synthesizing compounds ofFormula IV, R_(h) is selected from methyl, ethyl, or propyl. In somesuch embodiments, R_(h) and is ethyl. In other embodiments, R_(h) is abranched C₁-C₆ alkyl such as an isopropyl or t-butyl group.

In certain embodiments of the method for synthesizing compounds ofFormula IV, R_(j) is selected from —O-methyl, —O-ethyl, or —O-propyl. Insome such embodiments, R_(j) and is —O-ethyl. In still other suchembodiments, R_(h) is methyl, ethyl, or propyl.

In certain embodiments of the method for synthesizing compounds ofFormula IV, R_(i) is —CN.

In certain embodiments of the method for synthesizing compounds ofFormula IV, R_(i) is a CO₂R_(k). In some such embodiments, R_(k) isselected from methyl, ethyl, or propyl. In some such embodiments, R_(k)is ethyl.

In some embodiments when R_(i) is —CN, the method may further includereacting the compound of Formula IV with water under aqueous acidicconditions to convert W from —NH to O. In some such embodiments, where Wis —NH, W is converted to O by reacting the compound with aqueoushydrochloric acid or aqueous sulfuric acid.

In some embodiments, R_(i) is CO₂R_(k) and W is O.

In one embodiment of the method of synthesizing compounds of Formula IV,R₁ and R₂ are independently selected from alkyl, substituted alkyl,alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, aryl,substituted aryl, aralkyl, substituted aralkyl, heterocyclyl,substituted heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, substitutedheterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl,or substituted heteroarylalkyl, or R₁ and R₂ can join to form aspirocyclic ring system that may be substituted with one or moresubstituents and may include 0, 1, or 2 heteroatom ring members selectedfrom S, N, and O. In some such embodiments, R₁ and R₂ are independentlyselected from alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, substitutedcycloalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, aralkyl, substituted aralkyl,heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, substitutedheterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl,or substituted heteroarylalkyl. In some embodiments, R₁ and R₂ join toform a spirocyclic ring system that may be substituted with one or moresubstituents and may include 0, 1, or 2 heteroatom ring members selectedfrom S, N, and O. In some embodiments at least one of R₁ and R₂ isselected from methyl, ethyl, propyl or butyl. In some such embodiments,at least one of R₁ and R₂ is a methyl group. In still other embodiments,R₁ and R₂ are independently selected from C₁-C₄ alkyl groups. In somesuch embodiments, both R₁ and R₂ are methyl groups. In some embodiments,one or both of R₁ and R₂ is a substituted alkyl group. In some suchembodiments, one or both of R₁ and R₂ is a CF₃ group.

In other embodiments of the method of synthesizing compounds of FormulaIV, each R₇ is independently selected from H, alkyl, substituted alkyl,alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, NR_(d)R_(e),OR₉, halo, aryl, substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl,heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, substitutedheteroarylalkyl, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl,heterocyclylalkyl, substituted heterocyclylalkyl, haloalkyl, orperhaloalkyl.

Various protecting groups may be used for the various substituents aswill be readily contemplated by those skilled in the art to form aprotected group for the reaction. The term “protected” with respect tohydroxyl groups, amine groups, and sulfhydryl groups refers to forms ofthese functionalities which are protected from undesirable reaction witha protecting group known to those skilled in the art such as those setforth in Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, Greene, T. W.; Wuts, P.G. M., John Wiley & Sons, New York, N.Y., (3rd Edition, 1999) which canbe added or removed using the procedures set forth therein. Examples ofprotected hydroxyl groups include, but are not limited to, silyl etherssuch as those obtained by reaction of a hydroxyl group with a reagentsuch as, but not limited to, t-butyldimethyl-chlorosilane,trimethylchlorosilane, triisopropylchlorosilane, triethylchlorosilane;substituted methyl and ethyl ethers such as, but not limited tomethoxymethyl ether, methylthiomethyl ether, benzyloxymethyl ether,t-butoxymethyl ether, 2-methoxyethoxymethyl ether, tetrahydropyranylethers, 1-ethoxyethyl ether, allyl ether, benzyl ether; esters such as,but not limited to, benzoylformate, formate, acetate, trichloroacetate,and trifluoroacetate. Examples of protected amine groups include, butare not limited to, amides such as, formamide, acetamide,trifluoroacetamide, and benzamide; imides, such as phthalimide, anddithiosuccinimide; and others. Examples of protected sulfhydryl groupsinclude, but are not limited to, thioethers such as S-benzyl thioether,and S-4-picolyl thioether; substituted S-methyl derivatives such ashemithio, dithio and aminothio acetals; and others.

The cyclization of a compound of Formula III to form a compound ofFormula IV is typically accomplished by reacting the compound of FormulaIII with a nucleophiles as described above and a base in a polar aproticsolvent or in a polar aprotic solvent system. The reaction typicallydoes not require heating, but may be heated if so desired. The reactionmay be carried out at various temperatures, but is typically conductedat temperatures ranging from −20° C. to 40° C. Various bases may be usedto carry out the reaction. Examples of some suitable bases include, butare not limited to non-nucleophilic bases such as metal hydrides suchas, but not limited to NaH, LiH, and KH. In some embodiments, the baseis NaH. Examples of other suitable bases include lithiumhexamethyldisilazide (LiHMDS) or analogous potassium or sodium analogs.Other suitable bases may include potassium, lithium, or sodiumt-butoxide. In an alternative procedure anion of the nucleophile ispreformed and then added to the compound of Formula III.

Various aprotic solvents and solvent systems may be used in conjunctionwith the reaction to convert compounds of Formula III to compounds ofFormula IV. Examples of suitable solvents and solvent systems includeethereal solvents such as diethyl ether, dimethoxyethane,tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, and the like. Other suitable solvents include,but are not limited to, DMF, DMSO, N-methylpyrrolidone, and the like. Insome embodiments, an ethereal solvent is used in conjunction with DMF,DMSO, or N-methylpyrrolidone. In some such embodiments, an etherealsolvent is used in conjunction with DMF. In some embodiments, a cyclicethereal solvent such as THF or dioxane is used in conjunction with DMF.

In some embodiments where W is O, the method may further includereacting a compound of Formula IV where R_(j) is an —O—C₁-C₆ alkyl groupwith an amine of Formula V to form an amide compound of Formula VI. Inalternative embodiments, R_(j) is first converted to —OH or a halogensuch as Cl or Br. Therefore, in some embodiments where the compound ofFormula IV is reacted with amine of Formula V, R_(j) is selected from ahalogen, —OH, or a —O—C₁-C₆ alkyl group

The amine of Formula V has the following structure:

wherein n is 1 to 6;

R_(a) is selected from H or lower alkyl;

R₃ and R₄ are independently selected from H, lower alkyl, substitutedlower alkyl, lower haloalkyl, or substituted lower haloalkyl, or R₃ andR₄ can join together to form a 3 to 6 membered ring or a substituted 3to 6 membered ring; and

R₅ is selected from OH, SH, NH₂, lower alkyl, substituted lower alkyl,lower alkoxy, substituted lower alkoxy, or sulfanyl.

In some embodiments, n is 1. In still other embodiments R₅ is OH oralkoxy. In still other embodiments, R₃ and R₄ are both H. In still otherembodiments, at least one of R₃ and R₄ is a lower alkyl such as amethyl, ethyl, or propyl group. In other embodiments, R_(a) is H.

The compound of Formula VI has the following formula

where the variables have the same values as described for the compoundsof Formula IV and the amines of Formula V.

Typically, an amine of Formula V is reacted with a compound of FormulaIV where W is O, by treating the compound of Formula IV with the aminein a polar aprotic solvent or solvent system such as those describedabove. Suitable solvents include ethereal solvent such as THF, dioxane,and the like. If desired, a non-nucleophilic base such as DIPEA, TEA, orthe like may be used. If R₅ is an alkoxy group such that the compoundincludes an ester, the reaction of the amine with the compound ofFormula V may be followed by a saponification to produce the carboxylicacid or salt thereof.

As noted above, in some embodiments, the method may include convertingthe —C(═O)R_(j) group of the compound of Formula IV (where R_(j) is an—O—C₁-C₆ alkyl) to a carboxylic acid (—C(═O)OH) or an acyl halide(—C(═O)(R_(j′)) where R_(j)′ is a halide such as Cl or Br). In some suchembodiments, the carboxylic acid or the acyl halide of the compound ofFormula IV is then reacted with an amine of Formula V under standardamide forming conditions to produce the compound of Formula VI.

The invention is further described by reference to the followingexamples, which are intended to exemplify the claimed invention but notto limit it in any way.

EXAMPLES

Unless otherwise stated, all compounds were obtained from commercialsources or were prepared using the methods and experimental proceduresdescribed herein. The following Abbreviations are used to refer tovarious reagents and solvents:

AcOH Acetic Acid

ACN Acetonitrile

dba dibenzylidene acetone

DCM Dichloromethane

DIPEA Diisopropylethylamine

DMF N,N-Dimethyl Formamide

DMSO Dimethylsulfoxide

dppf 1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene

EtOAc Ethyl Acetate

EtOH Ethanol

GC Gas Chromatography

HMPA Hexamethylphosphoramide

IPAc Isopropyl acetate

LDA Lithium Diisopropylamide

MeI Methyl Iodide

MeOH Methanol

NMP N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone

PPh₃ Triphenylphosphine

p-TSA para-toluenesulfonic acid

tBu tert-butyl

TEA Triethylamine

TFA Trifluoroacetic acid

THF Tetrahydrofuran

TLC Thin Layer Chromatography

TMS Trimethylsilyl

TR-FRET Time Resolved-Fluorescence Resonance Energy Transfer

Example 1N-((6-Chloro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-2H-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

Step A: Preparation of4-(4-Chlorophenyl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carboxylic acid

To a solution of (4-chlorophenyl)acetonitrile (1.15 g, 7.59 mmol) in DMF(11.5 mL) at 10° C., was added sodium tert-butoxide (0.80 g, 8.34 mmol).The resulting mixture was aged for 10 minutes and then treated withbis(2-chloroethyl)ether (1.19 g, 8.34 mmol). The mixture was aged at 10°C. for 1 hour, warmed to ambient temperature and treated with a secondportion of sodium tert-butoxide (0.80 g, 8.34 mmol). After 10 minutes,the mixture was quenched with a 1.0M H₃PO₄ solution and extracted withEtOAc (2×25 mL). The combined extracts were washed with saturated brine,dried (MgSO₄), and concentrated in vacuo to give a brown solid. Theproduct was dissolved in 1,4-dioxane (5 mL) and treated with a 9.0MH₂SO₄ solution at 100° C. for 48 hours. The cooled mixture was thenbrought to pH=10 and extracted with diethyl ether (2×25 mL). The aqueousphase was acidified to pH=2 with 5N HCl, and the resulting precipitatewas collected by vacuum filtration. The solid was dried under vacuum at50° C. overnight. MS m/e=241.2 (M+H)⁺.

Step B: Preparation of Diethyl2-(4-(4-chlorophenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carbonyl)malonate

To a solution of 4-(4-chlorophenyl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carboxylic acid(0.500 g, 2.08 mmol) in IPAc (2.5 mL) was added DMF (0.050 mL). Oxalylchloride (0.277 g, 0.19 mL, 2.18 mmol) was then added at ambienttemperature over a period of 20 minutes. The resulting solution wasstirred at room temperature for a period of 2 hours. In a separateflask, a solution of diethyl malonate (0.420 g, 0.40 mL, 2.60 mmol) inIPAc (3.5 mL) was treated with MgCl₂ (0.247 g, 2.60 mmol). The resultingslurry was aged at room temperature for 30 minutes and subsequentlytreated with TEA (0.704 g, 0.97 mL, 2.60 mmol). After a further 2 hoursat ambient temperature, the malonate slurry was cooled to 5° C. andtreated with the acyl chloride solution. The resulting mixture was agedat room temperature for 2 hours then treated with a 5N HCl solution (2.5mL). The organic layer was separated, and the aqueous layer wasextracted 3 times with IPAc (2.5 mL). The organic phases were combined,dried (MgSO₄), and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford thetitle compound as an orange oil. MS m/e=383.2 (M+H)⁺.

Step C: Preparation of Ethyl6-chloro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-carboxylate

Concentrated H₂SO₄ (9.5 mL, 18.0M) was treated with P₂O₅ (4.25 g, 29.9mmol). The resulting slurry was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours.The mixture was cooled in an ice bath and treated with a solution ofdiethyl 2-(4-(4-chlorophenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carbonyl)malonate(1.70 g, 4.44 mmol) in IPAc (3.0 mL). The resulting green solution wasaged for 15 minutes and subsequently poured into ice water. Theresulting mixture was extracted with IPAc (3×20 mL), and the combinedorganic extracts were dried (MgSO₄). The organic solution wasconcentrated in vacuo to furnish a brown solid. The crude product wasrecrystallized from hot heptane to give the title compound as a paleyellow solid (0.81 g). MS m/e=337.2 (M+H)⁺.

Step D: Preparation of MethylN-((6-chloro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-2H-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate

A mixture of ethyl6-chloro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-carboxylate(0.810 g, 2.41 mmol), glycine methyl ester hydrochloride (0.39 g, 3.11mmol, 1.3 eq.), 1,4-dioxane (7.0 mL) and DIPEA (1.3 mL, 7.46 mmol) washeated at 80° C. for 6 hours. The mixture was then cooled to roomtemperature and extracted with EtOAc (3×25 mL). The combined organicextracts were washed with 2N HCl and brine. The solution was dried(MgSO₄) and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a pale yellowsolid. The product was recrystallized from EtOAc to give a colorlesssolid (0.68 g). MS m/e=380.0 (M+H)⁺.

Step E: Preparation ofN-((6-Chloro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

MethylN-((6-chloro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-2H-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(0.684 g, 1.79 mmol, 1.0 eq.) was suspended in water (10.0 mL) andtreated with lithium hydroxide monohydrate (0.227 g, 5.40 mmol). After30 minutes at ambient temperature, the resulting homogeneous mixture wasquenched with 1N HCl solution to pH=2. The white solid that precipitatedupon acidification was collected by vacuum filtration and washed with1:1 H₂O/acetone (2×2.0 mL). The product was dried under vacuum at 80° C.for 24 hours to give the title compound in quantitative yield. MSm/e=366.0 (M+H)⁺. Calculated for C₁₇H₁₆ClNO₆ 365.07.

Example 2N-((6-Chloro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

Step A: Preparation of Diethyl2-(2-(4-chlorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoyl)malonate

A solution of 2-(4-chlorophenyl)-2-methylpropionic acid (1.99 g, 10.0mmol, 1.0 eq.) in IPAc (10 mL) was treated with DMF (0.02 mL) and oxalylchloride (0.92 mL, 10.5 mmol). The resulting solution was stirred atroom temperature for 2 hours. In a separate vessel, was charged diethylmalonate (1.91 mL, 12.5 mmol), IPAc (14 mL), and MgCl₂ (11.9 g, 12.5mmol). The resulting malonate slurry was stirred at room temperature for30 minutes and subsequently treated with TEA (4.7 mL, 33.5 mmol). Theresulting suspension was aged at room temperature for 2 hours, cooled to5° C. and treated with the above acyl chloride solution. The resultingmixture was warmed to ambient temperature and aged for 1 hour. Theslurry was quenched with a 5N HCl solution (10 mL) and the phases weresplit. The organic phase was washed with saturated NaHCO₃ solution (2×10mL) and water (1×10 mL). The organic phase was dried (MgSO₄) andconcentrated in vacuo to afford an orange oil. MS m/e=341.2 (M+H)⁺.

Step B: Preparation of Ethyl6-chloro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalene-3-carboxylate

Concentrated H₂SO₄ (5.0 mL, 18.0M) was cooled to −4° C. and treated withdiethyl 2-(2-(4-chlorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoyl)malonate (1.00 g, 2.93mmol). The resulting green solution was warmed to room temperature andallowed to stir for 1 hour. The solution was then poured into a 0° C.chilled mixture of water (10 mL) and heptane (5 mL). The resultingprecipitate was collected by vacuum filtration, washed with cold water(10 mL) and heptane (1 mL). The product was dried at 40° C. overnightunder vacuum to give 0.69 g of the title compound. MS m/e=295.2 (M+H)⁺.

Step C: Preparation of MethylN-((6-chloro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalene-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate

A mixture of ethyl6-chloro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalene-3-carboxylate (0.224g, 0.761 mmol), glycine methyl ester hydrochloride (0.115 g, 0.914 mmol,99% Aldrich), 1-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone (1.5 mL), and TEA (0.32 mL, 2.28mmol) was heated at 80° C. for 4 hours. The resulting mixture was cooledto room temperature and treated with water (10 mL) causing a white solidto precipitate. The product was collected by vacuum filtration andrinsed with water. MS m/e=338.0 (M+H)⁺.

Step D: Preparation ofN-((6-Chloro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

MethylN-((6-chloro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalene-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(0.256 g, 0.760 mmol) was suspended in water (3.0 mL) and treated with a5N NaOH solution (0.38 mL, 1.90 mmol). After 20 minutes at ambienttemperature, the resulting homogeneous mixture was quenched with a 1NHCl solution to pH=2. The white solid that precipitated uponacidification was collected by vacuum filtration and washed with 1:1H₂O/acetone (2×2.0 mL). The product was subsequently dried at 80° C.under vacuum for 24 hours. MS m/e=324.0 (M+H)⁺. Calculated forC₁₅H₁₄ClNO₅ 323.06.

Example 3N-((4-Hydroxy-2-oxo-6-(trifluoromethyl)-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-2H-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

Step A: Preparation of Ethyl 2-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)acetate

A solution of (trifluoro-p-tolyl)-acetic acid (19.85 g, 97.2 mmol) inEtOH (200 mL) was treated with H₂SO₄, 36N (16.4 mL, 194 mmol). Thereaction was heated at reflux. After 48 hours, the reaction was cooledto 23° C., diluted with EtOAc (750 mL), washed with saturated NaHCO₃solution (2×400 mL) and brine (400 mL), dried over MgSO₄, andconcentrated in vacuo affording 20.98 g of ethyl2-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)acetate.

Step B: Preparation of4-(4-(Trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carboxylic acid

A suspension of NaH (60% dispersion in mineral oil (2.3 g, 60 mmol)) inNMP (80 mL) was cooled to 0° C. under nitrogen. The reaction mixture wastreated with a solution of ethyl 2-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)acetate(4.672 g, 20 mmol) in NMP (20 mL) in a dropwise fashion over 10 minutes(effervescence occurred), followed by bis(2-bromoethyl)ether (2.8 mL, 22mmol). After 15 minutes, the reaction was warmed to 23° C. After 20hours, the reaction was diluted with a 10% HCl solution (300 mL; slowly,a lot of effervescence was observed) and extracted with diethyl ether(2×300 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (200 mL),dried over MgSO₄, concentrated in vacuo and purified by silica gelchromatography (eluant: 25-50% EtOAc/hexane) affording 3.76 g of4-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carboxylic acid. MSm/e=275.1 (M+H)⁺.

Step C: Preparation of Diethyl2-(4-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carbonyl)malonate

A suspension of4-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carboxylic acid(3.749 g, 13.7 mmol) and thionyl chloride (9.97 mL, 137 mmol) was heatedat reflux. After 2 hours, the reaction was cooled to 23° C. andconcentrated in vacuo, azeotroped with toluene (2×20 mL) and furtherdried on the vacuum line for 90 minutes. A solution of diethyl malonate(2.17 mL, 14.4 mmol) in ACN (50 mL) in an oven-dried round-bottomedflask, was cooled to 0° C. and treated with MgCl₂ (1.30 g, 13.7 mmol),followed by TEA (3.99 mL, 28.7 mmol). The reaction was warmed to 23° C.After 2 hours and 30 minutes, a solution of the crude acid chloride inACN (10 mL) was added, and the reaction was heated to 50° C. After 15hours, the reaction was cooled to 23° C., diluted with EtOAc (400 mL),and washed with a 10% HCl solution (300 mL). The aqueous layer wasextracted with EtOAc (300 mL). The combined organic layers were washedwith brine (200 mL), dried over MgSO₄, and concentrated in vacuoaffording 5.50 g of diethyl2-(4-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carbonyl)malonate.MS m/e=417.2 (M+H)⁺.

Step D: Preparation of 1,1-DimethylethylN-((4-hydroxy-2-oxo-6-(trifluoromethyl)-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate

H₂SO₄ (4897 μL, 88139 μmol) was cooled to 0° C. and treated with P₂O₅(1501 mg, 10577 μmol). The reaction was warmed to 23° C. and treatedwith diethyl2-(4-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carbonyl)malonate(734 mg, 1763 μmol) after 10 minutes. After 75 minutes, the reaction wasdiluted with EtOAc (10 mL) and poured into an ice-water mixture (˜50mL). The suspension was extracted with EtOAc (3×50 mL). The organiclayers were combined, washed with brine (50 mL), dried over MgSO₄, andconcentrated in vacuo affording 650 mg of the crude cyclized product. MSm/e=371.2 (M+H)⁺.

A solution of the crude product from the previous step (797 mg, 2152μmol), glycine tert-butyl ester hydrochloride (433 mg, 2583 μmol) andDIPEA (937 μL, 5380 μmol) in 1,4-dioxane (20 mL) was heated to 120° C.in a sealed vessel. After 4 hours, the reaction was cooled to 23° C.,diluted with EtOAc (300 mL), washed with a 10% HCl solution (150 mL),water (150 mL), and brine (150 mL), dried over MgSO₄, concentrated invacuo, and purified by silica gel chromatography (eluant: 10-25%EtOAc/hexane) affording 502 mg of the title compound. MS m/e=456.2(M+H)⁺.

Step E: Preparation ofN-((4-Hydroxy-2-oxo-6-(trifluoromethyl)-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

A solution of 1,1-dimethylethylN-((4-hydroxy-2-oxo-6-(trifluoromethyl)-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(500 mg, 1098 μmol) in TFA (4 mL) was stirred at 23° C. After 25minutes, the reaction was concentrated in vacuo and azeotroped with DCM(2×10 mL). The crude solid was washed with diethyl ether affording 356mg ofN-((4-hydroxy-2-oxo-6-(trifluoromethyl)-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-2H-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine.MS m/e=400.1 (M+H)⁺. Calculated for C₁₈H₁₆F₃NO₆ 399.09.

Example 4N-((4-Hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-6-(trifluoromethyl)-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

Step A: Preparation of Methyl2-methyl-2-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)propanoate

A suspension of NaH (60% dispersion in mineral oil (1805 mg, 45123μmol)) in DMF (100 mL) was cooled to 0° C. in an oven-dried roundbottomed flask. A solution of ethyl 2-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)acetate(4191 mg, 18049 μmol) and MeI (3372 μL, 54148 μmol) in DMF (10 mL) wascooled to 0° C., and was added to the reaction mixture in a dropwisefashion over 15 minutes. The flask was rinsed with DMF (2×5 mL), and therinse was added to the reaction mixture. After 15 minutes, the reactionwas warmed to 23° C. After 48 hours, the reaction was diluted with EtOAc(250 mL) and washed with a 10% HCl solution (200 mL), water (200 mL),and brine (100 mL), dried over MgSO₄, concentrated in vacuo, andpurified by silica gel chromatography (eluant: 3% EtOAc/hexane)affording 2580 mg of the title compound. MS m/e=261.2 (M+H)⁺.

Step B: Preparation of 2-Methyl-2-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)propanoicacid

A solution of methyl 2-methyl-2-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)propanoate(1528 mg, 6206 μmol) in MeOH (60 mL) and water (15 mL), was treated withKOH (1741 mg, 31028 μmol). The reaction was heated to reflux. After 18hours, the reaction was cooled to 23° C. and concentrated in vacuo. Thecrude mixture was partitioned between water/diethyl ether (100 mL each).The aqueous layer was separated and washed with diethyl ether (100 mL).The combined ether layers were extracted with a 1N NaOH solution (25mL). The combined aqueous washes were acidified with concentrated HCl topH=2 and were then extracted with EtOAc (3×100 mL). The combined EtOAclayers were dried over MgSO₄ and concentrated in vacuo to afford 1323 mgof the title compound. MS m/e=233.1 (M+H)⁺.

Step C: Preparation of Diethyl2-(2-methyl-2-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)propanoyl)malonate

A solution of 2-methyl-2-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)propanoic acid (1325mg, 5706 μmol) in thionyl chloride (4162 μL, 57063 μmol) was heated atreflux under nitrogen. After 2 hours, the reaction was cooled to 23° C.and concentrated in vacuo to afford the crude acid chloride. In anoven-dried round-bottomed flask, magnesium (208 mg, 8559 μmol) anddiethyl malonate (1293 μL, 8559 μmol) were added to EtOH (15 mL) andCCl₄ (0.2 mL). The reaction was stirred at 23° C. for 30 minutesfollowed by the addition of THF (15 mL). The reaction was heated toreflux under nitrogen. After 1 hour, a solution of the crude acidchloride in THF (10 mL) was added in a drop wise fashion. After 30minutes, the reaction was cooled to 23° C., diluted with diethyl ether(150 mL), and washed with water (150 mL). The aqueous layer wasextracted with diethyl ether (150 mL). The combined ether layers werewashed with brine (100 mL), dried over MgSO₄, concentrated in vacuo, andpurified on silica gel (eluant: 5-20% EtOAc/hexane) affording 1115 mg ofthe title compound. MS m/e=375.2 (M+H)⁺.

Step D: Preparation of 1,1-DimethylethylN-((4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-6-(trifluoromethyl)-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate

Diethyl 2-(2-methyl-2-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)propanoyl)malonate(1000 mg, 2671 μmol) was cooled to 0° C. in a round-bottomed flask andwas then treated with concentrated H₂SO₄ (10 mL). The ice-bath wasremoved, and the reaction was stirred at 23° C. After 2 hours, thereaction was poured into an ice-water mixture (100 mL) and extractedwith EtOAc (3×150 mL). The combined organic layers were washed withbrine (100 mL), dried over MgSO₄, and concentrated in vacuo affording861 mg crude product of ethyl4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-6-(trifluoromethyl)-naphthalene-3-carboxylate.MS m/e=329.1 (M+H)⁺.

A solution of crude ethyl4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-6-(trifluoromethyl)-naphthalene-3-carboxylate(562 mg, 1712 μmol), glycine tert-butyl ester hydrochloride (316 mg,1883 μmol) and DIPEA (447 μL, 2568 μmol) in 1,4-dioxane (20 mL) washeated to 120° C. in a sealed vessel. After 14 hours, the reaction wascooled to 23° C., and the solvent was removed under vacuum. The residuewas diluted with EtOAc (100 mL), washed with water (75 mL) and brine (75mL), dried over MgSO₄, concentrated in vacuo, and purified by silica gelchromatography (eluant: 4-8% EtOAc/hexane) affording 435 mg of the titlecompound. MS m/e=358.1 (M-C₄H₈+H)⁺.

Step E: Preparation ofN-((4-Hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-6-(trifluoromethyl)-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

A solution of 1,1-dimethylethylN-((4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-6-(trifluoromethyl)-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(432 mg, 1045 μmol) in toluene (5 mL), was treated with silica gel (314mg, 5225 μmol). The reaction was heated at 110° C. After 4 hours, thereaction was cooled to 23° C. and filtered. The residue was washed withDCM (150 mL), and the filtrates were discarded. The residue wassubsequently washed with a 10% MeOH/DCM solution (1000 mL). The filtratewas concentrated in vacuo, affording 312 mg of the title compound. MSm/e=358.1 (M+H)⁺. Calculated for C₁₆H₁₄F₃NO₅ 357.08.

Example 5N-((4-Hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-6-(3-pyridinyl)-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

Step A: Preparation of 1,1-DimethylethylN-((4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-6-(3-pyridinyl)-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate

A suspension of 1,1-dimethylethylN-((6-bromo-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(284 mg, 669 μmol, see Example 39), pyridin-3-ylboronic acid (165 mg,1339 μmol), and Na₂CO₃ (2.0M aqueous solution (669 μL, 1339 μmol)) in1,4-dioxane (5 mL) was treated with Pd(PPh₃)₄ (77 mg, 67 μmol) in amicrowave vial. The vessel was capped, degassed, backfilled with argon(2×), and heated at 150° C. in a microwave for 1200 sec. The reactionwas diluted with EtOAc (50 mL), washed with water (50 mL) and brine (50mL), dried over MgSO₄, concentrated in vacuo, and purified by silica gelchromatography (eluant: 20-28-40% EtOAc/hexane) affording 113 mg of thetitle compound. MS m/e=423.2 (M+H)⁺.

Step B: Preparation ofN-((4-Hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-6-(3-pyridinyl)-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

A suspension of 1,1-dimethylethylN-((4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-6-(pyridin-3-yl)-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(109 mg, 258 μmol) and silica gel (230-400 mesh, EMD Chemicals) (78 mg,1290 μmol) in toluene (5 mL) was heated to 110° C. After 2 hours, thereaction was cooled to 23° C., filtered and washed with DCM (25 mL). Thewashings were discarded. The residue was subsequently washed with a 10%MeOH/DCM solution (1000 mL). The filtrate was then concentrated in vacuoaffording 91 mg of the title compound. MS m/e=367.2 (M+H)⁺. Calculatedfor C₂₀H₁₈N₂O₅ 366.12.

Example 6N-((6-(2-Fluoro-6-methyl-3-pyridinyl)-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

The title compound was prepared using a procedure similar to thatoutlined in Example 5. MS m/e=399.0 (M+H)⁺. Calculated for C₂₁H₁₉FN₂O₅398.13.

Example 7N-((4-Hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-6-(2-methyl-4-pyridinyl)-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

The title compound was prepared using a procedure similar to thatoutlined in Example 5. MS m/e=381.0 (M+H)⁺. Calculated for C₂₁H₂₀N₂O₅380.14.

Example 8N-((4-Hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-6-(2-methyl-3-pyridinyl)-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

The title compound was prepared using a procedure similar to thatoutlined in Example 5. MS m/e=381.2 (M+H)⁺. Calculated for C₂₁H₂₀N₂O₅380.14.

Example 9N-((6-(5-Fluoro-3-pyridinyl)-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

The title compound was prepared using a procedure similar to thatoutlined in Example 5. MS m/e=385.0 (M+H)⁺. Calculated for C₂₀H₁₇FN₂O₅384.11.

Examples 10 and 11N-(((3R)-6′-Chloro-4′-hydroxy-2′-oxo-4,5-dihydro-spiro[furan-3,1′-naphthalen]-3′-yl)carbonyl)glycineandN-(((3S)-6′-Chloro-4′-hydroxy-2′-oxo-4,5-dihydro-spiro[furan-3,1′-naphthalen]-3′-yl)carbonyl)glycine

The title compounds were obtained as separate enantiomers by chiralseparation ofN-((6′-chloro-4′-hydroxy-2′-oxo-4,5-dihydro-2′H-spiro[furan-3,1′-naphthalen]-3′-yl)carbonyl)glycine(Example 12) using chiral HPLC. MS m/e=352.0 (M+H)⁺. Calculated forC₁₆H₁₄ClNO₆ 351.05.

Example 12N-((6′-Chloro-4′-hydroxy-2′-oxo-4,5-dihydro-2′H-spiro[furan-3,1′-naphthalen]-3′-yl)carbonyl)glycine

Step A: Preparation of 3-(4-Chlorophenyl)-tetrahydrofuran-3-carbonitrile

To a solution of the NaH (60% by weight, 4 g, 98 mmol) and1-methylpyrrolidin-2-one (82.5 mL) at −20° C., was added dropwise amixture of 2-(4-chlorophenyl)acetonitrile (5 g, 33 mmol) and2-chloroethyl chloromethyl ether (4 mL, 33 mmol) in diethyl ether (16.5mL, 33 mmol). The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature over24 hours. The reaction was then slowly quenched with ice water andextracted with ether (3×). The organic layers were combined, washed withH₂O (3×) and brine, dried over Na₂SO₄, concentrated in vacuo, andpurified by silica flash chromatography (13% EtOAc/hexane) to give thedesired compound as a yellow oil. MS m/e=208.0 (M+H)⁺.

Step B: Preparation of 3-(4-Chlorophenyl)-tetrahydrofuran-3-carboxylicacid

To a solution of 3-(4-chlorophenyl)-tetrahydrofuran-3-carbonitrile (9.18g, 44.21 mmol) in dioxane (26 mL, 44 mmol) was added 9M (aq) H₂SO₄(44.21 mL, 44 mmol). The resulting mixture was heated at 110° C. for 12hours. The mixture was then cooled and extracted with EtOAc. The organiclayer was then washed with 2N NaOH. The aqueous wash was acidified withconcentrated HCl and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was thendried over Na₂SO₄, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to give thedesired carboxylic acid as a light yellow solid. MS m/e=227.2 (M+H)⁺.

Step C: Preparation of Diethyl2-(3-(4-chlorophenyl)-tetrahydrofuran-3-carbonyl)malonate

3-(4-Chlorophenyl)-tetrahydrofuran-3-carboxylic acid (375.2 mg, 1655μmol) was mixed with thionyl chloride (1.21 mL, 16554 μmol) and heatedat 70° C. for 3 hours. The solution was cooled, concentrated in vacuo,and pumped on under high vacuum for 3 hours. To a flame-dried roundbottom flask containing diethyl malonate (0.25 mL, 1655 μmol) in ACN (3mL), was added MgCl₂ (158 mg, 1655 μmol). The resulting solution wascooled to 0° C. The reaction was then stirred for 15 minutes at 0° C. Tothe resulting mixture was slowly added TEA (0.48 mL, 3476 μmol), and thereaction was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. The acid chlorideintermediate in ACN (1.9 mL), was added to the malonate solution, andthe resulting mixture was stirred at 50° C. for 13 hours. The reactionwas then cooled and concentrated in vacuo to give a light yellow solidwhich was mixed with 1N HCl and EtOAc. The aqueous layer was extractedwith EtOAc (2×), and the combined organic layers were dried over Na₂SO₄,filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by silica flashchromatography (10-30% EtOAc/hexane) gave the title compound as a lightyellow oil. MS m/e=369.2 (M+H)⁺.

Step D: Preparation of Ethyl(6′-chloro-4′-hydroxy-2′-oxo-4,5-dihydro-spiro[furan-3,1′-naphthalen]-3′-yl)carboxylate

Concentrated H₂SO₄ (66483 mg, 677858 μmol) was cooled to 0° C. andtreated with P₂O₅ (11546 mg, 81343 μmol). The reaction was stirred for60 minutes and treated with diethyl2-(3-(4-chlorophenyl)-tetrahydrofuran-3-carbonyl)malonate (5 g, 13557μmol). After 60 minutes, the reaction was diluted with EtOAc and pouredonto ice. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3×), and thecombined organic layers were washed with brine and dried over MgSO₄.Purification by silica flash chromatography (2-5% MeOH/DCM) gave thetitle compound as a white solid. MS m/e=323.2 (M+H)⁺.

Step E: Preparation of 1,1-DimethylethylN-((6′-chloro-4′-hydroxy-2′-oxo-4,5-dihydro-spiro[furan-3,1′-naphthalen]-3′-yl)carbonyl)glycinate

To a solution of ethyl(6′-chloro-4′-hydroxy-2′-oxo-4,5-dihydro-spiro[furan-3,1′-naphthalen]-3′-yl)carboxylate(284.4 mg, 881 μmol) in 1,4-dioxane (8812 μL, 881 μmol) was added DIPEA(460 μL, 2644 μmol), and the resulting solution was warmed to 80° C. for2 hours. The reaction was then cooled, diluted with EtOAc, washed withwater (2×) and brine, dried over Na₂SO₄, and purified by silica flashchromatography (10-30% EtOAc/hexanes) to give the title compound as alight yellow solid. MS m/e=430.0 (M+Na)⁺.

Step F: Preparation ofN-((6′-Chloro-4′-hydroxy-2′-oxo-4,5-dihydro-spiro[furan-3,1′-naphthalen]-3′-yl)carbonyl)glycine

1,1-DimethylethylN-(6′-chloro-4′-hydroxy-2′-oxo-4,5-dihydro-2′H-spiro[furan-3,1′-naphthalen]-3′-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(430.5 mg, 1056 μmol) was dissolved in TFA (10555 μL, 1056 μmol) andstirred for 30 minutes. The reaction was then concentrated in vacuo togive the title compound as a white solid. MS m/e=352.0 (M+H)⁺.Calculated for C₁₆H₁₄ClNO₆ 351.05.

Example 13N-((6-Fluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalene-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

Step A: Preparation of Ethyl 2-(4-fluorophenyl)acetate

A mixture of 2-(4-fluorophenyl)acetic acid (23.5 g, 152 mmol) in thionylchloride 56 mL, 762 mmol) was refluxed for 2 hours and then concentratedin vacuo. The residue was diluted with 200 mL DCM, and stirred at 0° C.The mixture was treated with EtOH (9.8 mL, 168 mmol) and TEA (26 mL)dropwise. The mixture was then stirred for 2 hours. The mixture wasquenched with 20 mL H₂O and extracted with DCM (3×50 mL). The combinedorganics were washed with H₂O (3×50 mL) and brine 20 mL, dried overanhydrous Na₂SO₄, and concentrated in vacuo to give 24.7 g of a paleyellow oil.

Step B: Preparation of Ethyl 2-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoate

A mixture of NaH (5 g, 115 mmol) in 100 mL NMP and stirred at 0° C., wastreated dropwise with a mixture of ethyl 2-(4-fluorophenyl)acetate (7 g,38 mmol) and MeI (5 mL, 85 mmol) in 20 mL ether. The mixture was allowedto warm to room temperature and was stirred for 15 hours. The resultingmixture was quenched with 100 mL H₂O carefully and the pH was adjustedto 5. The mixture was extracted with ether (3×100 mL). The combinedorganics were washed with H₂O (3×50 mL) and brine 20 mL. The organiclayer was dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, concentrated in vacuo, andpurified by column chromatography eluting with 10% EtOAc/hexane to give6.0 g of the product as a pale yellow oil. MS m/e=211 (M+H)⁺.

Step C: Preparation of 2-(4-Fluorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoic acid

A mixture of ethyl 2-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoate (6 g, 29 mmol),KOH (3 g, 57 mmol) and 100 mL EtOH/H₂O (4:1) was refluxed for 4 hours.The mixture was cooled to room temperature. The mixture was extractedwith EtOAc and the organic layer discarded. The water layer wasacidified with concentrated HCl, extracted with EtOAc, washed with H₂Oand brine, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, and concentrated in vacuo togive 3.1 g of the product as a white solid. MS m/e=211(M−1)⁻.

Step D: Preparation of Diethyl2-(2-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoyl)malonate

A mixture of diethyl malonate (3 g, 16 mmol) in 50 mL ACN was stirred at0° C., was treated with MgCl₂ (2 g, 18 mmol) in one portion, and wastreated dropwise with TEA (3 g, 33 mmol). The mixture was stirred atroom temperature for 2.5 hours. A mixture of2-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoic acid (3 g, 16 mmol) in thionylchloride (20 mL) was refluxed for 2 hours and then concentrated invacuo. The residue was diluted with 10 mL ACN, and was added dropwise tothe above mixture. The mixture was stirred at 50° C. for 15 hours. Theresulting mixture was then cooled to room temperature, diluted with 100mL ether, washed with H₂O (2×50 mL) and brine 20 mL, dried overanhydrous Na₂SO₄, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product waspurified by column chromatography eluting with 10-20% EtOAc/hexane togive 5 g of the product as pale yellow oil. MS m/e=325 (M+H)⁺.

Step E: Preparation of Ethyl6-fluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalene-3-carboxylate

To 5 mL concentrated H₂SO₄ stirred at 0° C., was slowly added diethyl2-(2-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoyl)malonate (1.6 g, 4.9 mmol). Thereaction was stirred at 0° C. to room temperature for 1 hour, M+1=279.The resulting mixture was poured into 100 g crushed ice and extractedwith EtOAc (3×50 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with H₂O(20 mL), brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, and concentrated invacuo. The crude product was purified by column chromatography elutingwith 20% EtOAc/hexane to give 1.2 g of the product as pale yellow solid.MS m/e=279 (M+H)⁺.

Step F: Preparation of 1,1-DimethylethylN-((6-fluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate

A mixture of ethyl6-fluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalene-3-carboxylate (1.1 g,4.0 mmol), tert-butyl 2-aminoacetate hydrochloride (0.99 g, 5.9 mmol) in10 mL dioxane, was treated with N-ethyl-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (1.5g, 12 mmol). The mixture was warmed to 95° C. and stirred for 15 hours.The mixture was then cooled to room temperature and concentrated invacuo. The crude product was purified by column chromatography elutingwith 10-30% EtOAc/hexane to give 1.13 g of the title compound as a whitesolid. MS m/e=364 (M+Na)⁺.

Step G:N-((6-Fluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

A mixture of 1,1-dimethylethylN-((6-fluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(0.6 g, 2 mmol) in 3 mL TFA was stirred at room temperature for 30minutes. The mixture was concentrated and triturated in ether 20 mL. Thesolid was filtered, washed with 10 mL ether, and dried under high vacuumto give 0.46 g of the product as an off-white solid. MS m/e=308 (M+H)⁺.Calculated for C₁₅H₁₄FNO₅ 307.09.

Example 14N-((7-Bromo-4-hydroxy-6-(methyloxy)-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

Step A: Preparation of4-(3-Bromo-4-methoxyphenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carbonitrile

A mixture of sodium tert-butoxide (6.7 g, 70 mmol) in 100 mL NMP stirredat 0° C. was treated dropwise with a mixture of2-(3-bromo-4-methoxyphenyl)acetonitrile (6.3 g, 28 mmol) and1-bromo-2-(2-bromoethoxy)ethane (6.5 g, 28 mmol) in 30 mL ether. Themixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and was stirred for 3hours, M+Na=318/320. The mixture was quenched with 100 mL H₂O carefullyand the pH was adjusted to 5. The mixture was extracted with ether(3×100 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with H₂O (3×50 mL)and brine (20 mL). The organic layer was then dried over anhydrousNa₂SO₄, concentrated in vacuo, and purified by column chromatographyeluting with 10-20% EtOAc/hexane to give 5.18 g of crude product as ayellow solid. MS m/e=318/320 (M+Na)⁺.

Step B: Preparation of4-(3-Bromo-4-methoxyphenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carboxylic acid

A mixture of4-(3-bromo-4-methoxyphenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carbonitrile (5.7 g,19 mmol) in 20 mL dioxane was treated with 6M aqueous H₂SO₄ (64 mL, 385mmol). The resulting mixture was then stirred at 180° C. for 30 minutes,M−1=313/315. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature. Themixture was extracted with EtOAc and the organic layer discarded. Thewater layer was acidified with concentrated HCl, extracted with EtOAc,washed with H₂O and brine, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, and concentratedin vacuo to give 5.5 g of the product as an off white solid. MSm/e=315/317 (M+H)⁺.

Step C: Preparation of Diethyl2-(4-(3-bromo-4-methoxyphenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carbonyl)malonate

A mixture of diethyl malonate (2.8 g, 17 mmol) in 50 mL ACN was stirredat 0° C. This mixture was treated with MgCl₂ (1.7 g, 17 mmol) in oneportion and dropwise with TEA (3.9 g, 38 mmol). The resulting mixturewas then stirred at room temperature for 2.5 hours. A mixture of4-(3-bromo-4-methoxyphenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carboxylic acid (5.5g, 17 mmol) in thionyl chloride (21 g, 175 mmol) was refluxed for 2hours and then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was diluted with 10 mLACN and added dropwise to the above mixture. The mixture was stirred at50° C. for 15 hours, M−1=455/457. The mixture was cooled to roomtemperature, diluted with 100 mL ether, washed with H₂O (2×50 mL) andbrine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, and concentrated in vacuo.The crude product was purified by column chromatography eluting with10-20% EtOAc/hexane to give 1.25 g of the intermediate as a pale yellowoil. MS m/e=455/457 (M+H)⁺.

Step D: Preparation of Ethyl7-bromo-4-hydroxy-6-methoxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-carboxylate

In a 100 mL round bottom flask, 5 mL concentrated H₂SO₄ stirred at 0° C.was carefully treated with 2.5 g P₂O₅. The resulting mixture was stirredfor 10 minutes. A mixture of diethyl2-(4-(3-bromo-4-methoxyphenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carbonyl)malonate(1.25 g, 2.7 mmol) in 2 mL EtOAc was added to the above H₂SO₄ mixture,and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours,M+1=411/413. The reaction mixture was then poured into 200 g crushedice. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3×50 mL). The combinedorganic layers were washed with brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrousNa₂SO₄, concentrated in vacuo, and purified by column chromatographyeluting with 10-50% EtOAc/hexane to give 0.28 g of the product as a paleyellow solid. MS m/e=411/413 (M+H)⁺.

Step E: Preparation of 1,1-DimethylethylN-((7-bromo-4-hydroxy-6-(methyloxy)-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate

A mixture of ethyl7-bromo-4-hydroxy-6-methoxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-carboxylate(0.28 g, 0.68 mmol) and tert-butyl 2-aminoacetate hydrochloride (0.17 g,1.0 mmol) in 5 mL dioxane was treated with DIPEA (0.26 g, 2.0 mmol). Themixture was warmed to 95° C. and stirred for 3 hours, M+1=496/498. Themixture was then cooled to room temperature and concentrated in vacuo.The crude product was purified by column chromatography eluting with10-30% EtOAc/hexane to give 0.28 g of the title compound as a whiteyellow solid. MS m/e=496/498 (M+H)⁺.

Step F: Preparation ofN-((7-Bromo-4-hydroxy-6-(methyloxy)-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

A mixture of 1,1-dimethylethylN-((7-bromo-4-hydroxy-6-(methyloxy)-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(0.27 g, 0.54 mmol) in 3 mL TFA was stirred at room temperature for 30minutes, M+1=440/442. The mixture was concentrated and triturated inether (20 mL). The solid was filtered, washed with 10 mL ether and driedunder high vacuum to give 0.22 g of the product as a white solid. MSm/e=440/442 (M+H)⁺. Calculated for C₁₈H₁₈BrNO₇ 439.03/441.02.

Example 15N-((6-Chloro-1-ethyl-4-hydroxy-1-methyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

Step A: Preparation of 2-(4-Chlorophenyl)butanenitrile

A mixture of NaH (4.0 g, 99 mmol) in 50 mL NMP stirred at 0° C., wastreated dropwise with a mixture of bromoethane (11 g, 99 mmol) and2-(4-chlorophenyl)acetonitrile (15 g, 99 mmol) in 20 mL ether. Themixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours, cooled to 0° C.,and quenched carefully with H₂O. The resulting mixture was neutralizedwith 10% HCl to a pH of 5. The mixture was extracted with ether (3×50mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (30 mL), driedover anhydrous Na₂SO₄, concentrated in vacuo, and purified by columnchromatography eluting with 5% EtOAc/hexane to give 9.1 g of the productas a pale yellow oil.

Step B: Preparation of 2-(4-Chlorophenyl)-2-methylbutanenitrile

A mixture of 2-(4-chlorophenyl)butanenitrile (6.2 g, 35 mmol) in 50 mLDMF stirred at 0° C., was treated with NaH (0.99 g, 41 mmol). Themixture was stirred at 0° C. for 30 minutes, and was treated with MeI(7.3 g, 52 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 0° C. to room temperaturefor 2 hours, and was carefully quenched with H₂O, and neutralized with10% HCl to pH=5. The mixture was extracted with ether (3×50 mL). Thecombined organic layers were washed with brine (30 mL), dried overanhydrous Na₂SO₄, concentrated in vacuo, and purified by columnchromatography eluting with 10% EtOAc/hexane to give 6.5 g of theproduct as a pale yellow oil.

Step C: Preparation of 2-(4-Chlorophenyl)-2-methylbutanoic acid

A mixture of 2-(4-chlorophenyl)-2-methylbutanenitrile-(6.5 g, 34 mmol)in 50 mL EtOH/H₂O (5:1) was treated with KOH (3.8 g, 67 mmol). Themixture was stirred at 120° C. for 4 hours and then at 180° C. for 30minutes. The mixture was cooled to room temperature. The mixture wasextracted with EtOAc and the organic layer discarded. The water layerwas acidified with concentrated HCl, extracted with EtOAc, washed withH₂O and brine, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, and concentrated in vacuo togive 1.16 g of the product as a pale yellow oil. MS m/e=213 (M+H)⁺.

Step D: Preparation of 2-(4-Chlorophenyl)-2-methylbutanoic acid

A mixture of diethyl malonate (0.874 g, 5.45 mmol) in 30 mL ACN stirredat 0° C. was treated with MgCl₂ (0.224 mL, 5.45 mmol) in one portion andthen was treated dropwise with TEA (1.59 mL, 11.5 mmol). The mixture wasthen stirred at room temperature for 2.5 hours. A mixture of2-(4-chlorophenyl)-2-methylbutanoic acid (1.16 g, 5.45 mmol) in thionylchloride (3.98 mL, 54.5 mmol) was refluxed for 2 hours and thenconcentrated in vacuo. The residue was diluted with 10 mL ACN and addeddropwise to the above mixture. The resulting mixture was stirred at 50°C. for 15 hours, M+Na=377. The mixture was cooled to room temperature,diluted with 100 mL ether, washed with H₂O (2×50 mL) and brine 20 mL,dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, and concentrated in vacuo. The crudeproduct was purified by column chromatography eluting with 10-20%EtOAc/hexane to give 1.71 g of the title intermediate compound as a paleyellow oil. MS m/e=355 (M+H)⁺.

Step E: Preparation of Ethyl6-chloro-1-ethyl-4-hydroxy-1-methyl-2-oxo-naphthalene-3-carboxylate

A mixture of diethyl 2-(2-(4-chlorophenyl)butan-2-yl)malonate (1.71 g,5.23 mmol) in concentrated H₂SO₄ (5.58 mL, 105 mmol) was stirred at roomtemperature for 2 hours, M+1=309, M−1=307. The mixture was poured into200 g ice. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3×50 mL). The combinedorganic layers were washed with brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrousNa₂SO₄, concentrated in vacuo, and purified by column chromatographyeluting with 10-50% EtOAc/hexane to provide 1.18 g of the title productas a pale yellow oil. MS m/e=309 (M+H)⁺.

Step F: Preparation of 1,1-DimethylethylN-((6-chloro-1-ethyl-4-hydroxy-1-methyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate

A mixture of ethyl6-chloro-4-ethyl-1-hydroxy-4-methyl-3-oxo-naphthalene-2-carboxylate (0.5g, 2 mmol), and tert-butyl 2-aminoacetate hydrochloride (0.4 g, 2 mmol)in 5 mL dioxane, was treated with N-ethyl-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (0.6g, 5 mmol). The resulting mixture was warmed to 95° C. and stirred for 4hours, M+Na=416, M−1=392. The mixture was then cooled to roomtemperature and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified bycolumn chromatography eluting with 10-20% EtOAc/hexane to give 0.44 g ofthe title compound as a white yellow solid. MS m/e=416 (M+Na)⁺.

Step G: Preparation ofN-((6-Chloro-1-ethyl-4-hydroxy-1-methyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

A mixture of 1,1-dimethylethylN-((6-chloro-1-ethyl-4-hydroxy-1-methyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(0.4 g, 1 mmol) in 3 mL TFA was stirred at room temperature for 30minutes, M+1=338, M−1=336. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo and theresidue was sonicated in 10 mL heptane. The solid was filtered, washedwith 10 mL heptane, and dried under high vacuum to give 0.27 g of thetitle compound as an off-white solid. MS (m/z)=338 (M+H)⁺. Calculatedfor C₁₆H₁₆ClNO₅ 337.07.

Example 16N-((4-Hydroxy-6-(methyloxy)-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

Step A: Preparation of4-(4-Methoxyphenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carbonitrile

A mixture of NaH (3.1 g, 76 mmol) in 100 mL NMP stirred at 0° C., wastreated dropwise with the mixture of 2-(4-methoxyphenyl)acetonitrile(4.5 g, 31 mmol) and 1-bromo-2-(2-bromoethoxy)ethane (7.1 g, 31 mmol) in30 mL ether. The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature andstirred for 5 hours, M+Na=240. The mixture was carefully quenched with100 mL H₂O, and the pH was adjusted to 5. The mixture was extracted withether (3×100 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with H₂O (3×50mL) and brine (20 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrousNa₂SO₄, concentrated in vacuo, and purified by column chromatographyeluting with 10-20% EtOAc/hexane to give 5.2 g of the product as a paleyellow oil. MS (m/z)=240 (M+H)⁺.

Step B: Preparation of4-(4-Methoxyphenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carboxylic acid

A mixture of 4-(4-methoxyphenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carbonitrile (5.2g, 24 mmol) in 10 mL dioxane was treated with 6M aqueous H₂SO₄ (40 mL,239 mmol), and the mixture was stirred at 180° C. for 1 hour, M+Na=259,M−1=235. The resulting mixture was cooled to room temperature. Themixture was extracted with EtOAc and the organic layer discarded. Thewater layer was acidified with concentrated HCl, extracted with EtOAc,washed with H₂O and brine, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, and concentratedin vacuo to give 4.88 g of the product as an off white solid. MS(m/z)=237 (M+H)⁺.

Step C: Preparation of Diethyl2-(4-(4-methoxyphenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carbonyl)malonate

A mixture of magnesium (0.28 g, 12 mmol) and diethyl malonate (1.9 g, 12mmol) was treated with 2 mL anhydrous EtOH and 0.1 mL CCl₄. The mixturewas stirred at room temperature for 20 minutes, was diluted with 50 mLanhydrous ether, and was then refluxed for 1 hour under nitrogen. Allthe magnesium was consumed.

A mixture of 4-(4-methoxyphenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carboxylic acid(2.5 g, 11 mmol) in thionyl chloride (13 g, 106 mmol) was refluxed for 2hours, and the resulting mixture was then concentrated in vacuo. Theresidue was diluted with 20 mL ether, and was added dropwise to theabove refluxed mixture. The resulting mixture was refluxed for 20minutes, M+Na=401. The mixture was then cooled to room temperature,diluted with 100 mL ether, washed with H₂O (2×50 mL) and brine (20 mL),dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, and concentrated in vacuo. The crudeproduct was purified by column chromatography eluting with 10-20%EtOAc/hexane to give 2.2 g of the intermediate as a pale yellow oil. MS(m/z)=377 (M−1)⁻.

Step D: Preparation of Ethyl4-hydroxy-6-methoxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-carboxylate

Diethyl 2-(4-(4-methoxyphenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carbonyl)malonate(2.2 g) in 1 mL IPAc was added to 20 mL of concentrated H₂SO₄, and theresulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours, M+1=333,M−1=331. The mixture was then poured into 200 g of ice. The mixture wasextracted with EtOAc (3×50 mL). The combined organic layers were washedwith brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, concentrated in vacuo,and purified by column chromatography eluting with 10-50% EtOAc/hexaneto give 0.66 g of the title product as a yellow oil. MS (m/z)=333(M+H)⁺.

Step E: Preparation of 1,1-DimethylethylN-((4-hydroxy-6-(methyloxy)-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate

A mixture of ethyl4-hydroxy-6-methoxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-carboxylate(0.6 g, 2 mmol), tert-butyl 2-aminoacetate hydrochloride (0.5 g, 3 mmol)in 5 mL dioxane was treated with N-ethyl-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (0.7g, 5 mmol). The mixture was warmed to 95° C. and stirred for 4 hours,M+1=418. The mixture was then cooled to room temperature andconcentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by columnchromatography eluting with 10-30% EtOAc/hexane to give 0.74 g of thetitle compound as a white yellow solid. MS (m/z)=418 (M+H)⁺.

Step F: Preparation ofN-((4-Hydroxy-6-(methyloxy)-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

A mixture of 1,1-dimethylethylN-((4-hydroxy-6-(methyloxy)-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(0.66 g, 1.6 mmol) in 3 mL TFA was stirred at room temperature for 30minutes, M+1=362, M−1=360. The mixture was concentrated and trituratedin DCM/heptane (5:10). The solid was filtered, washed with 10 mLDCM/heptane (5:10), and dried under high vacuum to give 0.52 g of theproduct as a white solid. MS (m/z)=362 (M+H)⁺. Calculated for C₁₈H₁₉NO₇361.12.

Example 17N-((6-Fluoro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

Step A: Preparation of Ethyl4-(4-fluorophenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carboxylate

A mixture of NaH (1.7 g, 71 mmol) in 100 mL NMP stirred at 0° C., wastreated dropwise with a mixture of ethyl 2-(4-fluorophenyl)acetate (5.2g, 29 mmol) and 1-bromo-2-(2-bromoethoxy)ethane (6.6 g, 29 mmol) in 20mL ether. The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature andstirred for 5 hours, M+1=253. The mixture was then carefully quenchedwith 100 mL H₂O, and the pH was adjusted to 5. The mixture was extractedwith ether (3×100 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with H₂O(3×50 mL) and brine (20 mL). The combined organic layers were then driedover anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and concentrated in vacuo to give 7.1 g of thecrude product as a pale yellow oil. MS (m/z)=253 (M+H)⁺.

Step B: Preparation of4-(4-Fluorophenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carboxylic acid

A mixture of ethyl 4-(4-fluorophenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carboxylate(7.1 g, 28 mmol) and KOH (3.2 g, 56 mmol) in 100 mL EtOH/H₂O (4:1) wasrefluxed for 4 hours, M−1=223. The mixture was cooled to roomtemperature. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc and the organic layerdiscarded. The water layer was acidified with concentrated HCl,extracted with EtOAc washed with H₂O and brine, dried over anhydrousNa₂SO₄, and concentrated in vacuo to give 4.9 g of the product as awhite solid. MS (m/z)=223 (M−1)⁻.

Step C: Preparation of Diethyl2-(4-(4-fluorophenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carbonyl)malonate

A mixture of diethyl malonate (2.1 g, 13 mmol) in 50 mL ACN stirred at0° C., was treated with MgCl₂ (1.4 g, 15 mmol) in one portion anddropwise with TEA (2.7 g, 27 mmol). The mixture was stirred at roomtemperature for 2.5 hours.

A mixture of 4-(4-fluorophenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carboxylic acid(3.0 g, 13 mmol) in thionyl chloride 50 mL was refluxed for 2 hours,then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was diluted with 10 mL ACN, andwas then added dropwise to the above mixture. The resulting mixture wasstirred at 50° C. for 15 hours, M+Na=389. The mixture was cooled to roomtemperature, diluted with 100 mL ether, washed with H₂O (2×50 mL) andbrine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, and concentrated in vacuo.The crude product was purified by column chromatography eluting with10-20% EtOAc/hexane to give the intermediate 2.1 g as pale yellow oil.MS (m/z)=367 (M+H)⁺.

Step D: Preparation of Ethyl6-fluoro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-carboxylate

The diethyl 2-(4-(4-fluorophenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carbonyl)malonate (2.1 g, 6 mmol) was added to 5 mL H₂SO₄ stirred at 0° C. Themixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour, M−1=319. The mixturewas then poured into 100 g crushed ice and extracted with EtOAc (3×50mL). The combined organic layers were washed with H₂O (20 mL) and brine(20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, and concentrated in vacuo. Thecrude product was purified by column chromatography eluting with 20%EtOAc/hexane to give 0.5 g product. MS (m/z)=321 (M+H)⁺.

Step E: Preparation of 1,1-DimethylethylN-(6-fluoro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate

A mixture of ethyl6-fluoro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-carboxylate(0.5 g, 2 mmol), tert-butyl 2-aminoacetate hydrochloride (0.4 g, 2 mmol)in 5 mL dioxane was treated with N-ethyl-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (0.6g, 5 mmol). The mixture was warmed to 95° C. and stirred for 13 hours,M−1=404. The mixture was then cooled to room temperature andconcentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by columnchromatography eluting with 10-30% EtOAc/hexane and further purified byHPLC to give 0.12 g of the title compound as a pale yellow solid. MS(m/z)=406 (M+H)⁺.

Step F: Preparation ofN-(6-Fluoro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

A mixture of 1,1-dimethylethylN-(6-fluoro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(0.12 g, 0.30 mmol) in 3 mL TFA was stirred at room temperature for 30minutes, M+1=350, M−1=348. The mixture was concentrated and thentriturated in ether 5 mL. The solid was filtered, washed with 1 mL etherand dried under high vacuum to give 0.1 g of the product as a whitesolid. MS (m/z)=350 (M+H)⁺. Calculated for C₁₇H₁₆FNO₆ 349.1.

Example 18N-((5-Methoxy-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

Step A: Preparation of4-(3-Methoxyphenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carbonitrile

A mixture of NaH (3.2 g, 79 mmol) in 50 mL NMP stirred at 0° C., wastreated dropwise with a mixture of 2-(3-methoxyphenyl)acetonitrile (3.9g, 26 mmol) and 1-bromo-2-(2-bromoethoxy)ethane (6.1 g, 26 mmol) in 20mL. The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for15 hours, M+1=218. The mixture was then carefully quenched with 100 mLH₂O and the pH was adjusted to 5. The mixture was extracted with ether(3×100 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with H₂O (3×50 mL)and brine (20 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄,concentrated in vacuo, and purified by column chromatography elutingwith 10-20% EtOAc/hexane to give 5.28 g of the crude product 5.28 g as apale yellow oil. MS (m/z)=218 (M+H)⁺.

Step B: Preparation of4-(3-Methoxyphenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carboxylic acid

A mixture of 4-(3-methoxyphenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carbonitrile (5.2g, 24 mmol) in 10 mL dioxane was treated with 6N H₂SO₄ (40 mL, 239mmol), and the mixture was refluxed at 120° C. for 15 hours, M−1=235 andstarting material. The mixture was then stirred at 180° C. in a sealedtube for another 0.5 hours, M−1=235 (all starting material wasconsumed). The mixture was cooled to room temperature. The mixture wasextracted with EtOAc and the organic layer discarded. The water layerwas acidified with concentrated HCl, extracted with EtOAc, washed withH₂O and brine, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, and concentrated in vacuo togive 5.14 g of the product as a pale yellow solid. MS (m/z)=237 (M+H)⁺.

Step C: Preparation of Diethyl2-(4-(3-methoxyphenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carbonyl)malonate

A mixture of magnesium (149 mg, 6146 μmol), and diethyl malonate (984mg, 6146 μmol) was treated with anhydrous EtOH 2 mL and 0.1 mL CCl₄. Themixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 minutes and was thendiluted with 50 mL anhydrous ether and refluxed for 1 hour undernitrogen. All magnesium was consumed.

4-(3-Methoxyphenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carboxylic acid (1.32 g, 5587μmol) in thionyl chloride (4.078 mL, 55 mmol) was refluxed for 2 hoursand then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was diluted with 20 mL etherand added dropwise to the above refluxed mixture, and the resultingmixture was refluxed for 20 minutes, M+1=379, M−1=377. The mixture wascooled to room temperature, diluted with 100 mL ether, washed with H₂O(2×50 mL) and brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, andconcentrated in vacuo to give 2.1 g of the intermediate, diethyl2-(4-(3-methoxyphenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carbonyl)malonate, as apale yellow oil. MS (m/z)=379 (M+H)⁺.

Step D: Preparation of Ethyl5-methoxy-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-carboxylate

Diethyl 2-(4-(3-methoxyphenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carbonyl)malonate(2.1 g) was added to 5 mL H₂SO₄ stirred at 0° C. The mixture was stirredat room temperature for 1 hour, M+1=379. The mixture was then pouredinto 100 g crushed ice and extracted with EtOAc (3×50 mL). The combinedorganic layers were washed with H₂O (20 mL) and brine (20 mL), driedover anhydrous Na₂SO₄, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product waspurified by column chromatography eluting with 20% EtOAc/hexane to give0.05 g of the title compound. MS (m/z)=379 (M+H)⁺.

Step E: Preparation of 1,1-DimethylethylN-((4-hydroxy-5-(methyloxy)-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate

A mixture of ethyl5-methoxy-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-carboxylate(44 mg, 132 μmol), tert-butyl 2-aminoacetate hydrochloride (33 mg, 199μmol) in 2 mL dioxane was treated with N-ethyl-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine(51 mg, 397 μmol). The mixture was warmed to 86° C. and stirred for 14hours, M+1=418. The mixture was then cooled to room temperature andconcentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by columnchromatography eluting with 10-30% EtOAc/hexane to give 35 mg of thetitle compound as a yellow oil. MS (m/z) 418 (M+H)⁺.

Step F: Preparation ofN-((4-Hydroxy-5-(methyloxy)-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

A mixture of 1,1-dimethylethylN-((4-hydroxy-5-(methyloxy)-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(32 mg, 77 μmol) in 2 mL TFA was stirred at room temperature for 30minutes, M+1=362, M−1=360. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo, andpurified by column chromatography eluting with 0.1:10:100 TFA/MeOH/DCMto give 9 mg of the product as a pale yellow solid. MS (m/z)=362 (M+H)⁺.Calculated for C₁₈H₁₉NO₇ 361.12.

Example 19N-((4-Hydroxy-7-(methyloxy)-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

Step A: Preparation of Ethyl4-hydroxy-7-methoxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-carboxylate

Diethyl 2-(4-(3-methoxyphenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carbonyl)malonate(2.1 g, see Example 18) was added to 5 mL H₂SO₄ stirred at 0° C. Themixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour, M+1=379. The mixturewas then poured into 100 g crushed ice and extracted with EtOAc (3×50mL). The combined organic layers were washed with H₂O (20 mL) and brine(20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, and concentrated in vacuo. Thecrude product was purified by column chromatography eluting with 20%EtOAc/hexane to give 0.55 g of the title compound. MS (m/z)=379 (M+H)⁺.

Step B: Preparation of 1,1-DimethylethylN-((4-hydroxy-7-methoxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate

A mixture of ethyl4-hydroxy-7-methoxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-carboxylate(0.52 g, 1.6 mmol), tert-butyl 2-aminoacetate hydrochloride (0.39 g, 2.3mmol) in 5 mL dioxane was treated with N-ethyl-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine(0.61 g, 4.7 mmol). The mixture was warmed to 86° C. and stirred for 4hours, M+1=418. The mixture was cooled to room temperature andconcentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by columnchromatography eluting with 10-30% EtOAc/hexane to give 0.35 g of thetitle compound as a pale yellow solid. MS (m/z)=418 (M+H)⁺.

Step C: Preparation ofN-((4-Hydroxy-7-(methyloxy)-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

A mixture of 1,1-dimethylethylN-((4-hydroxy-7-methoxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(0.36 g, 0.9 mmol) in 2 mL TFA was stirred at room temperature for 30minutes, M+1=362, M−1=360. The mixture was concentrated and thentriturated in DCM/hexane (5:10). The solid was filtered, washed with 10mL DCM/hexane (5:10), and dried under high vacuum to give 0.3 g of theproduct as an off-white solid. MS (m/z)=362 (M+H)⁺. Calculated forC₁₈H₁₉NO₇ 361.12.

Example 20N-((8-Fluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-7-((phenylmethyl)oxy)-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

Step A: Preparation of 1,1-DimethylethylN-((8-fluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-7-((phenylmethyl)oxyl)-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate

A mixture of 1,1-dimethylethylN-((8-fluoro-4,7-dihydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalene-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(0.29 g, 0.76 mmol, prepared in Example 23A-D) and K₂CO₃ (0.21 g, 1.5mmol) in 5 mL ACN stirred at room temperature, was treated with1-(bromomethyl)benzene (0.26 g, 1.5 mmol), and the resulting mixture wasstirred for 12 hours, M+Na=492. The mixture was concentrated in vacuoand purified by column chromatography eluting with 10-30% EtOAc/hexaneto give 0.27 g of the title compound as a white solid. MS (m/z)=492(M+H)⁺.

Step B: Preparation ofN-((8-Fluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-7-((phenylmethyl)oxy)-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

A mixture of 1,1-dimethylethylN-((8-fluoro-2-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-4-oxo-7-((phenylmethyl)oxyl)-naphthalene-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(0.21 g, 447 μmol) in 2 mL TFA was stirred at room temperature for 30minutes, M+1=414. The mixture was concentrated and then triturated inDCM/hexane (5:10). The solid was filtered, washed with 10 mL DCM/hexane(5:10), and dried under high vacuum to give 0.16 g of a pale yellowsolid. LCMS showed about 10% of debenzylated product. The product wasfurther purified by column chromatography eluting with 1:10:100TFA/MeOH/DCM to give 108 mg of the pure compound. MS (m/z)=414 (M+H)⁺.Calculated for C₂₂H₂₀FNO₆ 413.13.

Example 21N-((8-Fluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-7-((2-methylpropyl)oxy)-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

Step A: Preparation of 1,1-DimethylethylN-((8-fluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-7-((2-methylpropyl)oxy)-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate

A mixture of 1,1-dimethylethylN-((8-fluoro-4,7-dihydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(0.29 g, 0.76 mmol, see Example 23) and K₂CO₃ (0.21 g, 1.5 mmol) in 5 mLACN stirred at room temperature, was treated with1-bromo-2-methylpropane (0.52 g, 3.8 mmol). The mixture was stirred atroom temperature for 12 hours. The mixture was then warmed to 80° C. andstirred for 24 hours. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo and purifiedby column chromatography eluting with 10-30% EtOAc/hexane to give 0.25 gof the title compound as a white solid. MS (m/z)=458 (M+Na)⁺.

Step B: Preparation ofN-((8-Fluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-7-((2-methylpropyl)oxy)-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

A mixture of 1,1-dimethylethylN-((8-fluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-7-((2-methylpropyl)oxy)-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(0.22 g, 0.51 mmol) in 2 mL TFA was stirred at room temperature for 30minutes, M+1=380. The mixture was concentrated and triturated inDCM/hexane (5:10). The solid was filtered, washed with 10 mL DCM/hexane(5:10), and dried under high vacuum to give 0.18 g of the product as apale yellow solid. MS (m/z)=380 (M+H)⁺. Calculated for C₁₉H₂₂FNO₆379.14.

Example 22N-((8-Fluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-7-(methyloxy)-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

Step A: Preparation of 1,1-DimethylethylN-((8-fluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-7-methoxyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate

A mixture of 1,1-dimethylethylN-((8-fluoro-4,7-dihydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(0.1 g, 0.3 mmol, see Example 23), and K₂CO₃ (0.04 g, 0.3 mmol) in 4 mLACN stirred at room temperature, was treated with MeI (0.06 g, 0.4mmol), and the resulting mixture was stirred for 12 hours, M+Na=416. Themixture was concentrated in vacuo and purified by column chromatographyeluting with 10-30% EtOAc/hexane to give 98 mg of the title compound asa white solid. MS (m/z)=416 (M+H)⁺.

Step B: Preparation ofN-((8-Fluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-7-methoxyl-2-oxo-naphthalene-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

A mixture of 1,1-dimethylethylN-((8-fluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-7-methoxyl-2-oxo-naphthalene-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(92 mg, 234 μmol) in 2 mL TFA was stirred at room temperature for 30minutes, M+1=338. The mixture was concentrated and then triturated inDCM/hexane (5:10). The solid was filtered, washed with 10 mL DCM/hexane(5:10), and dried under high vacuum to give 72 mg of the product as apale yellow solid. MS (m/z)=338 (M+H)⁺. Calculated for C₁₆H₁₆FNO₆337.10.

Example 23N-((8-Fluoro-4,7-dihydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

Step A: Preparation of 2-(2,3-Difluorophenyl)-2-methylpropanenitrile

A mixture of NaH (5.7 g, 144 mmol) in 100 mL NMP stirred at 0° C., wastreated dropwise with a mixture of MeI (9.0 mL, 144 mmol) and2-(2,3-difluorophenyl)acetonitrile (10 g, 65 mmol) in 50 mL ether. Themixture was stirred at room temperature for 15 hours. The mixture wasthen carefully quenched with 20 mL H₂O and extracted with ether (3×100mL). The combined organic layers were washed with H₂O (2×50 mL) andbrine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, concentrated in vacuo, andpurified by column chromatography eluting with 10-20% EtOAc/hexane togive 11.4 g of the title compound as a pale yellow oil.

Step B: Preparation of 2-(2-Fluoro-3-hydroxyphenyl)-2-methylpropanoicacid

A mixture of 2-(2,3-difluorophenyl)-2-methylpropanenitrile (11.4 g, 63mmol) in 100 mL ethylene glycol was treated with KOH (11 g, 189 mmol)and stirred at 200° C. for 3 hours, M−1=197. The mixture was then cooledto room temperature. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc and theorganic layer discarded. The water layer was acidified with concentratedHCl, extracted with EtOAc, washed with H₂O and brine, dried overanhydrous Na₂SO₄, and concentrated in vacuo to give the title compoundin 10 g. MS (m/z)=197 (M−1)⁻.

Step C: Preparation of Diethyl2-(2-(2-fluoro-3-hydroxyphenyl)-2-methylpropanoyl)malonate

A mixture of magnesium (1.2 g, 50 mmol) and diethyl malonate (8.1 g, 50mmol) was treated with anhydrous EtOH 10 mL and 0.1 mL CCl₄. The mixturewas stirred at room temperature for 20 minutes and was then diluted with50 mL anhydrous THF and refluxed for 1 hour under nitrogen.

A mixture of 2-(2-fluoro-3-hydroxyphenyl)-2-methylpropanoic acid (10 g,50 mmol) in thionyl chloride (37 mL, 505 mmol) was refluxed for 2 hoursand then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was diluted with 20 mL THFand added dropwise to the above refluxed mixture, and the resultingmixture was refluxed for 20 minutes M+1=341, M−1=339. The mixture wasthen cooled to room temperature, diluted with 100 mL ether, washed withH₂O (2×50 mL) and brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄,concentrated in vacuo, and purified by column chromatography elutingwith 10-30% EtOAc/hexane to give 3.7 g of the title compound. MS(m/z)=341 (M+H)⁺.

Step D: Preparation of Ethyl8-fluoro-4,7-dihydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalene-3-carboxylate

To 20 mL concentrated H₂SO₄ stirred at room temperature, was addeddiethyl 2-(2-(2-fluoro-3-hydroxyphenyl)-2-methylpropanoyl)malonate (3.6g, 11 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours,M+1=295. The mixture was then poured into 100 g crushed ice andextracted with EtOAc (3×50 mL). The combined organic layers were washedwith brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, concentrated in vacuo,and purified by column chromatography eluting with 10-30% EtOAc/hexaneto give 2.9 g of the title compound as a pale yellow solid. MS (m/z)=295(M+H)⁺.

Step E: Preparation of 1,1-DimethylethylN-((8-fluoro-4,7-dihydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate

A mixture of ethyl8-fluoro-4,7-dihydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalene-3-carboxylate (0.4g, 1 mmol) and tert-butyl 2-aminoacetate hydrochloride (0.3 g, 2 mmol)in 2 mL dioxane, was treated with N-ethyl-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (0.5g, 4 mmol). The resulting mixture was warmed to 85° C. and stirred for 4hours, M+Na=402, M+1=380. The mixture was then cooled to roomtemperature and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified bycolumn chromatography eluting with 10-30% EtOAc/hexane to give 0.4 g ofthe title compound as a pale white solid. MS (m/z)=378 (M−1)⁻.

Step F: Preparation ofN-((8-Fluoro-4,7-dihydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

A mixture of 1,1-dimethylethylN-((8-fluoro-4,7-dihydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(0.21 g, 0.55 mmol) in 2 mL TFA was stirred at room temperature for 30minutes, M+1=324, M−1=322. The mixture was concentrated and trituratedin ether/hexane (1:10). The solid was filtered, washed with 10 mLether/hexane (1:10), and dried under high vacuum to give 0.17 g of theproduct as a yellow solid. MS (m/z)=324 (M+H)⁺. Calculated forC₁₅H₁₄FNO₆ 323.08.

Example 24N-((7,8-Difluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

Step A: Preparation of 2-(2,3-Difluorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoic acid

A mixture of 2-(2,3-difluorophenyl)-2-methylpropanenitrile (9.5 g, 52mmol) in 50 mL dioxane was treated with 10 mL H₂O and concentrated H₂SO₄(3 mL, 105 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at 110° C. for 16hours, M+1=201. The reaction was then cooled to room temperature. Themixture was extracted with EtOAc and the organic layer discarded. Thewater layer was acidified with concentrated HCl, extracted with EtOAc,washed with H₂O and brine, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, and concentratedin vacuo to give 4.74 g of the title compound as a pale yellow solid. MS(m/z)=201 (M+H)⁺.

Step B: Preparation of Diethyl2-(2-(2,3-difluorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoyl)malonate

A mixture of magnesium (0.57 g, 23 mmol), and diethyl malonate (3.8 g,23 mmol) was treated with anhydrous EtOH 10 mL and 0.1 mL CCl₄. Themixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 minutes and was thendiluted with 50 mL anhydrous THF and refluxed for 1 hour under nitrogen.

A mixture of 2-(2,3-difluorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoic acid (4.7 g, 23mmol) in thionyl chloride (28 g, 235 mmol) was refluxed for 2 hours andthen concentrated in vacuo. The residue was diluted with 20 mL THF, andadded dropwise to the above refluxed mixture, and the resulting mixturewas refluxed for 20 minutes, M+1=343 M−1=341. The mixture was thencooled to room temperature, diluted with 100 mL ether, washed with H₂O(2×50 mL) and brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, concentratedin vacuo, and purified by column chromatography eluting with 10-30%EtOAc/hexane to give 1.53 g of the title compound as a colorless oil. MS(m/z)=343 (M+H)⁺.

Step C: Preparation of Ethyl7,8-difluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalene-3-carboxylate

To 10 mL concentrated H₂SO₄ stirred at room temperature, was addeddiethyl 2-(2-(2,3-difluorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoyl)malonate (1.53 g,4.5 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours,M+1=297. The mixture was then poured into 100 g crushed ice andextracted with EtOAc (3×50 mL). The combined organic layers were washedwith brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, and concentrated invacuo to give 1.2 g of the title compound as a pale yellow solid. MS(m/z)=297 (M+H)⁺.

Step D: Preparation of 1,1-DimethylethylN-((7,8-difluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate

A mixture of ethyl7,8-difluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalene-3-carboxylate(0.46 g, 1.6 mmol) and tert-butyl 2-aminoacetate hydrochloride (0.39 g,2.3 mmol) in 2 mL dioxane was treated withN-ethyl-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (0.60 g, 4.7 mmol). The mixture waswarmed to 85° C. and stirred for 15 hours, M+Na=404, M−1=380. Themixture was then cooled to room temperature and concentrated in vacuo.The crude product was purified by column chromatography eluting with10-30% EtOAc/hexane to give the title compound (0.53 g) as a pale yellowsolid. MS (m/z)=404 (M+Na)⁺.

Step E: Preparation ofN-((7,8-Difluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

A mixture of 1,1-dimethylethylN-((7,8-difluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(0.4 g, 1 mmol) in 3 mL TFA was stirred at room temperature for 30minutes, M+1=325, M−1=324. The mixture was concentrated and thentriturated in DCM/hexane (5:10). The solid was filtered, washed with 10mL DCM/hexane (5:10), and dried under high vacuum to give 0.24 g of theproduct as a pale yellow solid. MS (m/z)=326 (M+H)⁺. Calculated forC₁₅H₁₃F₂NO₅ 325.07.

Example 25N-((6′-Chloro-4′-hydroxy-2′-oxo-spiro[cyclopentane-1,1′-naphthalen]-3′-yl)carbonyl)glycine

Step A: Preparation of Ethyl6′-chloro-4′-hydroxy-2′-oxo-spiro[cyclopentane-1,1′-naphthalen]-3′-carboxylate

A mixture of diethyl malonate (5.3 g, 33 mmol) and magnesium (0.80 g, 33mmol) was treated with anhydrous EtOH 10 mL and 0.1 mL CCl₄. The mixturewas stirred at room temperature for 20 minutes and was then diluted with50 mL anhydrous ether and refluxed for 1 hour under nitrogen.1-(4-Chlorophenyl)cyclopentanecarbonyl chloride (7.3 g, 30 mmol) in 20mL ether was then added dropwise to the above refluxed mixture, and theresulting mixture was refluxed for 20 minutes, M+1=341. The mixture wascooled to room temperature, diluted with 100 mL ether, washed with H₂O(2×50 mL) and brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, andconcentrated in vacuo to give 11 g of the crude product as a pale yellowsolid. The crude product was treated with concentrated H₂SO₄ (48 mL, 900mmol) and stirred for 4 hours, M+1=321. The mixture was poured into 500g ice and extracted with ether (3×100 mL). The organic layers werecombined and washed with H₂O (20 mL) and brine (20 mL), dried overanhydrous Na₂SO₄, concentrated in vacuo, and purified by columnchromatography eluting with 10-20% ether/hexane to give the titlecompound (6.5 g) as a pale yellow solid. MS (m/z)=321 (M+H)⁺.

Step B: Preparation of 1,1-DimethylethylN-((6′-chloro-4′-hydroxy-2′-oxo-spiro[cyclopentane-1,1′-naphthalen]-3′-yl)carbonyl)glycinate

A mixture of ethyl6′-chloro-4′-hydroxy-2′-oxo-spiro[cyclopentane-1,1′-naphthalen]-3′-carboxylate(0.66 g, 2 mmol) and glycine tert-butyl ester hydrochloride (0.5 g, 3mmol) in 10 mL dioxane was treated with DIPEA (1 mL, 6 mmol). Themixture was warmed to 85° C. and stirred for 4 hours, M+1=406. Themixture was then cooled to room temperature and concentrated in vacuo.The crude product was purified by column chromatography eluting with10-30% EtOAc hexane to give the title compound (0.8 g) as a pale yellowsolid. MS (m/z)=406 (M+Na)⁺.

Step C: Preparation ofN-((6′-Chloro-4′-hydroxy-2′-oxo-2′H-spiro[cyclopentane-1,1′-naphthalen]-3′-yl)carbonyl)glycine

A mixture of 1,1-dimethylethylN-((6′-chloro-4′-hydroxy-2′-oxo-2′H-spiro[cyclopentane-1,1′-naphthalen]-3′-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(0.2 g, 0.5 mmol) in 2 mL TFA was stirred at room temperature for 30minutes, M+1=350. The mixture was concentrated and triturated inether/hexane (10:1). The solid was filtered, washed with 10 mLether/hexane (10:1), and dried under high vacuum to give 135 mg of thesalt as an off-white solid. MS (m/z)=350 (M+H)⁺. Calculated forC₁₇H₁₆ClNO₅ 349.07.

Example 26N-((4-Hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-5-(trifluoromethyl)-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

Step A: Preparation of 2-Iodo-3-(trifluoromethyl)benzoic acid

30% H₂SO₄ (30 mL) was added to a solution of3-(trifluoromethyl)anthranilic acid (10.0 g, 48.8 mmol) in DMSO (10 mL)at room temperature. The mixture was cooled to 0° C., and a solution ofsodium nitrite (5.05 g, 73.2 mmol) in water (10 mL) was added dropwiseover 5 minutes. The mixture was stirred for 1 hour at 0° C., and asolution of KI in water (10 mL) was added dropwise over 5 minutes. Theice bath was removed, and the mixture was stirred for 1 hour. EtOAc wasadded, and the solution was washed with 2N sodium nitrite twice, brineonce, and dried over MgSO₄. The solvent was then removed under vacuum togive the product as an off-white solid (12.6 g). [M−H]−=315.2.

Step B: Preparation of 2-Iodo-3-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl chloride

2-Iodo-3-(trifluoromethyl)benzoic acid (10.0 g, 31.6 mmol) was stirredin thionyl chloride (100 mL, 31.6 mmol) at reflux for 2 hours. Themixture was then cooled to room temperature. The thionyl chloride wasremoved under vacuum, and the residue was azeotroped with dry toluene togive the product as a yellow-orange semi-solid (10.51 g).

Step C: Preparation of Ethyl 2-(2-iodo-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)acetate

(Trimethylsilyl)diazomethane (2.0M in diethyl ether, 55 mL, 110 mmol)was added to 2-iodo-3-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl chloride (9.24 g, 27.6mmol) in 25 mL Et₂O in a heavy-walled reaction vessel. The reaction wasstirred for 5 hours at room temperature. The mixture was then cooled to0° C., and AcOH was added until gas evolution ceased. The mixture waspartitioned between EtOAc and saturated NaHCO₃, the layers wereseparated, and the organic layer was washed twice with saturated NaHCO₃,once with brine, and then dried over MgSO₄. The solvent was removedunder vacuum to give the product as a yellow oil (9.10 g).

Silver(I) oxide (0.97 g, 4.2 mmol) was added to a solution of thematerial obtained from the above reaction (7.10 g, 21 mmol) inanhydrous, 200 proof EtOH (180 mL), and the mixture was heated to 75° C.for 30 minutes. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, filteredthrough celite, and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting yellow oilwas purified by column chromatography (0-60% DCM/hexane gradient) togive the product as a light yellow solid (5.4 g).

Step D: Preparation of Ethyl2-(3,3,3-triethoxyprop-1-ynyl)-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)acetate

Copper(I) iodide (160 mg, 0.840 mmol),dichlorobis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(II) (197 mg, 0.280 mmol), andethyl 2-(2-iodo-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)acetate (1.00 g, 2.80 mmol)were mixed in a heavy-walled microwave tube, and ACN (6 mL) and TEA (3mL) were added. The tube was sealed and placed under an argon atmospherebefore 3,3,3-triethoxyprop-1-yne (723 mg, 4.20 mmol) was added viasyringe. The mixture was stirred overnight at 65° C. An additional 0.5equiv alkyne was added, and the resulting mixture was stirred at 75° C.for 4 hours. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, concentratedunder vacuum, and purified by column chromatography to give the productas a light yellow oil (500 mg).

Step E: Preparation of Ethyl3-(2-(1-ethoxy-2-methyl-1-oxopropan-2-yl)-6-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)propiolate

A solution of ethyl2-(2-(3,3,3-triethoxyprop-1-ynyl)-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)acetate (500mg, 1.24 mmol) in DMF (3 mL) was added to a suspension of NaH (89 mg,3.72 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) at 0° C. After 10 minutes, MeI (0.31 mL, 4.96mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperatureovernight. One more equivalent of NaH and MeI were then added, and themixture was stirred for 3 hours, at which time distilled HMPA (2 mL) wasadded. After 2 hours at room temperature, the mixture was cooled to 0°C. and partitioned between Et₂O and saturated NH₄Cl. The layers wereseparated, and the organic layer was washed twice with water, once withbrine, and then dried over MgSO₄. The solvent was removed under vacuumto give a colorless oil (530 mg). The oil was dissolved in 4 mL EtOH and1 mL H₂O. p-TSA monohydrate (5 mg) was added, and the mixture wasstirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Saturated NaHCO₃ and EtOAc wereadded, and the layers were separated. The organic layer was dried(MgSO₄) and then concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified bycolumn chromatography to give the product as a colorless oil (276 mg).

Step F: Preparation of Ethyl4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-5-(trifluoromethyl)-naphthalene-3-carboxylate

Benzaldehyde oxime (112 mg, 0.92 mmol) in 6 mL dry DMF under argon, wasadded via syringe to a suspension of NaH (22 mg, 0.92 mmol) in drydioxane (6 mL) under argon at room temperature. The mixture was stirredfor 30 minutes, and ethyl3-(2-(1-ethoxy-2-methyl-1-oxopropan-2-yl)-6-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)propiolate(275 mg, 0.77 mmol) was added as a solution in dry DMF (6 mL) viasyringe. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 11 hours. Thedioxane was removed under vacuum, and the remaining DMF was partitionedbetween EtOAc and water. The layers were separated, and the organiclayer was washed with twice with water and once with brine. The combinedaqueous extracts were back extracted twice with EtOAc, and these organiclayers were added to the organic layer already obtained. The combinedextracts were dried over MgSO₄, concentrated under vacuum, and theresulting residue was purified by column chromatography to give theproduct as a light yellow oil (50 mg). MS (m/z)=329 (M+H)⁺

Step G: Preparation of 1,1-DimethylethylN-((4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-5-(trifluoromethyl)-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate

DIPEA (40 μL, 0.23 mmol), tert-butylglycine hydrochloride (38 mg), andethyl4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-5-(trifluoromethyl)-naphthalene-3-carboxylate(50 mg, 0.15 mmol) were heated in dioxane (2 mL) for 5 hours, cooled toroom temperature, and then concentrated under vacuum. The residue waspurified by column chromatography to give the product as a yellow oil(30 mg). MS (m/z)=358.4[M-tBu]⁺

Step H: Preparation ofN-((4-Hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-5-(trifluoromethyl)-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

1,1-DimethylethylN-((4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-5-(trifluoromethyl)-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(30 mg, 73 μmol) was stirred in TFA (5 mL) for 15 minutes. The TFA wasthen removed under vacuum. The residue was purified by preparatory scaleTLC (5% MeOH/DCM eluent) to give the desired product as a light yellowoil (1.6 mg). MS (m/z)=358.4 (M+H)⁺. Calculated for C₁₆H₁₄F₃NO₅ 357.08.

Example 27N-((8-Fluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

Step A: Preparation of Methyl 2-(2-fluorophenyl)acetate

To a stirred solution of 2-fluorophenylacetic acid (9.6 g, 62 mmol) inMeOH (100 mL) was added concentrated HCl (0.7 mL, 19 mmol). The mixturewas heated at 68° C. for 4 hours, and then the reaction was concentratedin vacuo to remove MeOH. The residue was dissolved in ether and thenwashed with saturated NaHCO₃ solution (1×50 mL). The organic extractswere separated, dried with Na₂SO₄, filtered, and concentrated in vacuoto give a yellow oil (10 g). MS (m/z)=169.0 (M+H)⁺.

Step B: Preparation of Methyl 2-(2-fluorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoate

A stirred solution of methyl 2-(2-fluorophenyl)acetate (10.0 g, 59mmol), MeI (11 mL, 178 mmol), and 18-crown-6 (4 g, 15 mmol) in THF (150mL) was carefully treated with potassium tert-butoxide (20 mL, 178mmol). After stirring the reaction mixture at room temperature for 24hours, NaH (2 g, 62 mmol) was added, and the resulting white mixture wasstirred for an additional 12 hours. Water (100 mL) was added cautiously,and then the solution was extracted with EtOAc (2×150 mL). Organicextracts were separated, dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered, and concentratedin vacuo to provide a yellow oil. Purification via flash chromatography(5% EtOAc/hexanes) provided a pale yellow oil (5.2 g). MS (m/z)=197(M+H)⁺.

Step C: Preparation of 2-(2-Fluorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoic acid

A flask containing a solution of methyl2-(2-fluorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoate (5.2 g, 27 mmol), KOH (2.9 mL, 106mmol), water (20.0 mL), and EtOH (100 mL) was sealed and heated at 130°C. for 2 hours. Removal of solvent in vacuo provided a yellow oil thatwas diluted with water. The aqueous mixture was extracted with DCM(1×100 mL), and the organic layer was separated. The aqueous layer wasacidified to a pH of 1 with 5N HCl and then extracted with EtOAc (2×100mL). The organic layers were dried (Na₂SO₄), filtered, and concentratedin vacuo to afford 4 g of the product as a solid. MS (m/z)=181 (M−1)⁻.

Step D: Preparation of Diethyl2-(2-(2-fluorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoyl)malonate

To a solution of 2-(2-fluorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoic acid (3.98 g, 22mmol), IPAc (31 mL) and DMF (0.017 mL), was slowly added oxalyl chloride(2.0 mL, 23 mmol) over 10 minutes. The resulting solution was stirredfor 16 hours and then concentrated in vacuo to afford an oil. In aseparate flask, IPAc (30.0 mL) and diethyl malonate (4.2 mL, 27 mmol)were combined. To this mixture was added anhydrous MgCl₂ (2.6 g, 27mmol). The resulting white slurry was stirred at room temperature for 30minutes, and then TEA (10 mL, 73 mmol) was added. After stirring for anadditional 2.5 hours, the reaction was chilled in an ice water bath for10 minutes, and then the crude acid chloride (previously prepared above)was added to the white mixture via syringe over 10 minutes. The ice bathwas removed, and the reaction was stirred for 1.5 hours at roomtemperature. The mixture was acidified with 5N HCl and added IPAc (50mL) was added. The aqueous layer was separated and set aside. Theorganic layer was sequentially washed with saturated NaHCO₃ solution andthen water. The separated organic layer was dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered,and concentrated in vacuo to give the crude product. MS (m/z)=325(M+H)⁺.

Step E: Preparation of Ethyl8-fluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalene-3-carboxylate

A flask containing H₂SO₄ (12 mL, 219 mmol) and P₂O₅ (12 g, 88 mmol) wascooled in an ice-water bath for 20 minutes. To this viscous mixture wasslowly added diethyl 2-(2-(2-fluorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoyl)malonate(7.1 g, 22 mmol). The ice bath was removed, and the mixture was stirredat room temperature for 1 hour before being poured over crushed ice anddiluted with IPAc (100 mL). Water (50 mL) was added, and the resultingmixture was extracted with EtOAc (2×100 mL). The organic layers werecombined, dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo toafford a yellow oil that was further purified using flash chromatography(10% EtOAc/hexane, 2.5 g). MS (m/z)=279 (M+H)⁺.

Step F: Preparation of 1,1-DimethylethylN-((8-fluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate

To a solution of ethyl5-fluoro-1-hydroxy-4,4-dimethyl-3-oxo-3,4-dihydronaphthalene-2-carboxylate(2.0 g, 7.2 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (15 mL), was addedN-ethyl-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (2.3 mL, 13 mmol) and tert-butyl2-aminoacetate hydrochloride (1.6 g, 9.3 mmol). After heating at 80° C.for 12 hours, the solvent was removed in vacuo, and the residue waspurified using flash chromatography (15% EtOAc/hexane) to afford theproduct as a white solid (1.6 g). MS (m/z)=362 (M+H)⁺.

Step G: Preparation ofN-((8-Fluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

To a flask containing 1,1-dimethylethylN-((8-fluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(1.5 g, 4.1 mmol) was added TFA (20 mL). The reaction was stirred undernitrogen for 1 hours and then concentrated in vacuo to afford an oil.Addition of water caused a white precipitate to form. The solid wascollected by filtration, washed with water, washed with ether, and thendried in vacuo (0.68 g). MS (m/z)=308 (M+H)⁺. Calculated for C₁₅H₁₄FNO₅307.08.

Example 28N-((1-Cyano-4-hydroxy-1-methyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

Step A: Preparation of 2-(2-Iodophenyl)propanenitrile

2-(2-Iodophenyl)acetonitrile (3.0 g, 12 mmol) and sodium tert-butoxide(3.6 g, 37 mmol) were stirred in 20 mL of DMF, and MeI (0.77 mL, 12mmol) was added dropwise. The reaction was then stirred for 3 hours. Thesolvent was removed under vacuum. The crude residue was purified bysilica flash chromatography 0-15% EtOAc/hexanes.

Step B: Preparation of2-(2-(2-(Trimethylsilyl)ethylnyl)phenyl)-proanenitrile

Dichlorobis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (II) (0.67 g, 0.95 mmol),copper(I) iodide (0.065 mL, 1.9 mmol), 1-(trimethylsilyl)acetylene (4.0mL, 29 mmol), and 2-(2-iodophenyl)propanenitrile (2.45 g, 9.5 mmol) werestirred in a 250 mL round bottom flask with 100 mL of TEA at 70° C. Thesolution was then filtered through a plug of Celite, washed with EtOAc,and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The crude material waspurified using silica flash chromatography with a gradient of 0-20%EtOAc/hexanes. MS (m/z)=228 (M+H)+.

Step C: Preparation of 2-(2-Ethynylphenyl)propanenitrile

2-(2-(2-(Trimethylsilyl)ethynyl)phenyl)propanenitrile (2.16 g, 9 mmol)was stirred with 5N NaOH (10 mL, 50 mmol) and THF (20 mL) at roomtemperature for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was acidified with 5N HCl(13 mL) until the pH was about 2. The aqueous mixture was then extractedwith EtOAc (3×50 mL). The combined organic layers were extracted withwater (3×50 mL) and once with brine (50 mL), dried with MgSO₄, andconcentrated in vacuo to afford a brown oil. MS (m/z)=156 (M+H)+.

Step D: Preparation of Ethyl3-(2-(2-cyano-1-ethoxy-1-oxopropan-2-yl)phenyl)propiolate

Butyllithium (5.8 mL, 14 mmol) was added to a stirred solution ofdiisopropylamine (2.1 mL, 15 mmol) in THF at −78° C. The reactionmixture was then allowed to warm to ambient temperature for 5 minutesbefore being cooled back down to −78° C.2-(2-Ethynylphenyl)propanenitrile (0.750 g, 4.8 mmol) was added dropwiseas a solution in 5 mL of THF, and the reaction was stirred for 30minutes. Ethyl carbonochloridate (1.5 mL, 15 mmol) in 5 mL of THF wasadded to the reaction. The resulting solution was allowed to warm toroom temperature and was stirred for an additional 30 minutes. 2 mL ofMeOH and 20 mL of water were added to the mixture. The aqueous mixturewas extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were washed withNH₄Cl (3×20 mL) and brine (1×20 mL), dried with MgSO₄, and concentratedin vacuo. The resulting oil was purified using silica flashchromatography with a gradient of 0-15% EtOAc/hexanes. MS (m/z)=300(M+H)+.

Step E: Preparation of Ethyl1-cyano-4-hydroxy-1-methyl-2-oxo-naphthalene-3-carboxylate

A solution of benzaldehyde oxime (0.37 mL, 3.7 mmol) in dry DMF (4 mL)was added to a stirred suspension of NaH (0.16 mL, 3.7 mmol) in drydioxane (50 mL) in a nitrogen atmosphere at room temperature. After 30minutes, a solution of ethyl3-(2-(2-cyano-1-ethoxy-1-oxopropan-2-yl)phenyl)propiolate (1.12 g, 3.7mmol) was added in dry DMF (5 mL), and the solution was stirredovernight. The solvent was removed under vacuum, and water was added tothe residue. The product was extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer waswashed with water, dried with MgSO₄, concentrated in vacuo, and purifiedby silica flash chromatography eluting with 0-30% EtOAc/hexane. MS(m/z)=272 (M+H)+.

Step F: Preparation of 1,1-DimethylethylN-((1-cyano-4-hydroxy-1-methyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate

Ethyl 1-cyano-4-hydroxy-1-methyl-2-oxo-naphthalene-3-carboxylate (0.225g, 0.829 mmol), glycine tert-butyl ester hydrochloride (0.167 g, 0.995mmol), and glycine tert-butyl ester hydrochloride (0.167 g, 0.995 mmol)were refluxed in dioxane (50 mL) for 14 hours. The solvent was thenremoved in vacuo. The resulting residue was concentrated in vacuo andpurified using silica flash chromatography (10-40% EtOAc/hexanes). MS(m/z)=301 (M+H)+(hydrolyzed product) 379.1 (product+Na).

Step G: Preparation ofN-((1-Cyano-4-hydroxy-1-methyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

1,1-DimethylethylN-((1-cyano-4-hydroxy-1-methyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(0.100 g, 0.28 mmol) was placed in a 25 mL round bottom flask and TFA(10 mL) was added. The resulting mixture was then stirred for 45minutes. TFA was then removed under vacuum, and DCM was used toazeotrope off TFA (3×) resulting in a yellow solid. MS (m/z)=301 (M+H)+.Calculated for C₁₅H₁₂N₂O₅ 300.07.

Examples 29 and 30N-(((1S)-6-Chloro-1-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-hydroxy-1-methyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycineandN-(((1R)-6-Chloro-1-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-hydroxy-1-methyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

N-((6-Chloro-1-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-hydroxy-1-methyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine(0.309 g, see Example 34) was dissolved in dimethoxy ethylenegycol (10mL) and separated into the two enantiomers on a chiralpack ADH (21×250mm, 5 μm) column in ten 1 mL injections (flow: 60 mL/min, eluent: 50%MeOH in supercritical fluid and carbon dioxide). The second peak (t=5.3minutes) was concentrated and dried in vacuo to give Example 29 (0.141g). The first peak (t=3.38 minutes) was concentrated and dried in vacuoto give Example 30 (0.146 g). MS m/e=420 (M+H)⁺. Calculated forC₂₀H₁₅Cl₂NO₅ 419.03.

Example 31N-((7,8-Dichloro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

Step A: Preparation of Methyl 2-(2,3-dichlorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoate

A solution of NaH (2.87 g, 71.8 mmol) in DMF (100 mL) was cooled to 0°C. A solution of methyl 2-(2,3-dichlorophenyl)acetate (5.24 g, 23.9mmol) in DMF (50 mL) was added dropwise, and the resulting mixture wasstirred for 5 minutes. A solution of MeI (4.36 mL, 69.8 mmol) in DMF (50mL) was then added to the reaction. After 10 minutes, the mixture wasallowed to warm to 25° C. and the reaction was stirred for 16 hours. Themixture was diluted with 10% HCl(aq) (150 mL), and the resulting mixturewas extracted with EtOAc (2×200 mL) and washed with 10% HCl(aq) (100mL), deionized water (2×150 mL), and brine (100 mL). The organic layerwas dried over MgSO₄ and concentrated and dried in vacuo to give 7.06 gcrude product. The crude product was purified by flash columnchromatography (silica, 0-50% DCM in hexane) to give the title compound(5.53 g). MS m/e=247 (M+H)⁺.

Step B: Preparation of 2-(2,3-Dichlorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoic acid

A mixture of methyl 2-(2,3-dichlorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoate (5.50 g,22.3 mmol) and KOH (6.24 g, 111 mmol) in EtOH/water (5:1, 150 mL) in a500 mL round bottom flask, was heated at 95° C. for 18 hours. Thesolution was diluted with diethyl ether (200 mL), and washed with 1NNaOH(aq) (3×75 mL). The aqueous solution was made acidic (pH=2) withconcentrated HCl. The mixture was then extracted with EtOAc (3×100 mL),and the combined organic layers were washed with deionized water (100mL) and with brine (75 mL). The organic layer was then dried over MgSO₄,concentrated, and dried in vacuo. The crude product was purified byflash column chromatography (silica, 0-100% DCM in hexane) to give thetitle compound (4.1338 g). MS m/e=233 (M+H)⁺.

Step C: Preparation of Ethyl7,8-dichloro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalene-3-carboxylate

A solution of 2-(2,3-dichlorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoic acid (2.00 g,8.58 mmol) in thionyl chloride (80.0 mL, 1097 mmol) was stirred at 95°C. for 2.5 hours. The mixture was then concentrated, azeotroped intoluene (2×100 mL), and dried in vacuo for 2 hours to give the crudeacid chloride.

A solution of diethyl malonate (1.30 mL, 8.58 mmol) in ACN (50 mL) in a500 mL round bottom flask, was cooled to 0° C. MgCl₂ (0.353 mL, 8.58mmol) followed by TEA (2.51 mL, 18.0 mmol) were added, and the mixturewas stirred at 25° C. for 2 hours. A solution of the above acid chloridein ACN (50 mL) was added, and the mixture was heated at 50° C. for 14hours. The solution was diluted with 10% HCl(aq) (100 mL) and thenextracted with EtOAc (3×100 mL). The organic solution was washed with10% HCl(aq) (100 mL), with 1N NaOH(aq) (2×100 mL), and then with brine(75 mL). The organic layer was dried over MgSO₄, concentrated, and driedin vacuo to give 3.34 g of crude product. The crude product was purifiedby flash column chromatography (silica, 0-100% DCM in hexane) to givethe intermediate, diethyl2-(2-(2,3-dichlorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoyl)malonate (1.603 g) MSm/e=375 (M+H)⁺.

P₂O₅ (5.00 g, 35 mmol) was treated with H₂SO₄ (4.5 mL, 81 mmol) at 0° C.in a 100 mL round bottom flask. Diethyl2-(2-(2,3-dichlorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoyl)malonate (0.500 g, 1.0 mmol)was added, and the mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 1.5 hours. Thereaction was quenched with ice, extracted with EtOAc (2×50 mL), and thecombined organic layers were washed with brine (50 mL). The organiclayers were then dried over MgSO₄, concentrated, and dried in vacuo togive the title compound (0.235 g). MS m/e=329 (M+H)⁺.

Step D: Preparation of 1,1-DimethylethylN-((7,8-dichloro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate

A solution of ethyl7,8-dichloro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalene-3-carboxylate(0.200 g, 0.456 mmol), glycine tert-butyl ester hydrochloride (0.0993 g,0.592 mmol), and DIPEA (0.159 mL, 0.911 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (5 mL) washeated to 120° C. in a 15 mL sealed vessel for 3 hours. The reaction wasthen diluted with deionized water (50 mL) and extracted with DCM (2×50mL). The combined organic layers were washed with deionized water (50mL) and then with brine (50 mL). The organic layer was then dried overMgSO₄, concentrated, and dried in vacuo to give 0.338 g of the crudeproduct. The crude product was purified by flash column chromatography(silica, 0-50% DCM in hexane) to give the title compound (0.185 g). MSm/e 412 (M−H)⁻.

Step E: Preparation ofN-((7,8-Dichloro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

A solution of 1,1-dimethylethylN-((7,8-dichloro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(0.130 g, 0.314 mmol) in TFA (5.00 mL, 68.3 mmol) was stirred at 25° C.for 10 minutes. The resulting mixture was concentrated, azeotroped usingDCM (2×100 mL), and dried in vacuo to give the title compound (0.0925g). MS m/e=358 (M+H)⁺. Calculated for C₁₅H₁₃Cl₂NO₅ 357.02.

Example 32N-((6-(4-Fluorophenyl)-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

The title compound was prepared using a procedure similar to thatoutlined in Example 5. MS m/e=384 (M+H)⁺. Calculated for C₂₁H₁₈FNO₅383.12.

Example 33N-((4-Hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-6-(methylthio)-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

Step A: Preparation of Ethyl 2-(4-(methylthio)phenyl)acetate

A mixture of 4-(methylthio)phenylacetic acid (5.10 g, 28.0 mmol) andH₂SO₄ (0.155 mL, 2.80 mmol) in EtOH (150 mL) in a 500 mL round bottomflask, were stirred at 100° C. for 26 hours. The reaction wasconcentrated in vacuo, diluted with EtOAc (200 mL), washed withdeionized water (2×150 mL), and then with brine (100 mL). The organiclayer was dried over MgSO₄, concentrated, and dried in vacuo. The crudeproduct was purified by flash column chromatography (silica, 0-20% EtOAcin hexane) to give the title compound (5.95 g). MS m/e=211 (M+H)⁺.

Step B: Preparation of 2-Methyl-2-(4-(methylthio)phenyl)propanoic acid

A mixture of NaH (2.83 g, 70.7 mmol) in DMF (150 mL) in an oven dried500 mL round bottom flask, was cooled to 0° C. A solution of ethyl2-(4-(methylthio)phenyl)acetate (5.95 g, 28.3 mmol) and MeI (5.29 mL,84.9 mmol) in DMF (50 mL) was cooled to 0° C. and added dropwise to themixture over 15 minutes. The mixture was allowed to warm roomtemperature and stirred for 20 hours. The solution was diluted withEtOAc (300 mL), and the organic layer was washed with 10% HCl(aq) (200mL), with deionized water (200 mL), and then with brine (100 mL). Theorganic layer was then dried over MgSO₄, concentrated, and dried invacuo to give 11.35 g of the crude product. The crude product waspurified by flash column chromatography (silica, 0-100% DCM in hexane)to give a 7:3 mixture of ethyl2-methyl-2-(4-(methylthio)phenyl)propanoate and methyl2-methyl-2-(4-(methylthio)phenyl)propanoate (6.23 g).

A solution of the above esters (6.23 g, 26.1 mmol) and KOH (7.33 g, 131mmol) in EtOH (160 mL) and deionized water (40 mL) in a 250 mL roundbottom flask, was refluxed at 95° C. for 1.5 hours. The reaction mixturewas concentrated in vacuo, diluted with deionized water (100 mL), andthen extracted with diethyl ether (3×100 mL). The combined ethersolutions were extracted with 1N NaOH(aq) (2×100 mL). All the aqueoussolutions were combined, and brought to a pH=2 with 10% HCl(aq). Theresulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3×100 mL), dried over MgSO₄,concentrated, and dried in vacuo to give title compound (4.998 g). MSm/e=211 (M+H)⁺.

Step C: Preparation of Ethyl4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-6-(methylthio)-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-carboxylate

A mixture of 2-methyl-2-(4-(methylthio)phenyl)propanoic acid (4.00 g,19.0 mmol) in thionyl chloride (40.0 mL, 548 mmol) in a 500 mL roundbottom flask, was refluxed at 75° C. for 2 hours. The mixture wasconcentrated, azeotroped in toluene (2×100 mL), and dried in vacuo togive the crude acid chloride.

A solution of diethyl malonate (2.87 mL, 19.0 mmol) in ACN (100 mL) in a500 mL round bottom flask was cooled to 0° C. MgCl₂ (1.81 g, 19.0 mmol)and TEA (5.57 mL, 39.9 mmol) were added slowly, and the mixture wasstirred at room temperature for 3 hours. A solution of the above acidchloride in ACN (40 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 50° C.for 16 hours. The solution was concentrated in vacuo and partitionedbetween EtOAc (75 mL), and 10% HCl(aq) (75 mL). The aqueous layer wasextracted with EtOAc (2×75 mL). The combined organic layers were driedover MgSO₄, concentrated, and dried in vacuo to give 7.05 g of the crudeproduct which was purified by flash column chromatography (silica, 0-75%DCM in hexane) to give the intermediate, diethyl2-(2-methyl-2-(4-(methylthio)phenyl)propanoyloxy)malonate (4.604 g). MSm/e=370 (M+H)⁺.

A solution of diethyl2-(2-methyl-2-(4-(methylthio)phenyl)propanoyloxy)-malonate (2.55 g, 6.92mmol) in H₂SO₄, 36N (0.585 mL, 6.92 mmol) was stirred at 25° C. for 30minutes. The reaction was quenched by adding ice (400 mL) and EtOAc (100mL) and stirring for 15 minutes. The layers were separated, and theaqueous solution was extracted with EtOAc (2×100 mL). The combinedorganic layers were washed with brine (100 mL), dried over MgSO₄,concentrated, and dried in vacuo to give 1.41 g crude product which waspurified by flash column chromatography (silica, 0-100% DCM in hexane)to give the title compound (1.098 g). MS m/e=307 (M+H)⁺.

Step D: Preparation of 1,1-DimethylethylN-((4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-6-(methylthio)-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate

A solution of ethyl4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-6-(methylthio)-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-carboxylate(0.800 g, 2.61 mmol), glycine tert-butyl ester hydrochloride (0.525 g,3.13 mmol) and DIPEA (0.910 mL, 5.22 mmol in 1,4-dioxane (25 mL) in a 75mL sealed vessel, was stirred at 120° C. for 3 hours. Deionized water(75 mL) was added, and the resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc(2×50 mL). The combined organic layers were then washed with brine (50mL). The organic layer was dried over MgSO₄, concentrated, and dried invacuo to give 1.44 g crude product which was purified by flash columnchromatography (silica, 0-50% DCM in hexane) to give the title compound(0.886 g). MS m/e=336 (M+H-tBu)⁺.

Step E: Preparation ofN-((4-Hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-6-(methylthio)-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

A solution of 1,1-dimethylethylN-((4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-6-(methylthio)-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(0.180 g, 0.460 mmol) in TFA (0.0342 mL, 0.460 mmol) was stirred at 25°C. for 10 minutes. The solution was concentrated, azeotroped in DCM(2×300 mL), and dried in vacuo to give the title compound (0.150 g). MSm/e=336 (M+H)⁺. Calculated for C₁₆H₁₇NO₅S 335.08.

Example 34N-((6-Chloro-1-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-hydroxy-1-methyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

Step A: Preparation of Ethyl 2,2-bis(4-chlorophenyl)acetate

To a solution of bis(4-chlorophenyl)acetic acid (5.00 g, 17.8 mmol) inEtOH (100 mL) in a 500 mL round bottom flask, was added H₂SO₄, 36N(0.0988 mL, 1.78 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 100° C. for 18 hours.The mixture was then concentrated in vacuo, diluted with EtOAc (200 mL),and washed with deionized water (3×100 mL) and then with brine (100 mL).The organic layer was dried over MgSO₄, concentrated, and dried in vacuoto give the crude product ethyl 2,2-bis(4-chlorophenyl)acetate (5.473g). MS m/e=309 (M+H)⁺.

Step B: Preparation of 2,2-Bis(4-chlorophenyl)propanoic acid

A solution of NaH (60% dispersion in mineral oil) (2.1 g, 53 mmol) inDMF (100 mL) in a 500 mL round bottom flask was cooled 0° C. A solutionof ethyl 2,2-bis(4-chlorophenyl)acetate (5.47 g, 18 mmol) and MeI (3.3mL, 53 mmol) in DMF (50 mL) was added dropwise over 15 minutes. Themixture was stirred at 0° C. for 15 minutes and then allowed to warm toroom temperature and stirred for 20 hours. A mixture of products wasobserved by LC/MS. The solution was diluted with EtOAc (200 mL), andthen washed with 10% HCl(aq) (200 mL), with deionized water (200 mL),and then with brine (100 mL). The organic layer was dried over MgSO₄,concentrated, and dried in vacuo to give 10.11 g crude product which waspurified by flash column chromatography (silica, 0-100%, hexane/EtOAc)to give 2,2-bis(4-chlorophenyl)propanoic acid (3.05 g).

Step C: Preparation of Diethyl2-(2,2-bis(4-chlorophenyl)propanoyl)-malonate

A solution of 2,2-bis(4-chlorophenyl)propanoic acid (3.05 g, 10.3 mmol)in thionyl chloride (20.0 mL, 274 mmol) in a 500 mL round bottom flaskwas refluxed at 75° C. for 1.5 hours. The solution was concentrated,azeotroped in toluene (2×200 mL), and dried in vacuo to give the crudeacid chloride.

A solution of diethyl malonate (1.56 mL, 10.3 mmol) in ACN (60 mL) in a500 mL round bottom flask was cooled to 0° C. MgCl₂ (0.984 g, 10.3 mmol)and TEA (3.02 mL, 21.7 mmol) were slowly added, and the mixture was thenstirred at 25° C. for 2 hours. A solution of the acid chloride in ACN(40 mL) was added to the reaction, and the mixture was stirred at 50° C.for 16 hours. The solution was concentrated in vacuo and thenpartitioned between EtOAc (75 mL) and 10% HCl(aq) (75 mL). The aqueouslayer was extracted with EtOAc (2×75 mL). The combined organic layerswere dried over MgSO₄ and concentrated in vacuo to give 5.68 g of crudeproduct which was purified by flash column chromatography (silica, 0-50%DCM in hexane) to give diethyl2-(2,2-bis(4-chlorophenyl)propanoyl)malonate (3.61 g) MS m/e=437 (M+H)⁺.

Step D: Preparation of Ethyl6-chloro-1-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-hydroxy-1-methyl-2-oxo-naphthalene-3-carboxylate

A solution of diethyl 2-(2,2-bis(4-chlorophenyl)propanoyl)malonate (2.00g, 4.57 mmol) in H₂SO₄, 36N (10.0 mL, 180 mmol) in a 500 mL round bottomflask was stirred at 25° C. for 30 minutes. The reaction was quenched byadding 400 mL of ice and 100 mL of EtOAc and then stirring for 15minutes. The layers were separated, and the aqueous solution wasextracted with EtOAc (2×100 mL). The combined organic layers were washedwith brine (100 mL). The organic layer was then dried over MgSO₄ andconcentrated in vacuo to give 2.24 g of crude product which was purifiedby flash column chromatography (silica, 0-100% DCM in hexane) to givethe title compound (1.448 g). MS m/e=391 (M+H)⁺.

Step E: Preparation of 1,1-DimethylethylN-((6-chloro-1-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-hydroxy-1-methyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate

A solution of ethyl6-chloro-1-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-hydroxy-1-methyl-2-oxo-naphthalene-3-carboxylate(0.998 g, 2.55 mmol), glycine tert-butyl ester hydrochloride (0.513 g,3.06 mmol), and DIPEA (0.889 mL, 5.10 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (15 mL) in a75 mL sealed vessel was stirred at 120° C. for 3 hours. The solution wasdiluted with deionized water (75 mL) and extracted with DCM (2×50 mL).The combined organic layers were then washed with brine (50 mL), driedover MgSO₄, and concentrated in vacuo to give 1.42 g crude product. Thecrude product was purified by flash column chromatography (silica, 0-25%DCM in hexane) to give the title compound (0.888 g). MS m/e=420(M+H-tBu)⁺.

Step F: Preparation ofN-((6-Chloro-1-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-hydroxy-1-methyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

A solution of 1,1-dimethylethylN-((6-chloro-1-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-hydroxy-1-methyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(0.675 g, 1.42 mmol) in TFA (10.0 mL, 127 mmol) was stirred at 25° C.for 10 minutes. The solution was concentrated, azeotroped in DCM (2×300mL), and dried in a vacuum oven at 60° C. to give the title compound(0.580 g). MS m/e=420 (M+H)⁺. Calculated for C₂₀H₁₅Cl₂NO₅ 419.03.

Example 35N-((6-(2-(Dimethylamino)phenyl)-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

The title compound was prepared using a procedure similar to thatoutlined in Example 5. MS m/e=409 (M+H)⁺. Calculated forC₂₃H₂₄N₂O₅408.17.

Example 36N-((6-(4-(Dimethylamino)phenyl)-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

The title compound was prepared using a procedure similar to thatoutlined in Example 5. MS m/e=409 (M+H)⁺. Calculated for C₂₃H₂₄N₂O₅408.17.

Example 37N-((6-Chloro-1-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-hydroxy-1-methyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

The title compound was prepared using a procedure similar to thatoutlined in Example 5. MS m/e=400 (M+H)⁺. Calculated for C₂₁H₁₈ClNO₅399.09.

Example 38N-((6-(4-Chlorophenyl)-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

The title compound was prepared using a procedure similar to thatoutlined in Example 5. MS m/e=400 (M+H)⁺. Calculated for C₂₁H₁₈ClNO₅399.09.

Example 39N-((6-(3-(Dimethylamino)phenyl)-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

The title compound was prepared using a procedure similar to thatoutlined in Example 5. MS m/e=409 (M+H)⁺. Calculated forC₂₃H₂₄N₂O₅408.17.

Example 40N-((6-Bromo-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

Step A: Preparation of 2-(4-Bromophenyl)-2-methylpropanoic acid

A solution of methyl 2-(4-bromophenyl)-2,2-dimethylacetate (3880 μL,15090 μmol) in EtOH (80 mL) and water (20 mL) was treated with KOH (4233mg, 75450 μmol). The reaction was heated to 90° C. After 15 hours, thereaction was cooled to 23° C. and concentrated in vacuo. The crudemixture was partitioned between water/diethyl ether (150 mL each). Theaqueous layer was separated and extracted with diethyl ether (100 mL).The combined ether layers were then extracted with a 1N NaOH solution(25 mL). The combined aqueous washes were acidified with concentratedHCl to pH=2.0 and extracted with EtOAc (3×100 mL). The combined EtOAclayers were dried over MgSO₄, and concentrated in vacuo to afford 3144mg of 2-(4-bromophenyl)-2-methylpropanoic acid.

Steps B-D: Preparation of 1,1-DimethylethylN-((6-bromo-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate

A solution of 2-(4-bromophenyl)-2-methylpropanoic acid (3144 mg, 12933μmol) in thionyl chloride (9434 μL, 129331 μmol) was heated at refluxunder nitrogen. After 2 hours, the reaction was cooled to 23° C. andconcentrated in vacuo to afford the crude acid chloride.

In an oven-dried round-bottomed flask, magnesium turnings (472 mg, 19400μmol) and diethyl malonate (2931 μL, 19400 μmol) were added to EtOH (20mL) and CCl₄ (0.2 mL). The reaction was stirred at 23° C. for 30 minutesfollowed by the addition of THF (30 mL). The reaction was then heated atreflux under nitrogen. After 1 hour, a solution of the crude acidchloride in THF (15 mL) was added in a dropwise fashion. After 30minutes, the reaction was cooled to 23° C., diluted with diethyl ether(150 mL) and washed with water (150 mL). The layers were separated, andthe aqueous layer was extracted with diethyl ether (150 mL). Thecombined ether layers were washed with brine (100 mL), dried over MgSO₄,and concentrated in vacuo affording diethyl2-(2-(4-bromophenyl)-2-methylpropanoyl)malonate as the crude product.

A solution of the crude diethyl2-(2-(4-bromophenyl)-2-methylpropanoyl)malonate (4982 mg, 12932 μmol) inconcentrated H₂SO₄ (30 mL) was stirred at 23° C. After 2 hours, thereaction was poured into an ice-water mixture (200 mL) and extractedwith EtOAc (3×200 mL). The combined organic layers were washed withbrine (100 mL), dried over MgSO₄, and concentrated in vacuo affordingethyl 6-bromo-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-carboxylate asthe product.

A solution of crude ethyl6-bromo-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-carboxylate (4100 mg,12088 μmol) and glycine tert-butyl ester hydrochloride (2229 mg, 13297μmol) in 1,4-dioxane (100 mL) was treated with DIPEA (4211 μL, 24176μmol). The reaction was heated at 120° C. in a sealed vessel. After 17hours, the reaction was cooled to 23° C., diluted with EtOAc (200 mL)and washed with 10% HCl solution (2×150 mL) and brine (100 mL). Theorganic layer was dried over MgSO₄, concentrated in vacuo, and purifiedby silica gel chromatography (eluant: 5-10% EtOAc/hexane) affording 2523mg of 1,1-dimethylethylN-((6-bromo-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate.MS m/e=422.0 (M−H)⁻.

Step E: Preparation ofN-((6-Bromo-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

A solution of 1,1-dimethylethylN-((6-bromo-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(145 mg, 342 μmol) in TFA (2 mL) was stirred at 23° C. After 30 minutes,the reaction was concentrated in vacuo, and diluted with water (25 mL).A white solid precipitated which was collected by filtration, washedwith diethyl ether (5 mL), and dried under vacuum, affording 63 mg ofN-((6-bromo-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine.MS m/e=366.0 (M−H)⁻. Calculated for C₁₅H₁₄BrNO₅ 367.01.

Example 41N-((7-Cyano-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

Step A: Preparation of 1,1-DimethylethylN-((7-cyano-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate

1,1-DimethylethylN-((7-bromo-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(310 mg, 731 μmol, see Example 53), dppf (162 mg, 292 μmol),tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (66.9 mg, 73.1 μmol), coppercyanide (262 mg, 2923 μmol), and tetraethylammonium cyanide (126 mg, 804μmol) were mixed in dioxane (6 mL) in a microwave tube under a nitrogenatmosphere. The reaction mixture was then stirred at 75° C. for 16hours. The reaction mixture was returned to room temperature, fused tosilica gel, and purified by silica flash chromatography (0-100%DCM/hexane) to give the desired ester as a white solid (163 mg). MS(m/e)=315.1 (M+H-tBu)⁺.

Step B: Preparation ofN-((7-Cyano-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

1,1-DimethylethylN-((7-cyano-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalene-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(163 mg, 440 μmol) was stirred in TFA (1 mL, 13462 μmol) at roomtemperature for 20 minutes. Water was added. The resulting precipitatewas filtered and washed with water to give the desired product as anoff-white solid (126 mg). MS (m/e)=315.1 (M+H)⁺. Calculated forC₁₆H₁₄N₂O₅ 314.09.

Example 42N-((6-Cyano-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

Step A: Preparation of 1,1-DimethylethylN-((6-cyano-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate

1,1-DimethylethylN-((6-bromo-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalene-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(297 mg, 700 μmol, prepared in Example 40A-D), dppf (155 mg, 280 μmol),tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (64.1 mg, 70.0 μmol), coppercyanide (251 mg, 2800 μmol), and tetraethylammonium cyanide (120 mg, 770μmol) were mixed in dioxane (6 mL) in a microwave tube under a nitrogenatmosphere. The reaction mixture was then stirred at 75° C. for 5.5hours. The reaction mixture was returned to room temperature, fused tosilica gel, and purified by silica flash chromatography (0-100%DCM/hexane) to give the desired ester as an off-white solid (127 mg). MS(m/e)=315.1 (M+H-tBu)⁺.

Step B: Preparation ofN-((6-Cyano-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

1,1-DimethylethylN-((6-cyano-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalene-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(124 mg, 335 μmol) was stirred in TFA (1 mL, 13462 μmol) at roomtemperature for 15 minutes. Water was added. The resulting precipitatewas filtered. The green solid was dissolved in saturated NaHCO₃ andwashed with DCM. The aqueous layer was separated and acidified with 10%HCl. The resulting precipitate was filtered and washed with water togive the desired product as a white solid (41 mg). MS (m/e)=315.1(M+H)⁺. Calculated for C₁₆H₁₄N₂O₅ 314.09.

Example 43N-((7-Chloro-1-ethyl-4-hydroxy-1-methyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

Step A: Preparation of 2-(3-Chlorophenyl)butanenitrile

A solution of 2-(3-chlorophenyl)acetonitrile (10.00 g, 66 mmol) andethyl bromide (4.9 mL, 66 mmol) in DMSO (25 mL) was added dropwise to astirred solution of NaH (60% dispersion in mineral oil (2.6 g, 66 mmol))in DMSO (75 mL) at 0° C. under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reactionmixture was stirred for 30 minutes at 0° C. and then brought to roomtemperature and stirred for 23 hours. The reaction mixture was carefullyquenched with water, and was then diluted with EtOAc. The organic layerwas separated, washed with water (2×) and brine, dried (MgSO₄), andconcentrated in vacuo to give the crude product as an orange oil. Thecrude oil was purified by silica flash chromatography (0-5%EtOAc/hexane) to give the desired compound as a colorless oil (4.69 g).

Step B: Preparation of 2-(3-Chlorophenyl)-2-methylbutanenitrile

A solution of 2-(3-chlorophenyl)butanenitrile (4.69 g, 26 mmol) and MeI(2.0 mL, 31 mmol) in DMSO (15 mL) was added dropwise to a stirredsolution of NaH (60% dispersion in mineral oil (1.3 g, 31 mmol)) in DMSO(35 mL) at 0° C. under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture wasstirred for 30 minutes at 0° C. and then brought to room temperature andstirred for 15 hours. The reaction mixture was quenched with watercarefully and then diluted with EtOAc. The organic layer was separated,washed with water (2×) and brine, dried (MgSO₄), and concentrated invacuo to give the desired compound as a light yellow oil (5.54 g).

Step C: Preparation of 2-(3-Chlorophenyl)-2-methylbutanoic acid

2-(3-Chlorophenyl)-2-methylbutanenitrile (5.49 g, 28 mmol) was dissolvedin AcOH (15 mL, 260 mmol), and the mixture was heated to 100° C. 60%H₂SO₄ (10 mL, 118 mmol) was added dropwise, and the reaction mixture wasstirred at 110° C. for 45 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to roomtemperature and partitioned between DCM and water. The organic layer wasseparated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (2×). Thecombined organic layers were extracted with 2M NaOH (2×). The combinedaqueous layers were washed with EtOAc and acidified to pH=1 with 10%HCl. The aqueous mixture was then extracted with DCM (2×), and thecombined organic layers were concentrated in vacuo to give the desiredproduct as a yellow oil (4.63 g). MS (m/e)=213.1 (M+H)⁺.

Step D: Preparation of Diethyl2-(2-(3-chlorophenyl)-2-methylbutanoyl)malonate

Thionyl chloride (30 mL) was added to2-(3-chlorophenyl)-2-methylbutanoic acid (4.63 g, 21.8 mmol). Thereaction mixture was stirred at 75° C. for 1.5 hours. The mixture wasthen concentrated in vacuo to give the acid chloride.

Diethyl malonate (3.62 mL, 23.9 mmol) in ACN (50 mL) was cooled to 0° C.MgCl₂ (2.28 g, 23.9 mmol) was added, followed by addition of TEA (6.66mL, 47.9 mmol) slowly via syringe. The mixture was stirred at 0° C. for15 minutes before being brought to room temperature and stirred for 2.5hours. The above prepared acid chloride was dissolved in ACN (20 mL) andadded to the malonate solution. The reaction mixture was then stirred at50° C. for 15 hours. The reaction mixture was then cooled to roomtemperature, concentrated in vacuo, and partitioned between 1M HCl andEtOAc. The aqueous layer was separated and extracted with EtOAc (2×).The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO₄) and concentrated in vacuoto give the desired compound as an orange oil (7.67 g). MS (m/e)=355.2(M+H)⁺.

Step E: Preparation of Ethyl7-chloro-1-ethyl-4-hydroxy-1-methyl-2-oxo-naphthalene-3-carboxylate

H₂SO₄ (40 mL, 473 mmol) was cooled to 0° C. and treated with P₂O₅ (15 g,106 mmol). The mixture was brought to room temperature and added todiethyl 2-(2-(3-chlorophenyl)-2-methylbutanoyl)malonate (7.67 g, 22mmol). The reaction mixture was then stirred for 1.5 hours. Ice (H₂O)was added, and the aqueous mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3×). Thecombined organic layers were washed with water (2×) and brine, dried(MgSO₄), and concentrated in vacuo to give the crude compound as anorange oil. The crude oil was purified by silica flash chromatography(0-100% DCM/hexane) to give the desired compound as a yellow solid (3.16g). MS (m/e)=309.1 (M+H)⁺.

Step F: Preparation of 1,1-DimethylethylN-((7-chloro-1-ethyl-4-hydroxy-1-methyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate

DIPEA (0.253 mL, 1.45 mmol, 1.2 eq) was added to a mixture of ethyl7-chloro-1-ethyl-4-hydroxy-1-methyl-2-oxo-naphthalene-3-carboxylate (373mg, 1.21 mmol) and glycine tert-butyl ester hydrochloride (0.243 g, 1.45mmol) in dioxane (8 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at 80° C. for3.5 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature andconcentrated in vacuo to give a yellow oil. The crude oil was purifiedby silica flash chromatography (0-75% DCM/hexane) to give the desiredcompound as a white solid (407 mg). MS (m/e)=338.1 (M+H-tBu)⁺.

Step G: Preparation ofN-((7-Chloro-1-ethyl-4-hydroxy-1-methyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

1,1-DimethylethylN-((7-chloro-1-ethyl-4-hydroxy-1-methyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(393 mg, 998 μmol) was stirred in TFA (3 mL, 40.4 mmol) at roomtemperature for 20 minutes. The TFA was removed in vacuo, and water wasadded. The resulting precipitate was filtered and washed with water togive the desired product as a white solid (274 mg). MS (m/e)=338 (M+H)⁺.Calculated for C₁₆H₁₆ClNO₅ 337.07.

Example 44N-((7-Fluoro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

Step A: Preparation of4-(3-Fluorophenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carbonitrile

Potassium tert-butoxide (5.48 g, 48.8 mmol) was added to a stirredsolution of 2-(3-fluorophenyl)acetonitrile (2.58 mL, 22.2 mmol) in DMF(30 mL) at 0° C. under a nitrogen atmosphere. The mixture was stirredfor 10 minutes at 0° C. before 1-chloro-2-(2-chloroethoxy)ethane (2.86mL, 24.4 mmol) was added dropwise via syringe. The reaction mixture wasallowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 6 hours. Thereaction mixture was then cooled to 0° C. and quenched with 10% HCl. Theaqueous mixture was extracted with EtOAc (2×). The combined organiclayers were washed with brine, dried (MgSO₄), and concentrated in vacuoto give the product as an orange oil (7.53 g).

Step B: Preparation of4-(3-Fluorophenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carboxylic acid

60% H₂SO₄ (30 mL) was added to a stirred mixture of4-(3-fluorophenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carbonitrile (7.53 g, 37 mmol)in dioxane (30 mL), and the reaction mixture was refluxed at 110° C. for16 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature andpartitioned between DCM and water. The organic layer was separated, andthe aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (2×). The combined organiclayers were extracted with 2M NaOH (2×). The combined aqueous layerswere washed with EtOAc and acidified to pH 1 with 10% HCl. The resultingprecipitate was filtered and washed with water to give the desiredproduct as a white solid (2.37 g).

Step C: Preparation of Diethyl2-(4-(3-fluorophenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carbonyl)malonate

Thionyl chloride (15 mL) was added to4-(3-fluorophenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carboxylic acid (2.37 g, 10.6mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 75° C. for 3 hours. Themixture was then concentrated in vacuo to give the acid chloride.

Diethyl malonate (1.76 mL, 11.6 mmol) in ACN (25 mL) was cooled to 0° C.MgCl₂ (1.11 g, 11.6 mmol) was added, followed by addition of TEA (3.23mL, 23.3 mmol) slowly via syringe. The mixture was stirred at 0° C. for15 minutes before being brought to room temperature and stirred for 3hours. The above prepared acid chloride was dissolved in ACN (10 mL) andadded to the malonate solution. The reaction mixture was then stirred at50° C. for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to roomtemperature, concentrated in vacuo, and partitioned between 1M HCl andEtOAc. The aqueous layer was separated and extracted with EtOAc (2×).The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO₄) and concentrated in vacuoto give the desired compound as an orange oil (4.23 g). MS (m/e)=367.2(M+H)⁺.

Step D: Preparation of Ethyl7-fluoro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-carboxylate

H₂SO₄ (25 mL, 296 mmol) was cooled to 0° C. and treated with P₂O₅ (10 g,70 mmol). The mixture was brought to room temperature and was then addedto diethyl 2-(4-(3-fluorophenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carbonyl)malonate(4.23 g, 12 mmol). The resulting reaction mixture was then stirred for 1hour. Ice (H₂O) was added, and the aqueous mixture was extracted withEtOAc (2×). The combined organic layers were washed with water (2×) andbrine, dried (MgSO₄), and concentrated in vacuo to give the crudecompound as an orange oil. The crude oil was purified by silica flashchromatography (50-100% DCM/hexane) to give the desired compound as awhite solid (850 mg). MS (m/e)=321.1 (M+H)⁺.

Step E: Preparation of 1,1-DimethylethylN-((7-fluoro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate

DIPEA (0.693 mL, 3.98 mmol, 1.5 eq) was added to a mixture of ethyl7-fluoro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-carboxylate(850 mg, 2.65 mmol, 1.0 eq) and glycine tert-butyl ester hydrochloride(0.534 g, 3.18 mmol, 1.2 eq) in dioxane (20 mL). The reaction mixturewas stirred at 75° C. for 17 hours. The reaction mixture was then cooledto room temperature and concentrated in vacuo to give a yellow solid.The crude solid was suspended in ether and filtered to give the titlecompound as an off-white solid (703 mg). MS (m/e)=406.2 (M+H)⁺.

Step F: Preparation ofN-((7-Fluoro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

1,1-DimethylethylN-((7-fluoro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(703 mg, 1.73 mmol) was stirred in TFA (2 mL, 26.9 mmol) at roomtemperature for 25 minutes. Water was added. The resulting precipitatewas filtered and washed with water to give the desired product as anoff-white solid (237 mg). MS (m/e)=350.1 (M+H)⁺. Calculated forC₁₈H₁₆F₃NO₆ 349.10.

Example 45N-((7-Trifluoromethyl-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

Step A: Preparation of4-(3-(Trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carbonitrile

Potassium tert-butoxide (4.00 g, 35.6 mmol, 2.20 eq) was added to astirred solution of 2-(3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)acetonitrile (2.53 mL,16.2 mmol, 1.0 eq) in DMF (30 mL) at 0° C. under a nitrogen atmosphere.The mixture was stirred for 10 minutes at 0° C. before1-chloro-2-(2-chloroethoxy)ethane (2.09 mL, 17.8 mmol, 1.1 eq) was addeddropwise via syringe. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to roomtemperature and stirred for 6 hours. The reaction mixture was thencooled to 0° C. and quenched with 10% HCl. The aqueous mixture wasextracted with EtOAc (2×). The combined organic layers were washed withbrine, dried (MgSO₄), and concentrated in vacuo to give the product asan orange oil (6.73 g).

Step B: Preparation of4-(3-(Trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carboxylic acid

60% H₂SO₄ (30 mL) was added to a stirred mixture of4-(3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carbonitrile (6.73g, 26 mmol) in dioxane (30 mL), and the reaction mixture was refluxed at110° C. for 21 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to roomtemperature and partitioned between DCM and water. The organic layer wasseparated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (2×). Thecombined organic layers were extracted with 2M NaOH (2×). The combinedaqueous layers were washed with EtOAc and acidified to pH=1 with 10%HCl. The resulting precipitate was filtered and washed with water togive the desired product as a white solid (2.39 g).

Step C: Preparation of Diethyl2-(4-(3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carbonyl)malonate

Thionyl chloride (15 mL) was added to4-(3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carboxylic acid(2.39 g, 8.72 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 75° C. for 1.5hours. The mixture was then concentrated in vacuo to give the acidchloride.

Diethyl malonate (1.45 mL, 9.59 mmol) in ACN (25 mL) was cooled to 0° C.MgCl₂ (0.913 g, 9.59 mmol) was added, followed by addition of TEA (2.67mL, 19.2 mmol) slowly via syringe. The mixture was stirred at 0° C. for15 minutes and then brought to room temperature and stirred for 4 hours.The above prepared acid chloride was dissolved in ACN (10 mL) and addedto the malonate solution. The reaction mixture was then stirred at 50°C. for 17 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature,concentrated in vacuo, and partitioned between 1M HCl and EtOAc. Theaqueous layer was separated and extracted with EtOAc (2×). The combinedorganic layers were dried (MgSO₄) and concentrated in vacuo to give thedesired compound as an orange oil (4.27 g). MS (m/e)=417.2 (M+H)⁺.

Step D: Preparation of Ethyl7-trifluoromethyl-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-carboxylate

H₂SO₄ (25 mL, 296 mmol) was cooled to 0° C. and treated with P₂O₅ (10 g,70 mmol). The mixture was brought to room temperature and added todiethyl2-(4-(3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carbonyl)malonate(4.27 g, 10 mmol). The reaction mixture was then stirred for 1.5 hours.Ice (H₂O) was added, and the aqueous mixture was extracted with EtOAc(2×). The combined organic layers were washed with water (2×) and brine,dried (MgSO₄), and concentrated in vacuo to give the crude compound as abrown oil. The crude oil was purified by silica flash chromatography(0-100% DCM/hexane) to give the desired compound as a white solid (1.32g). MS (m/e)=371.2 (M+H)⁺.

Step E: Preparation of 1,1-DimethylethylN-((7-trifluoromethyl-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate

DIPEA (0.931 mL, 5.35 mmol) was added to a mixture of ethyl7-trifluoromethyl-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-carboxylate(1.32 g, 3.56 mmol) and glycine tert-butyl ester hydrochloride (0.717 g,4.28 mmol) in dioxane (30 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at 75°C. for 17 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature andconcentrated in vacuo to give a yellow solid. The crude solid wassuspended in ether and filtered to give the desired compound as a lightyellow solid (1.29 g). MS (m/e)=456.2 (M+H)⁺.

Step F: Preparation ofN-((7-Trifluoromethyl-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

1,1-DimethylethylN-((7-trifluoromethyl-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(1.29 g, 2.82 mmol) was stirred in TFA (3 mL, 40.4 mmol) at roomtemperature for 25 minutes. Water was added. The resulting precipitatewas filtered and washed with water to give the desired product as awhite solid (550 mg). MS (m/e)=400.1 (M+H)⁺. Calculated for C₁₈H₁₆F₃NO₆399.09.

Example 46N-((7-Chloro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

Step A: Preparation of4-(3-Chlorophenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carbonitrile

Potassium tert-butoxide (8.90 g, 79.3 mmol, 2.20 eq) was added to astirred solution of 2-(3-chlorophenyl)acetonitrile (4.26 mL, 36.1 mmol)in DMF (50 mL) at 0° C. under a nitrogen atmosphere. The mixture wasstirred for 10 minutes at 0° C. before 1-chloro-2-(2-chloroethoxy)ethane(4.65 mL, 39.7 mmol) was added dropwise via syringe. The reactionmixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 20hours. The reaction mixture was then cooled to 0° C. and quenched with10% HCl. The aqueous mixture was extracted with EtOAc (2×). The combinedorganic layers were washed with brine, dried (MgSO₄), and concentratedin vacuo to give the product as an orange oil (12.51 g).

Step B: Preparation of4-(3-Chlorophenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carboxylic acid

60% H₂SO₄ (50 mL) was added to a stirred mixture of4-(3-chlorophenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carbonitrile (12.51 g, 56 mmol)in dioxane (50 mL), and the reaction mixture was refluxed at 110° C. for16 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature andpartitioned between DCM and water. The organic layer was separated, andthe aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (2×). The combined organiclayers were extracted with 2M NaOH (2×). The combined aqueous layerswere washed with EtOAc and acidified to pH=1 with 10% HCl. The resultingprecipitate was filtered and washed with water to give the desiredproduct as a white solid (6.13 g).

Step C: Preparation of Diethyl2-(4-(3-chlorophenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carbonyl)malonate

Thionyl chloride (25 mL) was added to4-(3-chlorophenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carboxylic acid (6.13 g, 25.5mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 70° C. for 2.5 hours. Themixture was then concentrated in vacuo to give the acid chloride.

Diethyl malonate (4.23 mL, 28.0 mmol) in ACN (50 mL) was cooled to 0° C.MgCl₂ (2.67 g, 28.0 mmol) was added, followed by addition of TEA (7.79mL, 56.0 mmol) slowly via syringe. The mixture was stirred at 0° C. for15 minutes and was then brought to room temperature and stirred for 3.5hours. The above prepared acid chloride was dissolved in ACN (20 mL) andadded to the malonate solution. The reaction mixture was then stirred at50° C. for 17 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to roomtemperature, concentrated in vacuo, and partitioned between 1M HCl andEtOAc. The aqueous layer was separated and extracted with EtOAc (2×).The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO₄) and concentrated in vacuoto give the desired compound as an orange oil (10.66 g). MS (m/e)=383.2(M+H)⁺.

Step D: Preparation of Ethyl7-chloro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-carboxylate

Diethyl 2-(4-(3-chlorophenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carbonyl)malonate(10.66 g, 27.8 mmol) was added to H₂SO₄ (50 mL, 591 mmol), and themixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Ice (H₂O) was added,and the aqueous mixture was extracted with EtOAc (2×). The combinedorganic layers were washed with water (2×) and brine, dried (MgSO₄), andconcentrated in vacuo to give the crude compound as an orange oil. Thecrude oil was purified by silica flash chromatography (0-100%DCM/hexane) to give the desired compound as a yellow solid (4.93 g). MS(m/e)=337.1 (M+H)⁺.

Step E: Preparation of 1,1-DimethylethylN-((7-chloro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate

DIPEA (1.47 mL, 8.42 mmol, 1.5 eq) was added to a mixture of ethyl7-chloro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-carboxylate(1.89 g, 5.61 mmol, 1.0 eq) and glycine tert-butyl ester hydrochloride(1.13 g, 6.73 mmol, 1.2 eq) in dioxane (50 mL). The reaction mixture wasstirred at 80° C. for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to roomtemperature and concentrated in vacuo to give a yellow solid. The crudesolid was suspended in ether and filtered to give the desired ester as awhite solid (2.23 g). MS (m/e)=422.2 (M+H)⁺.

Step F: Preparation ofN-((7-Chloro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

The mixture of 1,1-dimethylethylN-((7-chloro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(2.23 g, 5 mmol) in TFA (8 mL, 108 mmol) was stirred at room temperaturefor 20 minutes. The majority of the TFA was removed in vacuo and thenwater was added. The resulting precipitate was filtered and washed withwater to give the desired product as a white solid (1.13 g). MS(m/e)=366.1 (M+H)⁺. Calculated for C₁₇H₁₆ClNO₆ 365.07.

Example 47N-((7-Fluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

Step A: Preparation of 2-(3-Fluorophenyl)-2-methylpropanenitrile

A solution of 2-(3-fluorophenyl)acetonitrile (4.30 mL, 37.0 mmol) andMeI (6.91 mL, 111 mmol) in DMSO (20 mL) was added dropwise to a stirredsolution of NaH (60% dispersion in mineral oil (4.43 g, 111 mmol)) inDMSO (40 mL) at 0° C. under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixturewas stirred for 30 minutes at 0° C. and was then brought to roomtemperature and stirred for 17 hours. The reaction mixture was quenchedwith water carefully and then diluted with EtOAc. The organic layer wasseparated, washed with water (2×) and brine, dried (MgSO₄), andconcentrated in vacuo to give the desired compound as an orange oil(8.58 g).

Step B: Preparation of 2-(3-Fluorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoic acid

60% H₂SO₄ (50 mL) was added to a stirred mixture of2-(3-fluorophenyl)-2-methylpropanenitrile (8.58 g, 53 mmol) in dioxane(50 mL), and the reaction mixture was refluxed at 110° C. for 16 hours.The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and partitionedbetween DCM and water. The organic layer was separated, and the aqueouslayer was extracted with DCM (2×). The combined organic layers werewashed with brine, dried (MgSO₄), and concentrated in vacuo to give thedesired acid as a dark brown oil (9.14 g).

Step C: Preparation of Diethyl2-(2-(3-fluorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoyl)malonate

Thionyl chloride (25 mL) was added to2-(3-fluorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoic acid (6.74 g, 37.0 mmol). Thereaction mixture was stirred at 70° C. for 1.5 hours. The mixture wasthen concentrated in vacuo to give the acid chloride.

Diethyl malonate (5.59 mL, 37.0 mmol) in ACN (50 mL) was cooled to 0° C.MgCl₂ (3.52 g, 37.0 mmol) was added, followed by addition of TEA (10.8mL, 77.7 mmol) slowly via syringe. The mixture was stirred at 0° C. for15 minutes and was then brought to room temperature and stirred for 3.5hours. The above prepared acid chloride was dissolved in ACN (20 mL) andadded to the malonate solution. The reaction mixture was then stirred at50° C. for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to roomtemperature, concentrated in vacuo, and partitioned between 1M HCl andEtOAc. The aqueous layer was separated and extracted with EtOAc (2×).The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO₄) and concentrated in vacuoto give the desired compound as a brown oil (13.03 g). MS (m/e)=325.2(M+H)⁺.

Step D: Preparation of Ethyl7-fluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalene-3-carboxylate

Diethyl 2-(2-(3-fluorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoyl)malonate (13.03 g, 40mmol) was added to concentrated H₂SO₄ (65 mL, 769 mmol), and the mixturewas stirred at room temperature for 45 minutes. Ice (H₂O) was added, andthe aqueous mixture was extracted with EtOAc (2×). The combined organiclayers were washed with water (2×) and brine, dried (MgSO₄), andconcentrated in vacuo to give the crude compound as an orange oil. Thecrude oil was purified by silica flash chromatography (0-100%DCM/hexane) to give the desired compound as a white solid (4.26 g). MS(m/e)=279.1 (M+H)⁺.

Step E: Preparation of 1,1-DimethylethylN-((7-fluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate

DIPEA (939 μL, 5390 μmol) was added to a mixture of ethyl7-fluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalene-3-carboxylate (1.00 g,3594 μmol) and glycine tert-butyl ester hydrochloride (723 mg, 4312μmol) in dioxane (25 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at 75° C. for16 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature andconcentrated in vacuo to give a yellow solid. The crude solid wassuspended in ether and filtered to give the desired ester as a whitesolid (590 mg). MS (m/e)=308.1 (M+H-tBu)⁺.

Step F: Preparation ofN-((7-Fluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

1,1-DimethylethylN-((7-fluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(590 mg, 1624 μmol) was stirred in TFA (3 mL, 40386 μmol) at roomtemperature for 15 minutes. Water was added. The resulting precipitatewas filtered and washed with water to give the desired product as awhite solid (481 mg). MS (m/e)=308.1 (M+H)⁺. Calculated for C₁₅H₁₄FNO₅307.09.

Example 48N-((7-Chloro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

Step A: Preparation of 2-(3-Chlorophenyl)-2-methylpropanenitrile

MeI (14 g, 99 mmol) and 2-(3-chlorophenyl)acetonitrile (5.0 g, 33.0mmol) were added as a solution in DMSO (75 mL) to a suspension of NaH(2.4 g, 99 mmol) in DMSO (50 mL) that was cooled to 0° C. The mixturewas stirred at room temperature overnight, partitioned between EtOAc andwater, and the layers were separated. The organic layer was washed withwater (2×), dried (MgSO₄), and concentrated in vacuo to give the productas a yellow oil (5.7 g).

Step B: Preparation of 2-(3-Chlorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoic acid

2-(3-Chlorophenyl)-2-methylpropanenitrile (5.5 g, 30.6 mmol) wasdissolved in 1,4-dioxane (50 mL) and 60% aqueous H₂SO₄ (50 mL). Themixture was heated at 120° C. for 16 hours, cooled to room temperature,partitioned between EtOAc and water, and the layers were separated. Theorganic layer was washed with water several times, dried (MgSO₄), andconcentrated in vacuo to give the product as a brown oil (5.74 g).

Step C: Preparation of 2-(3-Chlorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoyl chloride

2-(3-Chlorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoic acid (5.7 g, 28.7 mmol) was stirredin thionyl chloride (100 mL) for 2 hours at reflux. The thionyl chloridewas removed under vacuum to give the product (5.69 g).

Step D: Preparation of Diethyl2-(2-(3-chlorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoyl)malonate

Diethyl malonate (3.72 mL, 24.6 mmol) in ACN (50 mL) was cooled to 0° C.MgCl₂ (2.34 g, 24.6 mmol) was added, followed by addition of TEA (7.18mL, 51.7 mmol) slowly via syringe. The mixture was stirred at 0° C. for15 minutes before being brought to room temperature and stirred for 2.5hours. 2-(3-Chlorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoyl chloride (5.69 g, 24.6 mmol)was dissolved in ACN (20 mL) and added to the malonate solution. Thereaction mixture was then stirred at 50° C. for 16 hours. The reactionmixture was cooled to room temperature, concentrated in vacuo, andpartitioned between 1M HCl and EtOAc. The aqueous layer was separatedand extracted with EtOAc (2×). The combined organic layers were dried(MgSO₄) and concentrated in vacuo to give the desired compound as abrown oil (8.76 g). MS (m/e)=341.2 (M+H)⁺.

Step E: Preparation of Ethyl7-chloro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalene-3-carboxylate

Diethyl 2-(2-(3-chlorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoyl)malonate (8.76 g, 26mmol) was added to H₂SO₄ (60 mL, 710 mmol), and the mixture was stirredat room temperature for 45 minutes. Ice (H₂O) was added, and the aqueousmixture was extracted with EtOAc (2×). The combined organic layers werewashed with water (2×) and brine, dried (MgSO₄), and concentrated invacuo to give the crude compound as an orange oil. The crude oil waspurified by silica flash chromatography (0-50% DCM/hexane) to give thedesired compound as a white solid (3.90 g). MS (m/e)=295.1 (M+H)⁺.

Step F: Preparation of 1,1-DimethylethylN-((7-chloro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate

DIPEA (0.718 mL, 4.12 mmol) was added to a mixture of ethyl7-chloro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalene-3-carboxylate (810 mg,2.75 mmol) and glycine tert-butyl ester hydrochloride (553 mg, 3.30mmol) in dioxane (25 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at 85° C. for2 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature andconcentrated in vacuo to give a yellow solid. The crude solid wassuspended in ether and filtered to give the desired ester as a whitesolid (1.21 g). MS (m/e)=324.1 (M+H-tBu)⁺.

Step G: Preparation ofN-((7-Chloro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

1,1-DimethylethylN-((7-chloro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(1.21 g, 3 mmol) was stirred in TFA (5 mL, 67 mmol) at room temperaturefor 20 minutes. Water was added. The resulting precipitate was filteredand washed with water to give the desired product as a white solid (650mg). MS (m/e)=324.1 (M+H)⁺. Calculated for C₁₅H₁₄ClNO₅ 323.06.

Example 49N-((7-Trifluoromethyl-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

Step A: Preparation of2-Methyl-2-(3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-propanenitrile

A solution of 2-(3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)acetonitrile (4.21 mL, 27.0mmol) and MeI (5.05 mL, 81.0 mmol) in DMSO (20 mL) was added dropwise toa stirred solution of NaH (60% dispersion in mineral oil (3.23 g, 81.0mmol)) in DMSO (40 mL) at 0° C. under a nitrogen atmosphere. Thereaction mixture was stirred for 30 minutes at 0° C. and then brought toroom temperature and stirred for 17 hours. The reaction mixture wasquenched with water carefully and then diluted with EtOAc. The organiclayer was separated, washed with water (2×) and brine, dried (MgSO₄),and concentrated in vacuo to give the desired compound as a dark orangeoil (7.79 g).

Step B: Preparation of 2-Methyl-2-(3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)propanoicacid

60% H₂SO₄ (50 mL) was added to a stirred mixture of2-methyl-2-(3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)propanenitrile (7.79 g, 37 mmol)in dioxane (50 mL), and the reaction mixture was refluxed at 110° C. for15 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature andpartitioned between DCM and water. The organic layer was separated, andthe aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (2×). The combined organiclayers were washed with brine, dried (MgSO₄), and concentrated in vacuoto give the desired acid as a brown oil (7.85 g).

Step C: Preparation of Diethyl2-(2-methyl-2-(3-(trifluoromethyl)-phenyl)propanoyl)malonate

Thionyl chloride (20 mL) was added to2-methyl-2-(3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)propanoic acid (2.45 g, 10.6mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 70° C. for 1.5 hours. Themixture was then concentrated in vacuo to give the acid chloride.

Diethyl malonate (1.59 mL, 10.6 mmol) in ACN (25 mL) was cooled to 0° C.MgCl₂ (1.00 g, 10.6 mmol) was added, followed by addition of TEA (3.08mL, 22.2 mmol) slowly via syringe. The mixture was stirred at 0° C. for15 minutes and then brought to room temperature and stirred for 3.5hours. The above prepared acid chloride was dissolved in ACN (10 mL) andadded to the malonate solution. The reaction mixture was then stirred at50° C. for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to roomtemperature, concentrated in vacuo, and partitioned between 1M HCl andEtOAc. The aqueous layer was separated and extracted with EtOAc (2×).The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO₄) and concentrated in vacuoto give the desired compound as a brown oil (3.73 g). MS (m/e)=375.2(M+H)⁺.

Step D: Preparation of Ethyl4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-7-(trifluoromethyl)-naphthalene-3-carboxylate

Diethyl 2-(2-methyl-2-(3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)propanoyl)malonate(2.80 g, 7.5 mmol) was added to H₂SO₄ (40 mL, 237 mmol), and the mixturewas stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Ice (H₂O) was added, and theaqueous mixture was extracted with EtOAc (2×). The combined organiclayers were washed with water (2×) and brine, dried (MgSO₄), andconcentrated in vacuo to give the crude compound as a yellow oil. Thecrude oil was purified by silica flash chromatography (0-50% DCM/hexane)to give the desired compound as a yellow semi-solid (1.07 g). MS(m/e)=329.1 (M+H)⁺.

Step E: Preparation of 1,1-DimethylethylN-((7-trifluoromethyl-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate

DIPEA (1870 μL, 10738 μmol, 2.5 eq) was added to a mixture of ethyl4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-7-(trifluoromethyl)-naphthalene-3-carboxylate(1.41 g, 4295 μmol) and glycine tert-butyl ester hydrochloride (864 mg,5154 μmol) in dioxane (50 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at 75°C. for 15 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature andconcentrated in vacuo to give a yellow solid. The crude solid waspurified by silica flash chromatography (0-40% DCM/hexane) to give thedesired ester as a white solid (380 mg). MS (m/e)=358.1 (M+H-tBu)⁺.

Step F: Preparation ofN-((7-Trifluoromethyl-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

1,1-DimethylethylN-((7-trifluoromethyl-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(380 mg, 919 μmol) was stirred in TFA (2 mL, 26924 μmol) at roomtemperature for 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was partitioned betweenwater and EtOAc. The organic layer was separated, dried (MgSO₄), andconcentrated in vacuo to give a yellow solid. The solid was then washedwith water, ether, and EtOAc to give the desired product as an off-whitesolid (100 mg). MS (m/e)=358.1 (M+H)⁺. Calculated for C₁₆H₁₄F₃NO₅357.08.

Example 50N-((7-Bromo-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)-L-alanine

Step A: Preparation of 1,1-DimethylethylN-((7-bromo-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)-L-alaninate

DIPEA (120 μL, 690 μmol, 1.5 eq) was added to a mixture of ethyl7-bromo-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-carboxylate (156 mg,460 μmol, prepared in Example 53A-D) and (S)-tert-butyl2-aminopropanoate hydrochloride (100 mg, 552 μmol) in dioxane (5 mL).The reaction mixture was stirred at 75° C. for 16 hours. The reactionmixture was cooled to room temperature and partitioned between EtOAc andwater. The organic layer was separated, washed with brine, dried(MgSO₄), and concentrated in vacuo to give a yellow oil. The crude oilwas purified by silica flash chromatography (0-50% DCM/hexane) to givethe desired ester as a transparent oil (137 mg). MS (m/e)=382.1(M+H-tBu)⁺.

Step B: Preparation ofN-((7-Bromo-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)-L-alanine

1,1-DimethylethylN-((7-bromo-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)-L-alaninate(184 mg, 436 μmol) was stirred in TFA (2 mL, 26924 μmol) at roomtemperature for 30 minutes. Water was added. The resulting precipitatewas filtered and washed with water to give the desired product as awhite solid (93 mg). MS (m/e)=382.1 (M+H)⁺. Calculated for C₂₁H₁₉NO₅381.02.

Example 51N-((7-(3-Pyridyl)-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalene-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

Step A: Preparation of 1,1-DimethylethylN-((7-(3-pyridyl)-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate

1,1-DimethylethylN-((7-bromo-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(265 mg, 625 μmol, see Example 53), 3-pyridylboronic acid (115 mg, 937μmol), and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (72 mg, 62 μmol) weremixed in dioxane (4 mL) in a microwave tube under a nitrogen atmosphere.2M Na₂CO₃ (937 μL, 1874 μmol) was added via syringe, and the reactionmixture was stirred at 75° C. for 15 hours. The reaction mixture wascooled to room temperature and partitioned between EtOAc and water. Theorganic layer was separated, washed with brine, dried (MgSO₄), andconcentrated in vacuo to give the crude product as a yellow solid. Thecrude product was purified by silica flash chromatography (0-10%EtOAc/DCM) to give the desired compound as an off-white solid (190 mg).MS (m/e)=423.2 (M+H)⁺.

Step B: Preparation ofN-((7-(3-Pyridyl)-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

1,1-DimethylethylN-((7-(3-pyridyl)-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(184 mg, 436 μmol) was stirred in TFA (2 mL, 26924 μmol) at roomtemperature for 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was partitioned betweenwater and EtOAc. The organic layer was separated, and the aqueous layerwas extracted with EtOAc (2×). The combined organic layers were dried(MgSO₄) and concentrated in vacuo to give the desired product as ayellow solid (95 mg). MS (m/e)=367.2 (M+H)⁺. Calculated for C₂₁H₁₉NO₅366.12.

Example 52N-((7-Phenyl-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

Step A: Preparation of 1,1-DimethylethylN-((7-phenyl-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate

1,1-DimethylethylN-((7-bromo-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalene-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(250 mg, 0.59 mmol, prepared in Example 53A-E), phenylboronic acid (108mg, 0.9 mmol), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (68 mg, 0.06 mmol),and 2M Na₂CO₃ (885 μL, 2 mmol) were mixed in dioxane (4 mL). Thereaction vessel was placed under an argon atmosphere and stirred at 75°C. for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature andpartitioned between EtOAc and water. The organic layer was separated,washed with brine, dried (MgSO₄), and concentrated in vacuo to give thecrude product. The crude product was purified by silica flashchromatography (0-100% DCM/hexane) to give the desired compound as ayellow solid (172 mg). MS (m/e)=366.2 (M+H-tBu)⁺.

Step B: Preparation ofN-((7-Phenyl-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

1,1-DimethylethylN-((7-phenyl-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(169 mg, 401 μmol) was stirred in TFA (1 mL, 13462 μmol) at roomtemperature for 20 minutes. The reaction mixture was partitioned betweenwater and EtOAc. The organic layer was separated, dried (MgSO₄), andconcentrated in vacuo to give the desired product as a yellow solid (140mg). MS (m/z)=366.2 (M+H)⁺. Calculated for C₂₁H₁₉NO₅ 365.13.

Example 53N-((7-Bromo-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

Step A: Preparation of 2-(3-Bromophenyl)-2-methylpropanenitrile

A solution of 3-bromophenylacetonitrile (12 g, 61 mmol) and MeI (11 mL,184 mmol) in DMSO (30 mL) was added dropwise to a stirred solution ofNaH (60% dispersion in mineral oil (7.3 g, 184 mmol)) in DMSO (70 mL) at0° C. under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was stirred for30 minutes at 0° C. and then brought to room temperature and stirred for23 hours. The reaction mixture was quenched with water carefully andthen diluted with EtOAc. The aqueous layer was separated and extractedagain with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were separated, washedwith water (2×) and brine, dried (MgSO₄), and concentrated in vacuo togive the desired compound as an orange oil (16.75 g).

Step B: Preparation of 2-(3-Bromophenyl)-2-methylpropanoic acid

2-(3-Bromophenyl)-2-methylpropanenitrile (14.0 g, 62.47 mmol) was heatedin dioxane (150 mL) and 60% H₂SO₄ (150 mL) for 16 hours, cooled to roomtemperature, and partitioned between DCM and water. The layers wereseparated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (2×). Thecombined organic layers were washed with water (2×) and brine, dried(MgSO₄), and concentrated in vacuo to give the product as an oil thatsolidified upon standing (14.75 g).

Step C: Preparation of Diethyl2-(2-(3-bromophenyl)-2-methylpropanoyl)malonate

Thionyl chloride (50 mL) was added to2-(3-bromophenyl)-2-methylpropanoic acid (10.63 g, 43.7 mmol). Thereaction mixture was stirred at 75° C. for 2.5 hours. The mixture wasthen concentrated in vacuo to give the acid chloride.

Diethyl malonate (7.27 mL, 48.1 mmol) in ACN (100 mL) was cooled to 0°C. MgCl₂ (4.58 g, 48.1 mmol) was added, followed by addition of TEA(13.4 mL, 96.2 mmol) slowly via syringe. The mixture was stirred at 0°C. for 15 minutes and was then brought to room temperature and stirredfor 2.5 hours. The above prepared acid chloride was dissolved in ACN (20mL) and added to the malonate solution. The reaction mixture was thenstirred at 50° C. for 15 hours. The resulting reaction mixture wascooled to room temperature, concentrated in vacuo, and partitionedbetween 1M HCl and EtOAc. The aqueous layer was separated and extractedwith EtOAc (2×). The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO₄) andconcentrated in vacuo to give the desired compound as a brown oil (17.44g). MS (m/z)=385.1 (M+H)⁺.

Step D: Preparation of Ethyl7-bromo-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalene-3-carboxylate

H₂SO₄ (60 mL, 710 mmol) was cooled to 0° C. and treated with P₂O₅ (20 g,141 mmol). The mixture was brought to room temperature and added todiethyl 2-(2-(3-bromophenyl)-2-methylpropanoyl)malonate (17.44 g, 45mmol). The reaction mixture was then stirred for 2 hours. Ice (H₂O) wasadded, and the aqueous mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3×). Thecombined organic layers were washed with water (2×) and brine, dried(MgSO₄), and concentrated in vacuo to give the crude compound as anorange oil. The crude oil was purified by silica flash chromatography(0-100% DCM/hexane) to give the desired compound as a white solid (6.27g). MS (m/e)=339.1 (M+H)⁺.

Step E: Preparation of 1,1-DimethylethylN-((7-bromo-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate

DIPEA (3.86 mL, 22.2 mmol, 1.2 eq) was added to a mixture of ethyl7-bromo-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalene-3-carboxylate (6.27 g,18.5 mmol) and glycine tert-butyl ester hydrochloride (3.72 g, 22.2mmol) in dioxane (30 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at 85° C. for3 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature andconcentrated in vacuo to give a light yellow solid. The crude solid wassuspended in ether, filtered, and washed with water to give the desiredester as a white solid (6.53 g). MS (m/e)=368.1 (M+H-tBu)⁺.

Step F: Preparation ofN-((7-Bromo-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

1,1-DimethylethylN-((7-bromo-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(328 mg, 773 μmol) was stirred in TFA (2 mL, 26.9 mmol) at roomtemperature for 25 minutes. Water was added. The resulting precipitatewas filtered and washed with water to give the desired product as anoff-white solid (263 mg). MS (m/e)=368.1 (M+H)⁺. Calculated forC₁₅H₁₄BrNO₅ 367.01.

Example 54N-((6-Chloro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)-2-methylalanine

Step A: Preparation of 1,1-DimethylethylN-((6-chloro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)-2-methylalaninate

Ethyl6-chloro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-carboxylate(320 mg, 950 μmol, prepared according to Example 1 A-C) was dissolved in1,4-dioxane (950 μL) and N-ethyl-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (507 μL, 2851μmol) before tert-butyl 2-amino-2-methylpropanoate hydrochloride (279mg, 1425 μmol) was added. The resulting mixture was heated at 80° C. for24 hours and then diluted with 150 mL of EtOAc. The resulting mixturewas added to a separatory funnel, partitioned with NaHCO₃ (saturated,aqueous), washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (2×75 mL), separated,dried over Na₂SO₄, and concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound(260 mg) after chromatography as an amorphous solid. MS(m/z)=394(M+H-tert-butyl)⁺.

Step B: Preparation ofN-((6-Chloro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)-2-methylalanine

1,1-DimethylethylN-((6-chloro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)-2-methylalaninate(245 mg, 545 μmol) was dissolved in TFA at ambient temperature for 1hour before it was concentrated, precipitated with hexanes, filtered,washed with hexanes, and dried in a vacuum oven to give the titlecompound (179 mg) as a white solid. MS (m/z)=394 (M+H)⁺. Calculated forC₁₉H₂₀ClNO₆ 393.10.

Example 55N-((6-Chloro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)-L-alanine

Step A: Preparation of 1,1-DimethylethylN-((6-chloro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)-L-alaninate

Ethyl6-chloro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-carboxylate(610 mg, 1811 μmol, prepared in Example 1 A-C) was dissolved in1,4-dioxane (1811 μL) and N-ethyl-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (947 μL,5434 μmol). L-Alanine t-butyl ester hydrochloride (494 mg, 2717 μmol)was added, and the reaction mixture was heated to 80° C. for 24 hours.The reaction mixture was then cooled to ambient temperature, dilutedwith 150 mL of EtOAc, added to a separatory funnel, partitioned withNaHCO₃ (saturated, aqueous), washed 2 times with 50 mL of NaHCO₃(saturated, aqueous), separated, dried over Na₂SO₄, and concentrated invacuo to give the title compound (525 mg) as an oil after flashchromatography. MS (m/z)=436 (M+H)⁺.

Step B: Preparation ofN-((6-Chloro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)-L-alanine

1,1-DimethylethylN-((6-chloro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)-L-alaninate(525 mg, 1204 μmol) was dissolved in TFA for 30 minutes before it wasconcentrated, precipitated with hexanes, washed with hexanes, and driedin a vacuum oven to give the title compound (384 mg) as a white solid.MS (m/z)=380 (M+H)⁺. Calculated for C₁₈H₁₈ClNO₆ 379.08.

Example 56N-((6-Chloro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)-D-alanine

Step A: Preparation of 1,1-DimethylethylN-((6-chloro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-2H-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)-D-alaninate

Ethyl6-chloro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-carboxylate(705 mg, 2093 μmol, prepared in Example 1 A-C) was dissolved in1,4-dioxane (2093 μL) and N-ethyl-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (1094 μL,6280 μmol). D-Alanine tert-butyl ester hydrochloride (570 mg, 3140 μmol)was added, and the reaction mixture was heated to 80° C. for 24 hours.The resulting mixture was then diluted with 150 mL of EtOAc, added to aseparatory funnel, partitioned with NaHCO₃ (saturated, aqueous), washed2 times with 75 mL of NaHCO₃ (saturated, aqueous), separated, dried overNa₂SO₄, and concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound (501 mg)after flash chromatography. MS (m/z)=436 (M+H)⁺.

Step B: Preparation ofN-((6-Chloro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)-D-alanine

1,1-DimethylethylN-((6-chloro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)-D-alaninate(501 mg, 1149 μmol) was dissolved in TFA at ambient temperature for 30minutes before it was concentrated, precipitated with hexanes, filtered,washed with hexanes, and dried in a vacuum oven to give the titlecompound (390 mg) as a white solid. MS (m/z)=380 (M+H)⁺. Calculated forC₁₈H₁₈ClNO₆ 379.08.

Example 57N-((6-Chloro-8-fluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

Step A: Preparation of Methyl 2-(4-chloro-2-fluorophenyl)acetate

2-(4-Chloro-2-fluorophenyl)acetic acid (25.0 g, 133 mmol) was dissolvedin MeOH (133 mL). Sulfuryl dichloride (9.67 mL, 133 mmol) was thenadded, and the reaction was stirred at ambient temperature for 3 hours.The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo to give the titlecompound which was used without further purification. MS (m/z)=203(M+H)⁺.

Step B: Preparation of Methyl2-(4-chloro-2-fluorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoate

A 60% NaH dispersion in mineral oil (11.7 g, 292 mmol) was added to THF(266 mL). The mixture was then cooled to 0° C. and methyl2-(4-chloro-2-fluorophenyl)acetate (26.9 g, 133 mmol) and MeI (18.2 mL,292 mmol) dissolved in ether were added dropwise via addition funnel.The reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 16 hours andthen quenched dropwise with water. The resulting mixture was acidifiedwith 3N HCl, diluted with 200 mL of EtOAc, added to a separatory funnel,partitioned with water, washed 2 times with 100 mL of water, separated,dried over Na₂SO₄, and concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound(19.23 g) after flash chromatography. MS (m/z)=231 (M+H)⁺.

Step C: Preparation of 2-(4-Chloro-2-fluorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoicacid

Methyl 2-(4-chloro-2-fluorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoate (8.11 g, 35.2mmol) was dissolved in EtOH (70.3 mL) in a vial. KOH (3.95 g, 70.3 mmol)was added, and the sealed vial was heated at 120° C. for 2 hours. Thereaction mixture was then diluted with 75 mL of diethyl ether, added toa separatory funnel, partitioned with water, washed with 75 mL of water,and separated. The aqueous layer was acidified to pH=3 with 3N HCl andextracted 2 times with 100 mL of diethyl ether. The combined organiclayers were dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo togive the title compound (6.46 g) as a light yellow solid. MS (m/z)=217(M+H)⁺.

Step D: Preparation of Diethyl2-(2-(4-chloro-2-fluorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoyl)malonate

To a mixture of diethyl malonate (5.01 mL, 33.1 mmol) and magnesium(0.805 g, 33.1 mmol), were added EtOH (11.6 mL) and CCl₄ (0.160 mL). THF(66.3 mL) was slowly added to the reaction, and the reaction was stirredat 70° C. for 1 hour. The reaction was then allowed to cool and the acidchloride formed from 2-(4-chloro-2-fluorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoic acid(6.46 g, 29.8 mmol converted to the acid chloride by reaction withthionyl chloride at 65° C. for 1 hour and then concentrated) was addeddropwise as an ether solution via addition funnel. The resultingreaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 1 hour. Thereaction mixture was then quenched with 2N HCl, diluted with 200 mL ofdiethyl ether, added to a separatory funnel, partitioned with water,washed 2 times with 75 mL of water, separated, dried over Na₂SO₄, andconcentrated in vacuo to give the title compound (10.46 g) as a yellowoil. MS (m/z)=359 (M+H)⁺.

Step E: Preparation of Ethyl6-chloro-8-fluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalene-3-carboxylate

To diethyl 2-(2-(4-chloro-2-fluorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoyl)malonate(2.20 g, 6.1 mmol), was added P₂O₅ (3.5 g, 25 mmol) in H₂SO₄ (3.3 mL) at0° C. The reaction was then allowed to warm to ambient temperature andstirred for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was poured into ice, dilutedwith 100 mL of EtOAc, added to a separatory funnel, partitioned withwater, washed 2 times with 75 mL of water, separated, dried over Na₂SO₄,and concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound (0.75 g) which wasused without further purification. MS (m/z)=313 (M+H)⁺.

Step F: Preparation of 1,1-DimethylethylN-((6-chloro-8-fluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalene-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate

Ethyl6-chloro-8-fluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalene-3-carboxylate(0.75 g, 2398 μmol) was dissolved in 1,4-dioxane (4797 μL) andN-ethyl-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (1253 μL, 7195 μmol). tert-Butyl2-aminoacetate hydrochloride (603 mg, 3597 μmol) was added, and thereaction was stirred at 80° C. for 3 hours. The reaction was thendiluted with 150 mL of EtOAc, added to a separatory funnel, partitionedwith NaHCO₃ (saturated, aqueous), washed 2 times with 75 mL of NaHCO₃(saturated, aqueous), separated, dried over Na₂SO₄, and concentrated invacuo to give the title compound (227 mg) as a white solid. MS(m/z)=420(M+Na)⁺.

Step G: Preparation ofN-((6-Chloro-8-fluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

1,1-DimethylethylN-((6-chloro-8-fluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalene-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(227 mg, 571 μmol) was dissolved in TFA (2 mL) and stirred at ambienttemperature for 30 minutes. The resulting mixture was concentrated,precipitated with hexanes, filtered, washed with hexanes, and dried in avacuum oven to give the title compound (219 mg, 112% yield) as a whitesolid. MS (m/z)=342 (M+H)⁺. Calculated for C₁₅H₁₃ClFNO₅ 341.05.

Example 58N-((6,7-Difluoro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

Step A: Preparation of4-(3,4-Difluorophenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carbonitrile

A mixture 2-(3,4-difluorophenyl)acetonitrile (25.00 g, 163 mmol) and2-bromoethyl ether (22.8 mL, 163 mmol) in ether was added dropwisethrough an addition funnel to a mixture of sodium 2-methylpropan-2-olate(39.2 g, 408 mmol) in DMF (163 mL) at 0° C. The reaction was thenallowed to warm to ambient temperature and stirred for 3 hours. Thereaction mixture was quenched with 12N HCl, diluted with 400 mL ofEtOAc, added to a separatory funnel, partitioned with NaHCO₃ (saturated,aqueous), washed 2 times with 100 mL of NaHCO₃ (saturated, aqueous),separated, dried over Na₂SO₄, and concentrated in vacuo to give thetitle compound which was used without further purification. MS (m/z)=224(M+H)⁺.

Step B: Preparation of4-(3,4-Difluorophenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carboxylic acid

4-(3,4-Difluorophenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carbonitrile (21.96 g, 98.4mmol) was suspended in H₂SO₄ (109 mL, 984 mmol) in a sealed vial andthen heated to 160° C. for 4 hours. The resulting reaction mixture wasthen cooled, diluted with 100 mL of EtOAc, added to a separation funnel,partitioned with 5N NaOH (aqueous), washed 2 times with 50 mL of 5N NaOH(aqueous), and separated. The aqueous layer was acidified to pH=3 withconcentrated HCl and extracted 3 times with 75 mL of EtOAc. The combinedorganic layers were dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered, and concentrated invacuo to give the title compound (9.52 g) as a yellow oil which was usedwithout further purification. MS (m/z)=243 (M+H)⁺.

Step C: Preparation of Diethyl2-(4-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carbonyl)malonate

To diethyl malonate (11.6 mL, 76.5 mmol) and magnesium (1.86 g, 76.5mmol), were added EtOH (26.7 mL, 459 mmol) and CCl₄ (0.369 mL). THF(76.5 mL) was slowly added to control the reaction, which was laterheated to 70° C. to consume all the magnesium. The reaction mixture wasthen cooled, and the acid chloride formed from4-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carboxylic acid (12.36 g,51.0 mmol; converted to the acid chloride by reaction with thionylchloride at 65° C. for 1 hour and then concentrated) was added dropwiseas an ether solution via addition funnel. After stirring for 30 minutesat ambient temperature, the reaction mixture was quenched with 5N HCl,diluted with 400 mL of EtOAc, added to a separatory funnel, partitionedwith water, washed 3 times with 100 mL of water, separated, dried overNa₂SO₄, and concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound (20.52 g)as a brown oil. MS (m/z)=385 (M+H)⁺.

Step D: Preparation of Ethyl6,7-difluoro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-carboxylate

P₂O₅ (4.45 g, 31.3 mmol) was added to H₂SO₄ (4.17 mL, 78.3 mmol), themixture was cooled to 0° C., and diethyl2-(4-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carbonyl)malonate (3.01g, 7.83 mmol) was added at 0° C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 4hours and then poured into ice, diluted with 200 mL of EtOAc, added to aseparatory funnel, partitioned with water, washed 2 times with 75 mL ofwater, separated, dried over Na₂SO₄, and concentrated in vacuo to givethe title compound which was used without further purification. MS(m/z)=339 (M+H)⁺.

Step E: Preparation of 1,1-DimethylethylN-((6,7-difluoro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate

Ethyl6,7-difluoro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-carboxylate(1.06 g, 3133 μmol) was dissolved in 1,4-dioxane (3133 μL) andN-ethyl-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (1637 μL, 9400 μmol). tert-Butyl2-aminoacetate hydrochloride (788 mg, 4700 μmol) was added, and thereaction was placed in a microwave at 140° C. for 10 minutes. Thereaction mixture was then diluted with 100 mL of EtOAc, added to aseparatory funnel, partitioned with NaHCO₃ (saturated, aqueous), washed2 times with 50 mL of NaHCO₃ (saturated, aqueous), separated, dried overNa₂SO₄, and concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound as a whitesolid after purification via preparatory LC. MS (m/z)=424 (M+H)⁺.

Step F: Preparation ofN-((6,7-Difluoro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

1,1-DimethylethylN-((6,7-difluoro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(152 mg, 359 μmol) was dissolved in TFA at ambient temperature for 30minutes and then concentrated, precipitated with hexanes, filtered,washed with hexanes, and dried in a vacuum oven to give the titlecompound (115 mg) as a white solid. MS (m/z)=368 (M+H)⁺. Calculated forC₁₇H₁₅F₂NO₆ 367.09.

Example 59N-((6,7-Difluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

Step A: Preparation of 2-(3,4-Difluorophenyl)-2-methylpropanenitrile

2-(3,4-Difluorophenyl)acetonitrile (25.0 g, 163 mmol) and MeI (25.4 mL,408 mmol) were dissolved in DMF (163 mL) and added dropwise to asuspension of sodium tert-butoxide (39.2 g, 408 mmol) in DMF at 0° C.The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 1 hour and thenallowed to warm to ambient temperature for 1 hour. The reaction mixturewas diluted with 400 mL of EtOAc, added to a separatory funnel,partitioned with water, washed 3 times with 200 mL of water, separated,dried over Na₂SO₄, and concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound(26.45 g) as a yellow oil.

Step B: Preparation of 2-(3,4-Difluorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoic acid

9M H₂SO₄ (176 mL) was added to2-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-2-methylpropanenitrile (19.15 g, 106 mmol). Theresulting mixture was heated at 180° C. for 2 hours and then was dilutedwith 100 mL of diethyl ether. The resulting mixture was added to aseparatory funnel, and the organic phase was separated from the aqueouslayer. The organic layer was partitioned with 5N NaOH (aqueous), andextracted 1 time with 50 mL of 5N NaOH (aqueous). The aqueous layerswere acidified to pH=2 with 3N HCl and extracted 2 times with 200 mL ofdiethyl ether, dried over Na₂SO₄, and concentrated in vacuo to give thetitle compound.

Step C: Preparation of Diethyl2-(2-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoyl)malonate

EtOH (44.5 mL) and CCl₄ (0.614 mL) were added to a mixture of diethylmalonate (19.2 mL, 127 mmol) and magnesium (3.09 g, 127 mmol) at ambienttemperature. THF (255 mL) was slowly added to control the temperature.The reaction mixture was then heated at 70° C. for 1 hour. The acidchloride formed from 2-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoic acid (17.0g, 84.9 mmol; converted to the acid chloride by reaction with thionylchloride at 65° C. for 1 hour and then concentrated) was added dropwiseas an ether solution via addition funnel to the cooling reaction mixtureabove, and the reaction was then stirred for 1 hour. The reactionmixture was diluted with 400 mL of EtOAc, added to a separatory funnel,partitioned with NaHCO₃ (saturated, aqueous), washed 2 times 150 mL ofNaHCO₃ (saturated, aqueous), separated, dried over Na₂SO₄, andconcentrated in vacuo to give the title compound (32.42 g) which wasused without further purification. MS (m/z)=343 (M+H)⁺.

Step D: Preparation ofEthyl-6,7-difluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalene-3-carboxylate

P₂O₅ (26.9 g, 189 mmol) was added to concentrated H₂SO₄ (50.5 mL) at 0°C. Diethyl 2-(2-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoyl)malonate (32.42g, 94.7 mmol) was added at 0° C., and the reaction mixture was allowedto warm to ambient temperature and stirred for 16 hours. The resultingreaction mixture was then poured into ice, diluted with 400 mL of EtOAc,added to a separatory funnel, partitioned with water, washed 3 timeswith 75 mL of water, separated, dried over Na₂SO₄, and concentrated invacuo to give the title compound as a beige yellow amorphous solid whichwas used without further purification. MS (m/z)=297 (M+H)⁺.

Step E: Preparation of 1,1-DimethylethylN-((6,7-difluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate

To a mixture of ethyl6,7-difluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalene-3-carboxylate (570mg, 1924 μmol) in 1,4-dioxane (3848 μL) andN-ethyl-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (1005 μL, 5772 μmol), was addedtert-butyl 2-aminoacetate hydrochloride (484 mg, 2886 μmol). Thereaction was then heated at 80° C. for 3 hours. The reaction mixture wasthen diluted with 100 mL of EtOAc, added to a separatory funnel,partitioned with NaHCO₃ (saturated, aqueous), washed 2 times with 50 mLof NaHCO₃ (saturated, aqueous), separated, dried over Na₂SO₄, andconcentrated in vacuo to give the title compound (312 mg) as a whitesolid after flash chromatography. MS (m/z)=404(M+Na)⁺.

Step F: Preparation ofN-((6,7-Difluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

1,1-DimethylethylN-((6,7-difluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(312 mg, 818 μmol) was dissolved in TFA (2 mL) at ambient temperatureand reacted for 30 minutes. The mixture was then concentrated,precipitated with hexanes, filtered, and dried in a vacuum oven to givethe title compound (228 mg, 85.7% yield) as a white solid. MS (m/z)=326(M+H)⁺. Calculated for C₁₅H₁₃F₂NO₅ 325.08.

Example 60N-((6′-Chloro-4′-hydroxy-2′-oxo-spiro[cyclohexane-1,1′-naphthalen]-3′-yl)carbonyl)glycine

Step A: Preparation of Diethyl2-(1-(4-chlorophenyl)-cyclohexanecarbonyl)malonate

To diethyl malonate (23.7 mL, 157 mmol) and magnesium (3.82 g, 157 mmol)were added EtOH (54.9 mL, 942 mmol) and CCl₄ (0.758 mL, 7.85 mmol). THF(157 mL) was added to control the reaction temperature. The reactionmixture was then heated at 70° C. for 1.5 hours and then cooled toambient temperature. The acid chloride formed from1-(4-chlorophenyl)cyclohexanecarboxylic acid (25.0 g, 105 mmol;converted to the acid chloride by reaction with thionyl chloride at 65°C. for 1 hour and then concentrated) was then added dropwise as an ethersolution via addition funnel. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1hour at ambient temperature and then quenched with 5N HCl, diluted with200 mL of EtOAc, added to a separatory funnel, partitioned with water,washed 2 times with 50 mL of water, separated, dried over Na₂SO₄, andconcentrated in vacuo to give the title compound (43.8 g).

Step B: Preparation of Ethyl6′-chloro-4′-hydroxy-2′-oxo-spiro[cyclohexane-1,1′-naphthalene]-3′-carboxylate

Triflic acid (40.4 mL) was added dropwise via addition funnel to diethyl2-(1-(4-chlorophenyl)cyclohexanecarbonyl)malonate (17.65 g, 46.3 mmol)at 0° C. The resulting mixture was stirred for 1 hour and then pouredinto a beaker of ice. The resulting mixture was diluted with 150 mL ofEtOAc, added to a separatory funnel, partitioned with water, washed 2times with 75 mL of NaHCO₃ (saturated, aqueous), separated, dried overNa₂SO₄, and concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound (7.24 g)which was used without further purification. MS (m/z)=335 (M+H)⁺.

Step C: Preparation of 1,1-DimethylethylN-((6′-chloro-4′-hydroxy-2′-oxo-spiro[cyclohexane-1,1′-naphthalen]-3′-yl)carbonyl)glycinate

tert-Butyl 2-aminoacetate hydrochloride (901 mg, 5376 μmol) was added toa mixture of ethyl6′-chloro-4′-hydroxy-2′-oxo-spiro[cyclohexane-1,1′-naphthalene]-3′-carboxylate(1.20 g, 3584 μmol) in 1,4-dioxane (3584 μL) andN-ethyl-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (1873 μL, 10753 μmol). The resultingmixture was heated at 80° C. for 2 hours. The resulting mixture was thendiluted with 100 mL of EtOAc, added to a separatory funnel, partitionedwith NaHCO₃ (saturated, aqueous), washed 2 times with 50 mL of NaHCO₃(saturated, aqueous), separated, dried over Na₂SO₄, and concentrated invacuo to give the title compound (185 mg) as a light yellow solid afterpurification via preparatory HPLC. MS (m/z)=364(M+H-tBu)⁺.

Step D: Preparation ofN-((6′-Chloro-4′-hydroxy-2′-oxo-spiro[cyclohexane-1,1′-naphthalen]-3′-yl)carbonyl)glycine

1,1-DimethylethylN-((6′-chloro-4′-hydroxy-2′-oxo-spiro[cyclohexane-1,1′-naphthalen]-3′-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(185 mg, 441 μmol) was dissolved in TFA (2 mL) at ambient temperaturefor 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was then concentrated, and theproduct was precipitated with hexanes, filtered, washed with ether, anddried in a vacuum oven to give the title compound (119 mg) as a whitesolid. MS (m/z)=364 (M+H)⁺. Calculated for C₁₈H₁₈ClNO₅ 363.09.

Example 61N-((6-Methyl-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

Step A: Preparation of 2-Methyl-2-p-tolylpropanenitrile

NaH (60% dispersion in oil, 14.2 g, 354 mmol) was added to THF (322 mL).The mixture was then cooled to 0° C., and an ether solution ofp-tolylacetonitrile (21.12 g, 161 mmol) and MeI (22.1 mL, 354 mmol) wasadded dropwise via addition funnel. The reaction mixture was allowed towarm to ambient temperature and stirred for 16 hours. The reactionmixture was then quenched with water, acidified with 5N HCl, dilutedwith 200 mL of diethyl ether, added to a separatory funnel, partitionedwith water, washed 2 times with 50 mL of water, separated, dried overNa₂SO₄, and concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound (17.0 g) asan amber oil. MS (m/z)=319 (M+H)⁺ (dimer).

Step B: Preparation of 2-Methyl-2-p-tolylpropanoic acid

9M H₂SO₄ (65.0 mL) was added to 2-methyl-2-p-tolylpropanenitrile (6.21g, 39.0 mmol). The reaction mixture was then heated at 180° C. in asealed tube for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to ambienttemperature, diluted with 100 mL of diethyl ether, added to a separationfunnel, washed with 5N HCl, partitioned with 5N NaOH (aqueous), washed 2times with 20 mL of 5N NaOH (aqueous), and separated before the aqueouslayer was acidified to pH=3 with 3N HCl and extracted 3 times with 75 mLof diethyl ether, dried over Na₂SO₄, and concentrated in vacuo to givethe title compound (5.27 g) as brownish yellow amorphous solid. MS(m/z)=180 (M+H)⁺.

Step C: Preparation of Diethyl 2-(2-methyl-2-p-tolylpropanoyl)malonate

To a mixture of magnesium (1.08 g, 44.3 mmol) and diethyl malonate (6.70mL, 44.3 mmol) were added EtOH (15.5 mL, 266 mmol) and CCl₄ (0.21 mL) atambient temperature. The reaction was controlled by slowly adding THF(44 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at 70° C. for 1 hour and thenallowed to cool. The acid chloride formed from2-methyl-2-p-tolylpropanoic acid (5.27 g, 29.6 mmol; converted to theacid chloride by reaction with thionyl chloride at 65° C. for 1 hour,and then concentrating) was added dropwise as an ether solution viaaddition funnel. The resulting mixture was stirred for 30 minutes atambient temperature and then quenched with 5N HCl. The mixture wasdiluted with 200 mL of diethyl ether, added to a separatory funnel,partitioned with water, washed 2 times with 75 mL of water, separated,dried over Na₂SO₄, and concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound(9.24 g) as a brown oil which was used without further purification. MS(m/z)=321 (M+H)⁺.

Step D: Preparation of Ethyl4-hydroxy-1,1,6-trimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalene-3-carboxylate

Concentrated H₂SO₄ (11.5 mL, 216 mmol) was added dropwise via additionfunnel to stirred diethyl 2-(2-methyl-2-p-tolylpropanoyl)malonate (6.92g, 21.6 mmol) at 0° C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1.5 hoursand then poured into a flask of ice, diluted with 200 mL of EtOAc, addedto a separatory funnel, partitioned with water, washed 2 times with 75mL of water, separated, dried over Na₂SO₄, and concentrated in vacuo togive the title compound (3.05 g) as a brown oil which was used withoutfurther purification. MS (m/z)=275 (M+H)⁺.

Step E: Preparation of 1,1-DimethylethylN-((6-methyl-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate

Ethyl 4-hydroxy-1,1,6-trimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalene-3-carboxylate (750 mg,2734 μmol) was dissolved in 1,4-dioxane (2734 μL) andN-ethyl-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (1429 μL, 8202 μmol). tert-Butyl2-aminoacetate hydrochloride (687 mg, 4101 μmol) was added, and thereaction was stirred at 80° C. for 1 hour. The reaction mixture wascooled to ambient temperature, diluted with 100 mL of EtOAc, added to aseparatory funnel, partitioned with NaHCO₃ (saturated, aqueous), washed2 times with 50 mL of NaHCO₃ (saturated, aqueous), separated, dried overNa₂SO₄, and concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound (266 mg) asa white solid after flash chromatography. MS (m/z)=304(M+H-tBu)⁺.

Step F: Preparation ofN-((6-Methyl-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

1,1-DimethylethylN-((6-methyl-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(255 mg, 709 μmol) was dissolved in TFA (3 mL) at ambient temperaturefor 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was then concentrated, precipitatedwith hexanes, filtered, and dried in a vacuum oven to give the titlecompound (192 mg) as a white solid. MS (m/z)=304 (M+H)⁺. Calculated forC₁₆H₁₇NO₅ 303.11.

Example 62N-((6,7-Dichloro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

Step A: Preparation of4-(3,4-Dichlorophenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carbonitrile

3,4-Dichlorophenylacetonitrile (10.00 g, 53.8 mmol) andbis(2-bromoethyl)ether (12.5 g, 53.8 mmol) were dissolved in ether andadded dropwise via addition funnel to a suspension of NaH (60%dispersion in mineral oil; 6.45 g, 161 mmol) in 1-methylpyrrolidone (108mL) at 0° C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 1 hour andwas then allowed to warm to ambient temperature. The reaction was thenquenched with water. 5N HCl was added, and the reaction mixture wasdiluted with 200 mL of diethyl ether, added to a separatory funnel,washed 2 times with 100 mL of ether, separated, dried over Na₂SO₄, andconcentrated in vacuo to give the purified title compound (7.97 g) afterflash chromatography.

Step B: Preparation of4-(3,4-Dichlorophenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carboxylic acid

9M H₂SO₄ (43.7 mL) was added to4-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carbonitrile (6.72 g, 26.2mmol) in a vial. The sealed vial was heated to 180° C. for 1 hour, andthe reaction mixture was cooled to ambient temperature, diluted with 200mL of diethyl ether, added to a separation funnel, partitioned with 5NNaOH (aqueous), washed 1 time with 75 mL of 5N NaOH (aqueous), andseparated before the aqueous layer was acidified to pH=4 with 3N HCl andextracted 3 times with 75 mL of diethyl ether, dried over Na₂SO₄, andconcentrated in vacuo to give the title compound which was used withoutfurther purification.

Step C: Preparation of Diethyl2-(4-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carbonyl)malonate

To magnesium (0.868 g, 35.7 mmol) and diethyl malonate (5.39 mL, 35.7mmol) were added EtOH (12.5 mL, 214 mmol) and CCl₄ (0.172 mL). THF (35.7mL) was slowly added to keep the temperature down and control thereaction. The reaction mixture was then heated at 70° C. for 1 hour andthen cooled to room temperature. Meanwhile, the acid chloride of4-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carboxylic acid (6.55 g,23.8 mmol) was formed by addition of thionyl chloride (20 mL) followedby heating to 65° C. for 1 hour. The mixture was cooled, concentratedand redissolved in ether (20 mL). The resulting acid chloride solutionwas added dropwise via addition funnel to the magnesium enolate asprepared above. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 hour and quenchedwith 5N HCl and then diluted with 200 mL of EtOAc, added to a separatoryfunnel, partitioned with water, washed 3 times with 75 mL of water,separated, dried over Na₂SO₄, and concentrated in vacuo to give thetitle compound (3.94 g) as an off-white after flash chromatography. MS(m/z)=417 (M+H)⁺.

Step D: Preparation of Ethyl6,7-dichloro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-carboxylate

Concentrated H₂SO₄ (4203 μL) was added to solid diethyl2-(4-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carbonyl)malonate (3.29g, 7884 μmol) at ambient temperature. The reaction was heated at 50° C.for 6 hours and then poured into a flask of ice, diluted with 150 mL ofEtOAc, added to a separatory funnel, partitioned with water, washed 2times with 50 mL of water, separated, dried over Na₂SO₄, andconcentrated in vacuo to give the purified title compound (375 mg) afterflash chromatography as a pale yellow solid. MS (m/z)=371 (M+H)⁺.

Step E: Preparation of 1,1-DimethylethylN-((6,7-dichloro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate

Ethyl6,7-dichloro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-carboxylate(550 mg, 1482 μmol) was dissolved in 1,4-dioxane (1482 μL), andN-ethyl-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (774 μL, 4445 μmol). tert-Butyl2-aminoacetate hydrochloride (373 mg, 2222 μmol) was added to thereaction, and the reaction was stirred at 80° C. for 3 hours. Thereaction mixture was diluted with 100 mL of EtOAc, added to a separatoryfunnel, partitioned with NaHCO₃ (saturated, aqueous), washed 2 timeswith 50 mL of NaHCO₃ (saturated, aqueous), separated, dried over Na₂SO₄,and concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound (350 mg) as a whitesolid after flash chromatography. MS (m/z)=456 (M+H)⁺.

Step F: Preparation ofN-((6,7-Dichloro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

1,1-DimethylethylN-((6,7-dichloro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(350 mg, 767 μmol) was dissolved in TFA (3 mL). The resulting mixturewas stirred for 1 hour and then concentrated, precipitated with hexanes,sonicated, filtered, washed with hexanes, and dried in a vacuum oven togive the title compound (268 mg, 87.3% yield) as a white solid. MS(m/z)=400 (M+H)⁺. Calculated for C₁₇H₁₅Cl₂NO₆ 399.03.

Example 63N-((4-Hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

Step A: Preparation of Diethyl 2-(2-methyl-2-phenylpropanoyl)malonate

EtOH (31.9 mL) and CCl₄ (0.441 mL) were added to magnesium (2.22 g, 91.3mmol) and diethyl malonate (13.8 mL, 91.3 mmol) at ambient temperature.THF (91.3 mL) was added slowly to control the reaction and maintain thetemperature under reflux. The reaction mixture was then heated to 70° C.for 2 hours and cooled to room temperature. Meanwhile, the acid chlorideof alpha,alpha-dimethylphenylacetic acid (10.0 g, 60.9 mmol) was formedby addition of thionyl chloride (30 mL) followed by heating to 65° C.for 1 hour. The mixture was cooled, concentrated and redissolved inether (20 mL). The resulting acid chloride solution was added dropwisevia addition funnel to the magnesium enolate as prepared above. Thereaction mixture was stirred for 1 hour and then quenched with 1N HCl,diluted with 200 mL of diethyl ether, added to a separatory funnel,partitioned with water, washed 2 times with 50 mL of water, separated,dried over Na₂SO₄, and concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound(22.11 g). MS (m/z)=307 (M+H)⁺.

Step B: Preparation of Ethyl4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalene-3-carboxylate

Concentrated H₂SO₄ (38.5 mL) was added dropwise via addition funnel todiethyl 2-(2-methyl-2-phenylpropanoyl)malonate (22.1 g, 72.1 mmol)cooled to 0° C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 2 hours at 0° C.and then poured into a flask containing ice, diluted with 400 mL ofEtOAc, added to a separatory funnel, partitioned with water, washed 2times with 100 mL of water, separated, dried over Na₂SO₄, andconcentrated in vacuo to give the title compound (10.82 g) as a whiteamorphous solid after flash chromatography. MS (m/z)=261 (M+H)⁺.

Step C: Preparation of 1,1-DimethylethylN-((4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate

Ethyl 4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalene-3-carboxylate (425 mg,1633 μmol) was dissolved in 1,4-dioxane (1633 μL) andN-ethyl-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (853 μL, 4898 μmol). tert-Butyl2-aminoacetate hydrochloride (411 mg, 2449 μmol) was added, and themixture was heated at 80° C. for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was thencooled, diluted with 100 mL of EtOAc, added to a separatory funnel,partitioned with NaHCO₃ (saturated, aqueous), washed 2 times with 50 mLof NaHCO₃ (saturated, aqueous), separated, dried over Na₂SO₄, andconcentrated in vacuo to give the title compound (279 mg) as a whitesolid after purification via preparatory LC. MS (m/z)=290(M+H-tBu)⁺.

Step D: Preparation ofN-((4-Hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

1,1-DimethylethylN-((4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate (270mg, 782 μmol) was dissolved in TFA (2 mL) at ambient temperature. Themixture was then stirred for 30 minutes. The reaction mixture wasconcentrated, suspended in hexanes, filtered, washed with hexanes, anddried in a vacuum oven to give the title compound (215 mg) as a whitesolid. MS (m/z)=290 (M+H)⁺. Calculated for C₁₅H₁₅NO₅ 289.1.

Example 64N-((6,7-Dichloro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

Step A: Preparation of Methyl 2-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)acetate

2-(3,4-Dichlorophenyl)acetic acid (25.0 g, 122 mmol) was dissolved inMeOH (122 mL) at ambient temperature. Sulfuryl dichloride (8.89 mL, 122mmol) was then added, and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours. Thereaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound asa light yellow oil which was used without further purification. MS(m/z)=219 (M+H)⁺.

Step B: Preparation of Methyl 2-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoate

To NaH (60% in mineral oil) (10.7 g, 268 mmol) in THF (244 mL), wasadded dropwise through an addition funnel a mixture of methyl2-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)acetate (26.7 g, 122 mmol) and MeI (16.7 mL, 268mmol) in ether at 0° C. The reaction mixture was warmed to ambienttemperature and stirred for 4 hours and then quenched with water andacidified with 3N HCl. The reaction mixture was diluted with 200 mL ofdiethyl ether, added to a separatory funnel, partitioned with water,washed 3 times with 50 mL of water, separated, dried over Na₂SO₄, andconcentrated in vacuo to give the title compound (22.03 g) as a brownoil after flash chromatography. MS (m/z)=247 (M+H)⁺.

Step C: Preparation of 2-(3,4-Dichlorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoic acid

To methyl 2-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoate (22.03 g, 89.1 mmol)was added THF/water (4:1) (178 mL) and lithium hydroxide hydrate (22.4g, 535 mmol). The reaction was then stirred at 50° C. for 3 days. Thereaction mixture was acidified with 3N HCl, diluted with 200 mL ofdiethyl ether, added to a separatory funnel, partitioned with water,washed 2 times with 100 mL of water, separated, dried over Na₂SO₄, andconcentrated in vacuo to give the title compound which was used withoutfurther purification. MS (m/z)=233 (M+H)⁺.

Step D: Preparation of Diethyl2-(2-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoyl)malonate

To magnesium (3.23 g, 133 mmol) and diethyl malonate (20.1 mL, 133 mmol)were added EtOH (46.4 mL) and CCl₄ (0.641 mL) at ambient temperature.THF (133 mL) was slowly added to control the reaction and keep thetemperature below reflux. After the Mg was visibly consumed, thereaction mixture was stirred at 70° C. for 2 hours and cooled to roomtemperature. Meanwhile, 2-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoylchloride (22.4 g, 89.1 mmol) was prepared by heating to 65° C. for 2hours with thionyl chloride (50 mL). The acid chloride solution wasconcentrated, dissolved in THF (20 mL) and added dropwise to themagnesium enolate as prepared above. The resulting reaction mixture wasstirred at 70° C. for 1 hour and then cooled, quenched with 3N HCl,diluted with 400 mL of diethyl ether, added to a separatory funnel,partitioned with water, washed 2 times with 100 mL of water, separated,dried over Na₂SO₄, and concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound(27.85 g) as a yellow oil after flash chromatography. MS (m/z)=375(M+H)⁺.

Step E: Preparation of Ethyl6,7-dichloro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalene-3-carboxylate

Concentrated H₂SO₄ (52.5 mL, 621 mmol) was added dropwise via anaddition funnel to diethyl2-(2-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoyl)malonate (11.66 g, 31.1mmol) cooled to 0° C. The reaction mixture was allowed to slowly warm toambient temperature and then poured into a beaker of ice, diluted with200 mL of EtOAc, added to a separatory funnel, partitioned with water,washed 2 times with 50 mL of water, separated, dried over Na₂SO₄, andconcentrated in vacuo to give the title compound (9.61 g) as a whiteamorphous solid. MS (m/z)=329 (M+H)⁺.

Step F: Preparation of 1,1-DimethylethylN-((6,7-dichloro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate

Ethyl6,7-dichloro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalene-3-carboxylate (325mg, 987 μmol) was dissolved in 1,4-dioxane (987 μL) andN-ethyl-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (516 μL, 2962 μmol). tert-Butyl2-aminoacetate hydrochloride (248 mg, 1481 μmol) was added, and thereaction was stirred at 80° C. for 4 hours. The reaction mixture wasthen diluted with 100 mL of EtOAc, added to a separatory funnel,partitioned with NaHCO₃ (saturated, aqueous), washed 2 times with 20 mLof NaHCO₃ (saturated, aqueous), separated, dried over Na₂SO₄, andconcentrated in vacuo to give the title compound (235 mg) as anoff-white solid after purification via preparatory LC. MS(m/z)=358(M+H-tBu)⁺.

Step G: Preparation ofN-((6,7-Dichloro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

To 1,1-dimethylethylN-((6,7-dichloro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(235 mg, 567 μmol) was added TFA (2 mL) at ambient temperature. Themixture was stirred for 30 minutes and then concentrated, precipitatedwith ether, filtered, washed with ether, and dried in a vacuum oven togive the title compound (95 mg) as a white solid. MS (m/z)=358 (M+H)⁺.Calculated for C₁₅H₁₃Cl₂NO₅ 357.02.

Example 65N-((6-(2-Methylphenyl)-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

Step A: Preparation of 1,1-DimethylethylN-((6-(2-methylphenyl)-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate

To 1,1-dimethylethylN-((6-chloro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(250 mg, 658 μmol, Example 40A-D) and o-tolylboronic acid (134 mg, 987μmol), were added 1,4-dioxane (3291 μL), and K₂CO₃ in water (987 μL,1975 mmol). The reaction was flushed with nitrogen for 10 minutes. Next,Pd₂(dba)₃ (60.3 mg, 65.8 μmol) and X-Phos (62.8 mg, 132 μmol) wereadded, and the reaction was heated at 110° C. for 4 hours. The reactionmixture was then diluted with 100 mL of EtOAc, added to a separatoryfunnel, partitioned with NaHCO₃ (saturated, aqueous), washed 2 timeswith 50 mL of NaHCO₃ (saturated, aqueous), separated, dried over Na₂SO₄,and concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound (160 mg) as ayellow oil. MS (m/z)=380(M+H-tBu)⁺.

Step B: Preparation ofN-((6-(2-Methylphenyl)-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

1,1-DimethylethylN-((6-(2-methylphenyl)-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(160 mg, 367 μmol) was dissolved in TFA (2 mL) at ambient temperature.The reaction was stirred for 30 minutes and then concentrated,precipitated with hexanes, filtered, washed with hexanes, and dried in avacuum oven to give the title compound (57 mg) as a light yellow solid.MS (m/z)=380 (M+H)⁺. Calculated for C₂₂H₂₁NO₅ 379.14.

Example 66N-((6-Chloro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)-L-alanine

Step A: Preparation of 1,1-DimethylethylN-((6-chloro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)-L-alaninate

To ethyl 6-chloro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalene-3-carboxylate(2.44 g, 8.28 mmol, see Example 2) and L-alanine t-butyl esterhydrochloride (2.26 g, 12.4 mmol), were added 1,4-dioxane (5.52 mL) andN-ethyl-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (4.33 mL, 24.8 mmol). The reactionmixture was then heated in a microwave at 140° C. for 10 minutes. Thereaction mixture was diluted with 150 mL of EtOAc, added to a separatoryfunnel, partitioned with NaHCO₃ (saturated, aqueous), washed 3 timeswith 50 mL of NaHCO₃ (saturated, aqueous), separated, dried over Na₂SO₄,and concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound (0.815 g) as alight yellow amorphous solid after flash chromatography. MS(m/z)=338(M+H-tBu)⁺.

Step B: Preparation ofN-((6-Chloro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)-L-alanine

To 1,1-dimethylethylN-((6-chloro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)-L-alaninate(320 mg, 812 μmol) was added TFA (2 mL) at ambient temperature. Themixture was stirred for 30 minutes and was then concentrated,precipitated with hexanes, filtered, washed, and dried in a vacuum ovento give the title compound (220 mg) as a white solid. MS (m/z)=338(M+H)⁺. Calculated for C₁₆H₁₆ClNO₅ 337.07.

Example 67N-((4′-Hydroxy-2′-oxo-6′-phenyl-spiro[cyclopentane-1,1′-naphthalen]-3′-yl)carbonyl)glycine

Step A: Preparation of 1,1-DimethylethylN-((4′-hydroxy-2′-oxo-6′-phenyl-spiro[cyclopentane-1,1′-naphthalen]-3′-yl)carbonyl)glycinate

To 1,1-dimethylethylN-((4′-hydroxy-2′-oxo-6′-chloro-spiro[cyclopentane-1,1′-naphthalen]-3′-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(250 mg, 616 μmol, Example 25A-B) and phenylboronic acid (113 mg, 924μmol) were added 1,4-dioxane (3080 μL) and K₂CO₃ in water (924 μL, 1848μmol). The reaction was then flushed with nitrogen for 10 minutes.Pd₂(dba)₃ (56.4 mg, 61.6 μmol) and X-Phos (58.7 mg, 123 μmol) were thenadded, and the reaction mixture was stirred at 110° C. for 6 hours. Thereaction mixture was diluted with 75 mL of EtOAc, added to a separatoryfunnel, partitioned with NaHCO₃ (saturated, aqueous), washed 2 timeswith 50 mL of NaHCO₃ (saturated, aqueous), separated, dried over Na₂SO₄,and concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound (115 mg) as an oilafter preparatory LC. MS (m/z)=392(M+H-tBu)⁺.

Step B: Preparation ofN-((4′-Hydroxy-2′-oxo-6′-phenyl-spiro[cyclopentane-1,1′-naphthalen]-3′-yl)carbonyl)glycine

1,1-DimethylethylN-((4′-hydroxy-2′-oxo-6′-phenyl-spiro[cyclopentane-1,1′-naphthalen]-3′-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(115 mg, 257 μmol) was dissolved in TFA (2 mL) at ambient temperature.The reaction was stirred for 30 minutes and was then concentrated togive an oil, dissolved in ether, concentrated again to give an amorphoussolid, precipitated with ether, filtered, washed with ether, and driedin a vacuum oven to give the title compound (21 mg) as a white solid. MS(m/z)=392 (M+H)⁺. Calculated for the C₂₃H₂₁NO₅ 391.14.

Example 68N-((6-Phenyl-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

Step A: Preparation of 1,1-DimethylethylN-((6-phenyl-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate

To 1,1-dimethylethylN-((6-bromo-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(250 mg, 658 μmol, Example 40A-D), phenylboronic acid (120 mg, 987μmol), Pd₂(dba)₃ (60.3 mg, 65.8 μmol), and X-Phos (62.8 mg, 132 μmol),were added dioxane (3291 μL) and K₂CO₃ in water (987 μL, 1975 μmol). Thereaction was then heated at 110° C. for 6 hours. The resulting reactionmixture was cooled to ambient temperature, diluted with 100 mL of EtOAc,added to a separatory funnel, partitioned with NaHCO₃ (saturated,aqueous), washed 2 times with 50 mL of NaHCO₃ (saturated, aqueous),separated, dried over Na₂SO₄, and concentrated in vacuo to give thetitle compound (190 mg) as an amber amorphous solid after purificationvia prep-LC. MS (m/z)=444(M+Na)⁺.

Step B: Preparation ofN-((6-Phenyl-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

1,1-DimethylethylN-((6-phenyl-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(190 mg, 451 μmol) was dissolved in TFA (2 mL) at ambient temperature.The resulting mixture was then stirred for 30 minutes. The reactionmixture was concentrated, precipitated with ether, filtered, washed withether, and dried in a vacuum oven to give the title compound (57 mg) asa white solid. MS (m/z)=366 (M+H)⁺. Calculated for C₂₁H₁₉NO₅ 365.13.

Example 69N-((4-Hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-N-benzyl-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-piperidine]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

Step A: Preparation of Ethyl1-benzyl-4-(2-(2-(triethylsilyl)ethynyl)-phenyl)piperidine-4-carboxylate

At 0° C., n-BuLi (1.6N, 2 mL, 3.2 mmol, 1.6 eq.) was syringed into asolution of HNCy2 (615 mg, 3.4 mmol, 1.7 eq.) in toluene (6 mL) in aN₂-filled 40 mL vial equipped with a stirbar, an open-top cap and anI-Chem septum. The solution was warmed to room temperature, and ethyl1-benzylpiperidine carboxylate (840 mg, 3.4 mmol, 1.7 eq.) was thensyringed into the mixture.

[PdBrP(t-Bu)₃]₂ (15 mg, 0.02 mmol, 1%) was weighed into a separate 20 mLvial containing a stir bar. The vial was then capped with an 1-Chemseptum cap, and evacuated/refilled with N₂ (repeated twice). With N₂needled into the vial, toluene (4 mL) was syringed in, followed by(2-(2-bromo-phenyl)ethynyl)triethylsilane (590 mg, 2.0 mmol). The needlewas then removed from the vial, and the vial was heated at 100° C. for 2minutes with stirring. The vial was allowed to cool for about 1 minute.The whole solution was then pulled into a 10 mL syringe before itcompletely cooled. The solution was then syringed into the above vialcontaining the lithium/anion with N₂ needled in. The needle was removed.The whole solution was heated at 100° C. and monitored using GC. No(2-(2-bromo-phenyl)ethynyl)triethylsilane remained after 20 minutes. Thereaction was cooled to room temperature and filtered through a silicagel plug, eluted with EtOAc (30 mL). The resulting solution wasconcentrated, absorbed on silica gel and purified by silica flashchromatography (10-30% EtOAc/hexanes) to afford the title compound as apale-yellow oil (533 mg). MS m/e=462 (M+H)⁺.

Step B: Preparation of Ethyl1-benzyl-4-(2-ethynylphenyl)piperidine-4-carboxylate

To a solution ofethyl-1-benzyl-4-(2-(2-(triethylsilyl)ethynyl)phenyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylate(0.50 g, 1.1 mmol) and MeOH (10 mL), was added potassium t-butoxide(0.15 g, 1.3 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at 40° C. for 15hours. The reaction mixture was then concentrated in vacuo and loaded ona silica gel column and purified by Isco HPLC (0-50% EtOAc/hexane) togive the title compound as a viscous light yellow oil (0.22 g). MSm/e=348 (M+H)⁺.

Step C: Preparation of Ethyl1-benzyl-4-(2-(3-ethoxy-3-oxoprop-1-ynyl)phenyl)piperidine-4-carboxylate

n-Butyllithium (0.76 mL, 1.9 mmol) was added to a stirred solution ofdiisopropylamine (0.28 mL, 2.0 mmol) in THF (20 mL, 244 mmol) at −78° C.The reaction mixture was then allowed to warm to ambient temperature for5 minutes before it was cooled down to −78° C. Ethyl1-benzyl-4-(2-ethynylphenyl)piperidine-4-carboxylate (0.22 g, 0.63 mmol)was then added dropwise as a solution in THF (20 mL, 244 mmol). After 15minutes, ethyl chloroformate (0.19 mL, 2.0 mmol) in 5 mL of THF wasadded to the reaction. The resulting solution was allowed to warm toambient temperature and then stirred for 30 minutes. MeOH (3 mL) wasadded, and the resulting mixture was concentrated in vacuo to give abright-yellow oil. The residue was dissolved in DCM and purified by IscoHPLC (0-80% EtOAc/hexane) to give the title compound as a yellow oil(0.15 g). MS m/e=420 (M+H)⁺.

Step D: Preparation of Ethyl4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-N-benzyl-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-piperidine]-3-carboxylate

A solution of benzaldehyde oxime (0.05 g, 0.4 mmol) in dry DMF (5 mL, 65mmol) was added to a stirred suspension of NaH (0.032 g, 0.4 mmol) indry 1,4-dioxane (5 mL, 58 mmol) under a N₂ atmosphere at roomtemperature. After 0.5 hours, a solution of the ethyl1-benzyl-4-(2-(3-ethoxy-3-oxoprop-1-ynyl)phenyl)piperidine-4-carboxylate(0.15 g, 0.4 mmol) in dry DMF (5 mL, 65 mmol) was added, and thesolution was stirred for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was concentratedin vacuo. The resulting residue was treated with water (0.5 mL). Thecrude product was purified by Isco HPLC (0-75% EtOAc/hexane then 10%MeOH/DCM) to afford the title compound as a white solid (0.035 g, 25%).MS m/e=392 (M+H)⁺.

Step E: Preparation of 1,1-DimethylethylN-((4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-N-benzyl-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-piperidine]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate

DIPEA (0.1 mL, 766 μmol) was added to a stirred mixture of ethyl4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-N-benzyl-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-piperidine]-3-carboxylate(30 mg, 77 mmol) and glycine tert-butyl ester hydrochloride (64 mg, 383μmol) in 1,4-dioxane (3 mL). The reaction mixture was then stirred at100° C. for 0.5 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo,and the residue was purified by Isco HPLC (0-50% EtOAc/hexane) to givethe title compound as a light-yellow oil (30 mg, 82%). MS m/e=477(M+H)⁺.

Step F: Preparation ofN-((4-Hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-N-benzyl-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-piperidine]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

A solution of 1,1-dimethylethylN-((4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-N-benzyl-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-piperidine]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(30 mg, 63 μmol) and TFA (3 mL) was stirred at room temperature. After0.5 hours, the reaction was concentrated in vacuo. DCM was added, andthe solution was concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound as anoff-white solid (33 mg, 100%). MS m/e=421 (M+H)⁺. Calculated forC₂₄H₂₄N₂O₅ 420.46.

Example 70N-((4-Hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-piperidine]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

A solution ofN-((4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-N-benzyl-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-piperidine]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine(8.0 mg, 15 μmol, See Example 69) and MeOH (2 mL) was hydrogenated over10% Pd/C (0.02 mg, 0.2 μmol) at room temperature and 1 atm. After 3hours, the reaction mixture was filtered and concentrated in vacuo togive the title compound as a white solid (4.3 mg). MS m/e=331 (M+H)⁺.Calculated for C₁₇H₁₈N₂O₅ 330.34.

Example 71N-((6-Chloro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-N-benzyl-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-piperidine]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

Step A: Preparation of 2-Bromo-5-chlorobenzenamine

A solution of 1-bromo-4-chloro-2-nitrobenzene (13.92 g, 58.87 mmol) inMeOH (300 mL) was treated with water (50 mL), ammonium chloride (22.99g, 429.8 mmol), and iron powder (325 mesh, 16.44 g, 294.4 mmol). Thesuspension was stirred at 23° C. After 18 hours, the suspension wasfiltered through celite. The filter cake was washed with MeOH (500 mL).The combined filtrate/washings were concentrated, partitioned inEtOAc/water (500 mL/200 mL), and the organic layer was separated. Theaqueous layer was washed with EtOAc (2×200 mL). The organic layers werecombined, washed with brine (200 mL), dried (MgSO₄), and concentrated invacuo affording 11.51 g of 2-bromo-5-chlorobenzenamine.

Step B: Preparation of 1-Bromo-4-chloro-2-iodobenzene

A suspension of 2-bromo-5-chlorobenzenamine (11.348 g, 54.963 mmol) inconcentrated HCl (100 mL) was cooled to 0° C. and treated dropwise over20 minutes (using an addition funnel) with a solution of sodium nitrite(4.5506 g, 65.955 mmol) in water (20 mL). The reaction was stirred at 0°C. for 75 minutes. A solution of potassium iodide (27.372 g, 164.89mmol) in water (50 mL) was added, and the reaction was stirred at 23° C.After 1 hour, the reaction was heated to 70° C. After 18 hours, thereaction was diluted with EtOAc (500 mL) and washed with water (300 mL),2N NaOH solution (300 mL), saturated sodium thiosulfate solution (300mL) and brine (250 mL), dried over MgSO₄, concentrated in vacuo, andpurified by silica gel chromatography (eluant: hexane) affording 11.11 gof 1-bromo-4-chloro-2-iodobenzene.

Step C: Preparation of 3,3,3-Triethoxyprop-1-yne

A solution of trimethylsilylacetylene (29.4 mL, 20.8 mmol) in diethylether (100 mL, anhydrous) was cooled to 0° C. in an oven-dried roundbottomed flask under nitrogen. The solution was treated dropwise withbutyllithium (2.5M solution in hexanes (83.2 mL, 208.0 mmol)). After 1hour, the reaction mixture was cooled to −78° C.

A solution of tetraethyl orthocarbonate (21.8 mL, 104.0 mmol) in diethylether (50 mL) was added to a separate oven-dried round bottomed flaskand cooled to 0° C. under nitrogen. A solution of boron trifluoridediethyletherate (17.6 mL, 140.4 mmol) in diethyl ether (25 mL) was addedto the tetraethyl orthocarbonate mixture in a dropwise fashion over 20minutes (via an addition funnel). The white mixture was stirred at 0° C.for 5 minutes, and then cooled to −78° C., followed by the addition ofthe TMS-acetylide solution via cannula.

After 1 hour, the reaction was removed from the dry ice-acetone bath andstirred at 23° C. for 15 minutes. The reaction was then quenched withsaturated aqueous K₂CO₃ solution (300 mL) and extracted with diethylether (2×300 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over MgSO₄, andconcentrated in vacuo affordingtrimethyl(3,3,3-triethoxyprop-1-ynyl)silane.

A solution of trimethyl(3,3,3-triethoxyprop-1-ynyl)silane (25 g, 102mmol) in MeOH (400 mL) was treated with K₂CO₃ (14 g, 102 mmol). Thereaction was stirred at 23° C. After 15 hours, the reaction was dilutedwith pentane (500 mL). The pentane layer was separated, and the MeOHlayer was extracted with pentane (2×250 mL). The combined pentane layerswere washed with water (200 mL), dried over MgSO₄, and concentrated (at220 torr on rotary evaporator). The crude product was filtered through asilica gel plug using 10% diethyl ether/pentane as the eluant. Thefiltrate was then concentrated (at 220 torr on rotary evaporator)affording 13.25 g of 3,3,3-triethoxyprop-1-yne.

Step D: Preparation of1-Bromo-4-chloro-2-(3,3,3-triethoxyprop-1-ynyl)benzene

A suspension of 1-bromo-4-chloro-2-iodobenzene (2.5 g, 7.9 mmol),3,3,3-triethoxyprop-1-yne (2.4 g, 13.9 mmol), copper(I) iodide, (455 mg,2.3 mmol), and trans-dichlorobis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(II) (559mg, 0.79 mmol) was treated with ACN (30 mL). The reaction was capped,evacuated under vacuum, backfilled with argon, and treated with TEA (9.9mL, 71.6 mmol). The reaction was stirred at 23° C. After 2 hours, thereaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo to remove all solvents,diluted with EtOAc (250 mL) and washed with brine (150 mL), dried overMgSO₄, concentrated in vacuo and purified by silica gel chromatography(eluant: 4% EtOAc/hexane+1% TEA), affording 2.6 g of1-bromo-4-chloro-2-(3,3,3-triethoxyprop-1-ynyl)benzene.

Step E: Preparation of Ethyl1-benzyl-4-(4-chloro-2-(3,3,3-triethoxyprop-1-ynyl)phenyl)piperidine-4-carboxylate

In a glovebox, ethyl 1-benzylpiperidine-4-carboxylate (2.0 g, 8.1 mmol),LiNCy2 (1.55 g, 8.3 mmol), and toluene (10 mL) were loaded sequentiallyinto a 40 mL vial. In a separate vial, Pd(OAc)₂ (22 mg, 0.1 mmol),P(t-Bu)₃ (44 mg, 0.22 mmol),1-bromo-4-chloro-2-(3,3,3-triethoxyprop-1-ynyl)benzene (1.5 g, 4.1mmol), and toluene (10 mL) were loaded sequentially and were then heatedat 100° C. for 1 minute. The enolate solution in vial 1 was then addedto the reaction mixture in vial 2 via a syringe. The combined mixturewas heated at 100° C. for 40 minutes. The reaction mixture was cooled to23° C. and passed through a short plug of silica gel eluting with EtOAc(20 mL). The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo and purified by silicagel chromatography (eluant: 5-20% EtOAc/hexane+2% TEA), affording 833 mgof ethyl1-benzyl-4-(4-chloro-2-(3,3,3-triethoxyprop-1-ynyl)phenyl)piperidine-4-carboxylate.

Step F: Preparation of Ethyl1-benzyl-4-(4-chloro-2-(3-ethoxy-3-oxoprop-1-ynyl)phenyl)piperidine-4-carboxylate

A solution of ethyl1-benzyl-4-(4-chloro-2-(3,3,3-triethoxyprop-1-ynyl)phenyl)piperidine-4-carboxylate(820 mg, 1.5 mmol) and p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate (443 mg, 2.3mmol) in EtOH (25 mL) and water (5 mL) was stirred at 23° C. After 30minutes, the solvents were removed in vacuo, and the residue was dilutedwith EtOAc (200 mL) and washed with 10% HCl solution (100 mL), saturatedNaHCO₃ solution (100 mL) and brine (100 mL), dried over MgSO₄, andconcentrated in vacuo affording 620 mg of ethyl1-benzyl-4-(4-chloro-2-(3-ethoxy-3-oxoprop-1-ynyl)phenyl)piperidine-4-carboxylate.MS m/e=454.1 (M+H)⁺.

Step G: Preparation of 1,1-DimethylethylN-((6-chloro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1′-(phenylmethyl)-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-piperidin]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate

A suspension of NaH (60% dispersion in mineral oil (36 mg, 895 μmol)) indioxane (5 mL) in an oven-dried round-bottomed flask was treated with asolution of (E)-benzaldehyde oxime (108 mg, 895 μmol) in DMF (4 mL) in adropwise fashion. The reaction was stirred at 23° C. under nitrogen.After 30 minutes, the reaction was cooled to 0° C., and was then treatedwith a solution of ethyl1-benzyl-4-(4-chloro-2-(3-ethoxy-3-oxoprop-1-ynyl)phenyl)piperidine-4-carboxylate(325 mg, 716 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) which was added in a dropwise fashionover 10 minutes. After 1 hour, the solution was diluted with EtOAc (150mL) and washed with a saturated NaHCO₃ solution (100 mL), water (100 mL)and brine (100 mL), dried over MgSO₄, concentrated in vacuo, andpurified by silica gel chromatography (eluant: 2-10% MeOH/DCM),affording the cyclized product, a solution of which (160 mg, 376 μmol)in 1,4-dioxane (7 mL) was treated with glycine tert-butyl esterhydrochloride (94.5 mg, 564 μmol) and DIPEA (131 μL, 751 μmol). Thereaction was heated to 120° C. After 19 hours, the reaction was cooledto 23° C., diluted with EtOAc (50 mL) and washed with a saturated NaHCO₃solution (50 mL) and brine (50 mL), dried over MgSO₄, concentrated invacuo and purified by silica gel chromatography (eluant: 0-5%MeOH/EtOAc+1% TEA), affording 120 mg (62%, 2 steps) of 1,1-dimethylethylN-((6-chloro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1′-(phenylmethyl)-4H-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-piperidin]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate.MS m/e=512.2 (M+H)⁺.

Step H: Preparation ofN-((6-Chloro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1′-(phenylmethyl)-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-piperidin]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

A solution of 1,1-dimethylethylN-((6-chloro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1′-(phenylmethyl)-4H-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-piperidin]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(117 mg, 229 μmol) in TFA (1701 μL, 22896 μmol) was stirred at 23° C.After 25 minutes, the reaction was concentrated and the product wasprecipitated by addition of water (20 mL). The solid was collected byfiltration, and the residue was washed with water (10 mL) and diethylether (5 mL), and dried under vacuum, affording 100 mg (77%) ofN-((6-chloro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1′-(phenylmethyl)-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-piperidin]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycineas the trifluoroacetate salt. MS m/e=455.2 (M+H)⁺. Calculated forC₂₆H₂₄ClF₃N₂O₇ 454.13.

Example 72N-((6′-Chloro-4′-hydroxy-2′-oxo-4,5-dihydro-spiro[furan-2,1′-naphthalen]-3′-yl)carbonyl)glycine

Step A: Preparation of Methyl tetrahydrofuran-2-carboxylate

To a mixture of methyl tetrahydrofuran-2-carboxylic acid (11.6 g, 100mmol), MeOH (20 mL), and toluene (30 mL) was slowly added concentratedH₂SO₄ (6 g). The resulting biphasic mixture was heated in a sealedpressure vessel for 1 hour at 95° C. The reaction was then cooled to 0°C. and 7N NH₃ in MeOH was added until the pH reached between 7 and 9.Na₂SO₄ was then added, and the reaction was passed through short plug ofsilica gel, eluting with DCM. The resulting mixture was distilled at 64°C. under vacuum to afford the product as a clear liquid.

Step B: Preparation of((Dihydrofuran-2(3H)-ylidene)(methoxy)-methoxy)trimethylsilane

To a suspension of LDA (2.6 g, 24.3 mmol) in THF (30 mL) at −78° C. wasslowly added methyl tetrahydrofuran-2-carboxylate (3.0 g, 23.0 mmol).The resulting mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 20 minutes, and TMSchloride (2.6 g, 24.3 mmol) was slowly added. The reaction was stirredfor 1 hour at −78° C. and then warmed to room temperature for 2 hours.The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, avoidingcontact with water. Hexanes (20 mL) was then added, and the mixture waspassed through a short plug of celite, eluting with hexanes (10 mL). Thesolution was then concentrated, affording the crude product in goodpurity.

Step C: Preparation of 2-Bromo-5-chlorobenzenamine

A solution of 1-bromo-4-chloro-2-nitrobenzene (13.92 g, 58.87 mmol) inMeOH (300 mL) was treated with water (50 mL), ammonium chloride (22.99g, 429.8 mmol) and iron powder (325 mesh, 16.44 g, 294.4 mmol). Thesuspension was stirred at 23° C. After 18 hours, the suspension wasfiltered through celite. The filter cake was washed with MeOH (500 mL).The combined filtrate/washings were concentrated, partitioned inEtOAc/water (500 mL/200 mL), and the organic layer was separated. Theaqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2×200 mL). The organic layerswere combined, washed with brine (200 mL), dried (MgSO₄), andconcentrated in vacuo affording 11.51 g of 2-bromo-5-chlorobenzenamine.

Step D: Preparation of 1-Bromo-4-chloro-2-iodobenzene

A suspension of 2-bromo-5-chlorobenzenamine (11.348 g, 54.963 mmol) inconcentrated HCl (100 mL) was cooled to 0° C. and treated dropwise(using an addition funnel) over 20 minutes with a solution of sodiumnitrite (4.5506 g, 65.955 mmol) in water (20 mL). The reaction wasstirred at 0° C. for 75 minutes. A solution of potassium iodide (27.372g, 164.89 mmol) in water (50 mL) was added, and the reaction was stirredat 23° C. After 1 hour, the reaction was heated to 70° C. After 18hours, the reaction was diluted with EtOAc (500 mL) and washed withwater (300 mL), a 2N NaOH solution (300 mL), saturated sodiumthiosulfate solution (300 mL) and brine (250 mL), dried over MgSO₄,concentrated in vacuo, and purified by silica gel chromatography(eluant: hexane), affording 11.11 g of 1-bromo-4-chloro-2-iodobenzene.

Step E: Preparation of 3,3,3-Triethoxyprop-1-yne

A solution of trimethylsilylacetylene (29.4 mL, 20.8 mmol) in diethylether (100 mL, anhydrous) was cooled to 0° C. in an oven-dried roundbottomed flask under nitrogen. The solution was treated dropwise withbutyllithium (2.5M solution in hexanes (83.2 mL, 208.0 mmol)). After 1hour, the reaction mixture was cooled to −78° C.

A solution of tetraethyl orthocarbonate (21.8 mL, 104.0 mmol) in diethylether (50 mL) in a separate oven-dried round bottomed flask was cooledto 0° C. under nitrogen. The solution was then treated dropwise over 20minutes with a solution of boron trifluoride diethyletherate (17.6 mL,140.4 mmol) in diethyl ether (25 mL). The white mixture was stirred at0° C. for 5 minutes, and then cooled to −78° C., followed by theaddition of the TMS-acetylide solution via cannula.

After 1 hour, the reaction was removed from the dry ice-acetone bath andstirred at 23° C. for 15 minutes. The reaction was then quenched withsaturated aqueous K₂CO₃ solution (300 mL) and extracted with diethylether (2×300 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over MgSO₄ andconcentrated in vacuo affordingtrimethyl(3,3,3-triethoxyprop-1-ynyl)silane.

A solution of trimethyl(3,3,3-triethoxyprop-1-ynyl)silane (25 g, 102mmol) in MeOH (400 mL), was treated with K₂CO₃ (14 g, 102 mmol). Thereaction was stirred at 23° C. After 15 hours, the reaction was dilutedwith pentane (500 mL). The pentane layer was separated, and the MeOHlayer was extracted with pentane (2×250 mL). The combined pentane layerswere washed with water (200 mL), dried over MgSO₄, and concentrated (at220 torr on rotary evaporator). The crude product was filtered through asilica gel plug using 10% diethyl ether/pentane as the eluant andconcentrated (at 220 torr on rotary evaporator) affording 13.25 g of3,3,3-triethoxyprop-1-yne.

Step F: Preparation of Ethyl 3-(2-bromo-5-chlorophenyl)propiolate

A suspension of 1-bromo-4-chloro-2-iodobenzene (5.4 g, 17.0 mmol),3,3,3-triethoxyprop-1-yne (4.4 g, 25.6 mmol), copper(I) iodide (976 mg,5.1 mmol), and trans-dichlorobis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(II) (1.19g, 1.7 mmol) in ACN (60 mL) was degassed and backfilled with argon. Theresulting mixture was treated with TEA (22.0 mL, 157.9 mmol). Thereaction flask was capped with a septum and stirred at 23° C. After 90minutes, the reaction was diluted with EtOAc (300 mL) and washed withwater (150 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (300 mL). Thecombined organic layers were washed with brine (100 mL), dried overMgSO₄, concentrated in vacuo, dissolved in EtOH (50 mL) and water (5 mL)and then treated with p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate (5 mg). Afterstirring at 23° C. for 60 minutes, the solution was concentrated,dissolved in diethyl ether (300 mL) and washed with saturated NaHCO₃solution (100 mL), water (100 mL) and brine (100 mL), dried over MgSO₄,and concentrated in vacuo affording 2.7 g of ethyl3-(2-bromo-5-chlorophenyl)propiolate.

Step G: Preparation of Methyl2-(4-chloro-2-(3-ethoxy-3-oxoprop-1-ynyl)phenyl)-tetrahydrofuran-2-carboxylate

Ethyl 3-(2-bromo-5-chlorophenyl)propiolate (1.2 g, 4.16 mmol),PdBr(Pt-Bu₃) dimer (32 mg, 0.04 mmol), and DMF (5 mL) were loaded into avial in a glove box, and the resulting mixture was stirred at 80° C. for4-5 minutes. This mixture was then transferred via syringe into aseparate vial containing ZnCl₂ hydrate (0.84 g),((dihydrofuran-2(3H)-ylidene)(methoxy)methoxy)trimethylsilane (1.26 g,6.2 mmol), and DMF (5 mL). The combined mixture was then heated at 80°C. for 40 minutes, at which time more of the Pd catalyst and((dihydrofuran-2(3H)-ylidene)(methoxy)methoxy) trimethylsilane wereadded as necessary. Upon completion, the reaction mixture was cooled toroom temperature and filtered through a silica gel plug, eluting withEtOAc (˜30 mL). The combined solution was concentrated in vacuo.Purification by silica flash chromatography (5-10% EtOAc/hexanes) gavethe desired phenyl carboxylate as a brown liquid.

Step H: Preparation of Ethyl6′-chloro-4′-hydroxy-2′-oxo-4,5-dihydro-spiro[furan-2,1′-naphthalen]-3′-carboxylate

To a suspension of NaH (74 mg, 1856 μmol) in 1,4-dioxane (11 mL, 1485μmol) in a flame-dried flask was added dropwise (E)-benzaldehyde oxime(0.14 mL, 1856 μmol) in DMF (9.1 mL, 1485 μmol). The reaction wasstirred for 30 minutes under argon and then cooled to −20° C. Thereaction mixture was next treated dropwise with methyl2-(4-chloro-2-(3-ethoxy-3-oxoprop-1-ynyl)phenyl)-tetrahydrofuran-2-carboxylate(500 mg, 1485 μmol) in DMF (9.109 mL, 1485 μmol). The reaction wasmaintained at −20° C. Upon completion of the reaction, EtOAc was addedand the reaction was washed with 1M aqueous HCl, H₂O, and brine.

Purification by silica flash chromatography (0.5-3% MeOH/DCM) gave thedesired ester. 1N aqueous NaOH was added to the pooled fractions, andthe aqueous layer was acidified with concentrated HCl and extracted withEtOAc. The organic layer was then dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered, andconcentrated in vacuo to provide the pure ester as a white solid. MSm/e=323.2 (M+H)⁺.

Step I: Preparation of 1,1-DimethylethylN-((6′-chloro-4′-hydroxy-2′-oxo-4,5-dihydro-spiro[furan-2,1′-naphthalen]-3′-yl)carbonyl)glycinate

A mixture of tert-butyl 2-aminoacetate hydrochloride (399 mg, 2380 μmol)and ethyl6′-chloro-4′-hydroxy-2′-oxo-4,5-dihydro-spiro[furan-2,1′-naphthalen]-3′-carboxylate(256 mg, 793 μmol) in 1,4-dioxane (7932 μL, 793 μmol), was treated withDIPEA (829 μL, 4759 μmol) and warmed to 80° C. After 2 hours, thereaction was cooled to room temperature, diluted with EtOAc, washed withH₂O (2×) and brine, dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered, and concentrated invacuo to provide the glycine ester as a white solid. MS m/e=430.8(M+Na)⁺.

Step J: Preparation ofN-((6′-Chloro-4′-hydroxy-2′-oxo-4,5-dihydro-spiro[furan-2,1′-naphthalen]-3′-yl)carbonyl)glycine

1,1-DimethylethylN-((6′-chloro-4′-hydroxy-2′-oxo-4,5-dihydro-spiro[furan-2,1′-naphthalen]-3′-yl)carbonyl)glycinate (323 mg, 793 μmol) was mixed with TFA (7930 μL, 793 μmol) andstirred for 30 minutes. The product was co-evaporated with DCM (5×) togive the title compound. MS m/e=352.0 (M+H)⁺. Calculated for C₁₆H₁₄ClNO₆351.05.

Examples 73 and 74N-(((2S)-6′-Chloro-4′-hydroxy-2′-oxo-4,5-dihydro-spiro[furan-2,1′-naphthalen]-3′-yl)carbonyl)glycineandN-(((2R)-6′-Chloro-4′-hydroxy-2′-oxo-4,5-dihydro-spiro[furan-2,1′-naphthalen]-3′-yl)carbonyl)glycine

The title compounds were obtained by chiral separation ofN-((6′-chloro-4′-hydroxy-2′-oxo-4,5-dihydro-spiro[furan-2,1′-naphthalen]-3′-yl)carbonyl)glycine(Example 72) into its two enantiomers using chiral HPLC. MS m/e=352.0(M+H)⁺. Calculated for C₁₆H₁₄ClNO₆ 351.05.

Example 75N-((6-Chloro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-5′,6′-dihydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,3′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

Step A: Preparation of 1-Chloro-3-(chloromethoxy)propane

Paraformaldehyde (18 g, 598 mmol) in DCM (239 mL, 598 mmol) was cooledto −10° C., and HCl gas (22 g, 598 mmol) was bubbled through thereaction until the solution became clear. 3-Chloropropan-1-ol (50 mL,598 mmol) was then added dropwise, the HCl gas was discontinued, and thereaction was stirred for 10 minutes. The reaction was poured into asuspension of anhydrous K₂CO₃ in DCM (893 mL, 598 mmol) and stirreduntil bubbling ceased. The reaction was filtered and concentrated invacuo to give the desired product as a clear liquid.

Step B: Preparation of3-(4-Chlorophenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3-carbonitrile

A mixture of 2-(4-chlorophenyl)acetonitrile (73 g, 483 mmol) and1-chloro-3-(chloromethoxy)propane (69.1 g, 483 mmol) in ethoxyethane(242 mL, 483 mmol) was added dropwise to a mixture of NaH (57 g, 1437mmol) in 1-methylpyrrolidin-2-one (1208 mL, 483 mmol) at −20° C. Thereaction was stirred for 12 hours and then slowly quenched with H₂O. Thereaction mixture was extracted with ether (5×), and the combined organiclayers were washed with H₂O (3×) and brine (1×), dried over Na₂SO₄,filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to give the desired nitrile as ayellow oil. MS m/e=223.2 (M+H)⁺.

Step C: Preparation of 3-(4-Chlorophenyl)-tetrahydrofuran-3-carboxylicacid

A solution of 3-(4-chlorophenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3-carbonitrile(8.62 g, 39 mmol), 9M H₂SO₄ (39 mL, 39 mmol), and 1,4-dioxane (8 mL, 39mmol) was stirred at 100° C. Upon completion of the reaction, thereaction was cooled and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer waswashed with 2N aqueous NaOH. The aqueous layer was acidified withconcentrated HCl and extracted with EtOAc. This was repeated and thecombined organic layers were then dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered, andconcentrated in vacuo to give the desired acid as a light yellow solid.MS m/e=263.2 (M+Na)⁺.

Step D: Preparation of Diethyl2-(3-(4-chlorophenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3-carbonyl)malonate

3-(4-Chlorophenyl)-tetrahydrofuran-3-carboxylic acid (2.73 g, 11 mmol)was dissolved in thionyl chloride (8 mL, 113 mmol) and heated at 70° C.for 3 hours. The solution was cooled, concentrated under reducedpressure, and pumped down under high vacuum for 3 hours. In aflame-dried round-bottom flask, MgCl₂ (1 g, 11 mmol) was added todiethyl malonate (2 mL, 11 mmol) in ACN (23 mL, 11 mmol) and cooled to0° C. The reaction was stirred for 15 minutes and then TEA (3 mL, 24mmol) was slowly added. The resulting solution was allowed to warm toroom temperature while stirring for 3 hours. The furan acid chloride wasdissolved in ACN (10 mL, 11 mmol) and added to the malonate solution.The resulting mixture was stirred at 50° C. for 12 hours. Uponcompletion, the reaction was concentrated and mixed with 1N aqueous HCland EtOAc. The aqueous layer was washed with EtOAc (2×), and thecombined organic layers were dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered, andconcentrated in vacuo. Purification by silica flash chromatography(10-60% EtOAc/hexane) gave the desired malonate as a light yellow oil.MS m/e=383.2 (M+H)⁺.

Step E: Preparation of Ethyl6-chloro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-5′,6′-dihydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,3′-pyran]-3-carboxylate

A mixture of diethyl2-(3-(4-chlorophenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3-carbonyl)malonate (1.7771 g,4642 μmol) in IPAc (3868 μL, 4642 μmol) was added to concentrated H₂SO₄(11605 μL, 4642 μmol) at 0° C. The reaction was stirred at 0° C. andthen slowly warmed to room temperature. The reaction was poured over iceand extracted with EtOAc. The aqueous layer was washed with EtOAc, andthe combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na₂SO₄,filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by silica flashchromatography (1-5% MeOH/DCM) gave the desired naphthalenone as a whitesolid. MS m/e=337.2 (M+H)⁺.

Step F: Preparation of 1,1-DimethylethylN-((6-chloro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-5′,6′-dihydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,3′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate

To a solution of 1,1-dimethylethylN-((6-chloro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-5′,6′-dihydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,3′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(85 mg, 252 μmol) in 1,4-dioxane (2524 μL, 252 μmol) was added DIPEA(132 μL, 757 μmol). The resulting reaction mixture was heated at 80° C.for 3 hours. The reaction was then cooled, diluted with EtOAc, washedwith water (2×) and brine, dried over Na₂SO₄, and concentrated in vacuoto give the desired glycine ester as a light yellow oil. MS m/e=422.0(M+H)⁺.

Step G: Preparation ofN-((6-Chloro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-5′,6′-dihydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,3′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

1,1-DimethylethylN-((6-chloro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-5′,6′-dihydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,3′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(106 mg, 252 μmol) was mixed with TFA (6300 μL, 252 μmol) and stirredfor 30 minutes. The product was co-evaporated with DCM (5×) to give thetitle compound. MS m/e=366.0 (M+H)⁺. Calculated for C₁₇H₁₆ClNO₆ 365.07.

Examples 76 and 77N-(((1S)-6-Chloro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-5′,6′-dihydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,3′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycineandN-(((1R)-6-Chloro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-5′,6′-dihydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,3′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

The title compounds were obtained by chiral separation ofN-((6-chloro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-5′,6′-dihydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,3′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine(Example 75) into its separate enantiomers using chiral HPLC. MSm/e=366.0 (M+H)⁺. Calculated for C₁₇H₁₆ClNO₆ 365.07.

Examples 78 and 79N-(((1R)-6-Chloro-4-hydroxy-1-ethyl-1-methyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycineandN-(((1S)-6-Chloro-4-hydroxy-1-ethyl-1-methyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

The title compounds were obtained by chiral separation ofN-((6-chloro-1-ethyl-4-hydroxy-1-methyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine(Example 15) into its separate enantiomers using chiral HPLC. MS(m/z)=338 (M+H)⁺. Calculated for C₁₆H₁₆ClNO₅ 337.07.

Example 80N-((6′-Chloro-4′-hydroxy-2′,4-dioxo-spiro[cyclohexane-1,1′-naphthalen]-3′-yl)carbonyl)glycine

Step A: Preparation of 1-Bromo-4-chloro-2-iodobenzene

A stirred mixture of copper(II) bromide (11 mL, 237 mmol) in 250 mL ACNat 0° C. was slowly treated with tert-butyl nitrite (33 mL, 276 mmol).The mixture was then warmed to 65° C., and stirred for 30 minutes. Themixture was next treated dropwise with a mixture of4-chloro-2-iodoaniline (50 g, 197 mmol) in 100 mL ACN. The resultingmixture was stirred for 1 hour. The mixture was cooled to roomtemperature and poured over 200 mL ice/10% HCl. The mixture wasextracted with ether (3×100 mL). The combined organic layers were washedwith H₂O (2×100 mL), 1% ammonia water (2×100 mL), brine (100 mL), driedover anhydrous Na₂SO₄, and concentrated in vacuo to give 63 g brown oilas crude product. The crude product was purified by running it through ashort silica plug eluting with 5% ether/hexane to give 54.2 g of thetitle compound as a yellow solid.

Step B: Preparation of1-Bromo-4-chloro-2-(3,3,3-triethoxyprop-1-ynyl)benzene

A mixture of 1-bromo-4-chloro-2-iodobenzene (10 g, 32 mmol) in 100 mLdegassed ACN and TEA (29 g, 284 mmol), was treated with3,3,3-triethoxyprop-1-yne (6.0 g, 35 mmol), copper(I) iodide (0.60 g,3.2 mmol), and dichlorobis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(II) (1.1 g, 1.6mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours at roomtemperature (the mixture turned dark green after 5 minutes). TLC showedthat all starting material was converted, and a new spot was produced.The mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was diluted with 100mL ether, washed with H₂O (2×20 mL), 5% ammonia water (2×20 mL), brine(20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, and concentrated in vacuo. Thecrude product was purified by column chromatography pretreated with TEAand eluted with 0-15% EtOAc/hexane to give 7.6 g of the product as apale yellow oil. The oil solidified after it was stored in therefrigerator.

Step C: Preparation of Ethyl4′-(4-chloro-2-(3-ethoxy-3-oxoprop-1-ynyl)phenyl)-5,5-dimethyl-spiro[1,3-dioxane-2,1′-cyclohexane]-4′-carboxylate

A stirred mixture of dicyclohexylamine (5.5 g, 31 mmol) in 30 mL tolueneat 0° C. was treated with butyllithium (12 mL, 31 mmol) and stirred for15 minutes at 0° C. The resulting mixture was treated with ethyl5,5-dimethyl-spiro[1,3-dioxane-2,1′-cyclohexane]-4′-carboxylate (7.8 g,31 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 10 minutes.

To a different round-bottom flask was added 50 mL toluene and1-bromo-4-chloro-2-(3,3,3-triethoxyprop-1-ynyl)benzene (9.2 g, 25 mmol).The flask was degassed by applying a vacuum and then filling it withnitrogen. The mixture was treated with [PdBrP(t-Bu)₃]₂ (0.84 g, 2.2mmol) at room temperature. The reaction was then warmed to 85° C. andquickly treated with above anion mixture (within 3 minutes). The mixturewas stirred under nitrogen, warmed to 100° C., and stirred for 20minutes. TLC showed a new spot. The resulting mixture was cooled to roomtemperature, filtered through a short silica plug, and washed with 500mL 4:1=hexane/EtOAc. The organic solution was concentrated in vacuo,diluted with 100 mL EtOAc, washed with 5% HCl (20 mL), H₂O (3×20 mL),and brine 20 mL. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄,concentrated in vacuo, and purified by column chromatography elutingwith 0-15% EtOAc/hexane to give 3.68 g of the product as a yellow oil.MS (m/z)=463 (M+H)⁺.

Step D: Preparation of Ethyl6″-chloro-4″-hydroxy-5,5-dimethyl-2″-oxo-dispiro[1,3-dioxane-2,1′-cyclohexane-4′,1″-naphthalene]-3″-carboxylate

A stirred mixture of NaH (60% dispersion in mineral oil (0.39 mL, 9.3mmol)) in 40 mL dioxane at room temperature, was treated with a mixtureof (E)-benzaldehyde oxime (1.0 g, 8.6 mmol) in 40 mL DMF. The resultingmixture was stirred for 30 minutes. The mixture was then cooled to 0° C.and treated with a mixture of ethyl4′-(4-chloro-2-(3-ethoxy-3-oxoprop-1-ynyl)phenyl)-5,5-dimethyl-spiro[1,3-dioxane-2,1′-cyclohexane]-4′-carboxylate(3.6 g, 7.8 mmol) in 30 mL DMF. The resulting mixture was stirred for 1hour. The mixture was then carefully quenched with 10 mL H₂O and broughtto a pH of 5 by addition of 10% HCl. The mixture was extracted withethyl ether (3×50 mL). The combined organic layers were washed withbrine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, concentrated in vacuo, andpurified by column chromatography eluting with 20-30% EtOAc to give 2.2g of the product as a pale yellow solid. MS (m/z)=435 (M+H)⁺.

Step E: Preparation of 1,1-DimethylethylN-((6″-chloro-4″-hydroxy-5,5-dimethyl-2″-oxo-dispiro[1,3-dioxane-2,1′-cyclohexane-4′,1″-naphthalen]-3″-yl)carbonyl)glycinate

A mixture of ethyl6″-chloro-4″-hydroxy-5,5-dimethyl-2″-oxo-dispiro[1,3-dioxane-2,1′-cyclohexane-4′,1″-naphthalene]-3″-carboxylate(69 mg, 159 μmol) and tert-butyl 2-aminoacetate hydrochloride (53 mg,317 μmol) in 1.5 mL dioxane was treated withN-ethyl-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (62 mg, 476 μmol). The mixture waswarmed to 95° C. and stirred for 2 hours, M+1=420. The mixture wascooled to room temperature and concentrated in vacuo. The crude productwas purified by column chromatography eluting with 10-20% EtOAc/hexaneto give 66 mg of the title compound as a white yellow solid. MS(m/z)=520 (M+H)⁺.

Step F: Preparation ofN-((6′-Chloro-4′-hydroxy-2′,4-dioxo-spiro[cyclohexane-1,1′-naphthalen]-3′-yl)carbonyl)glycine

A mixture of 1,1-dimethylethylN-((6″-chloro-4″-hydroxy-5,5-dimethyl-2″-oxo-dispiro[1,3-dioxane-2,1′-cyclohexane-4′,1″-naphthalen]-3″-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(18 mg, 35 μmol) in 1 mL TFA was stirred at room temperature for 30minutes, M+1=378. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo, and dried underhigh vacuum to give 11 mg of the product as an off-white solid. MS(m/z)=378 (M+H)⁺. Calculated for C₁₈H₁₆ClNO₆ 377.07.

Example 81N-((5-Fluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

Step A: Preparation of 3-Fluoro-2-iodobenzoic acid

Sodium nitrite (6.7 g, 97 mmol) in water (25 mL) was added to a solutionof 2-amino-3-fluorobenzoic acid (10.0 g, 64 mmol) in DMSO (25 mL) and30% H₂SO₄ (75 mL) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred for 1 hour at 0° C.and then potassium iodide (27 g, 161 mmol) was added dropwise as asolution in water (25 mL). The ice bath was removed and the mixture wasstirred at room temperature for 4 hours, and then partitioned betweenEtOAc and 2M sodium sulfite. The layers were mixed, separated, and theorganic layer was washed with 2M sodium sulfite once and brine once,dried over anhydrous MgSO₄, and concentrated in vacuo to give 14.90 g ofa yellow solid. MS m/e=265 (M−H)⁺.

Step B: Preparation of Ethyl 2-(3-fluoro-2-iodophenyl)acetate

A solution of 3-fluoro-2-iodobenzoic acid (14.90 g, 56.0 mmol) wasstirred in thionyl chloride (150 mL) for 1 hour at reflux. The mixturewas cooled to room temperature, and the excess thionyl chloride wasremoved in vacuo to give the corresponding acid chloride. Et₂O (20 mL)was added, and a solution of TMSCHN₂ (2.0M in Et₂O, 110 mL, 220 mmol)was added. The mixture was stirred for 4 hours, and the excess reagentwas quenched by the addition of AcOH. The mixture was then partitionedbetween EtOAc (200 mL) and saturated NaHCO₃ solution. The layers wereseparated, and the organic layer was washed twice with saturated NaHCO₃,once with water, and once with brine once. The organic layer was thendried over anhydrous MgSO₄ and concentrated in vacuo. This material wasdissolved in EtOH (200 proof) and silver(I) oxide (2.60 g, 11.2 mmol)was added. The suspension was heated to 80° C. for 30 minutes, cooled toroom temperature, and filtered through celite. The filtrate wasconcentrated in vacuo, and the resulting oil was purified by flashchromatography to give 9.90 g of product as a yellow oil.

Step C: Preparation of Ethyl2-(3-fluoro-2-(3,3,3-triethoxyprop-1-ynyl)phenyl)acetate

Bis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(II) chloride (456 mg, 0.649 mmol),cuprous iodide (371 mg, 1.95 mmol), and ethyl2-(3-fluoro-2-iodophenyl)acetate (2.0 g, 6.49 mmol), were mixed in a 20mL microwave tube. The tube was sealed, and ACN (12 mL) and TEA (6 mL)were added. The mixture was placed under argon atmosphere and3,3,3-triethoxyprop-1-yne (1.68 g, 9.74 mmol) was added via syringe. Thereaction was heated at 60° C. for 16 hours, cooled to room temperature,and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by flashchromatography to give 820 mg of ethyl2-(3-fluoro-2-(3,3,3-triethoxyprop-1-ynyl)phenyl)acetate as a yellowoil.

Step D: Preparation of Ethyl3-(2-chloro-6-(1-ethoxy-2-methyl-1-oxopropan-2-yl)phenyl)propiolate

Ethyl 2-(3-fluoro-2-(3,3,3-triethoxyprop-1-ynyl)phenyl)acetate (820 mg,2.32 mmol) was added as a solution in DMF (6 mL) to a suspension of NaH(139 mg, 5.80 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred for10 minutes, and MeI (0.58 mL, 9.28 mmol) was added via syringe. The icebath was removed, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1hour, quenched with saturated NaHCO₃, and extracted with EtOAc (3×).This material was dissolved in EtOH (5 mL) and water (1 mL) and p-TSA(cat.) was added. The mixture was stirred for 30 minutes, quenched withsaturated NaHCO₃, and extracted with EtOAc (3×). The combined extractswere dried over anhydrous MgSO₄ and concentrated in vacuo. The resultingresidue was purified to give 452 mg ethyl3-(2-chloro-6-(1-ethoxy-2-methyl-1-oxopropan-2-yl)phenyl)propiolate as alight yellow oil. MS m/e=307 (M+H)⁺.

Step E: Preparation of Ethyl5-fluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalene-3-carboxylate

A solution of (E)-Benzaldehyde oxime (214 mg, 1.76 mmol) in dry DMF (9mL) was added to a suspension of NaH (42 mg, 1.76 mmol) in dry dioxane(9 mL). The mixture was stirred for 30 minutes at room temperature,cooled to 0° C., and a solution of ethyl3-(2-chloro-6-(1-ethoxy-2-methyl-1-oxopropan-2-yl)phenyl)propiolate (450mg, 1.4 mmol) in DMF (9 mL) was added. The mixture was stirred at 0° C.for 3 hours and then warmed to room temperature and stirred for 1 hour.Water was added, and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc (2×). Theaqueous layer was then made acidic with 2 mL 10% HCl. This was extractedwith EtOAc (3×), and the combined organic layers were dried over MgSO₄and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting residue was purified byflash chromatography to give 226 mg ethyl5-fluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalene-3-carboxylate as acolorless oil. MS m/e=279 (M+H)⁺.

Step F: Preparation of 1,1-DimethylethylN-((5-fluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate

DIPEA (0.14 mL, 809 mmol, tert-butylglycine hydrochloride (136 mg, 809μmol), and ethyl5-fluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalene-3-carboxylate (150 mg,539 μmol) were heated to 75° C. in dioxane (4 mL) for 3 hours. Theresulting mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated invacuo. The residue was purified by flash chromatography to give 116 mgof 1,1-dimethylethylN-((5-fluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinateas a white solid. MS m/e=386 (M+Na)⁺.

Step G: Preparation ofN-((5-Fluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

1,1-DimethylethylN-((5-fluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(116 mg, 319 μmol) was stirred in TFA (5 mL) for 15 minutes. The solventwas then removed in vacuo, and the residue was partitioned between DCMand water. The DCM layer was removed, and the solvent was removed invacuo to give the product as a light yellow solid. MS m/e=308 (M+H)⁺.Calculated for C₁₅H₁₄FNO₅ 307.09.

Example 82N-((5-Chloro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

Step A: Preparation of 3-Chloro-2-iodobenzoic acid

A solution of sodium nitrite (4.82 g, 69.9 mmol) in water (25 mL) wasadded dropwise via addition funnel to a solution of2-amino-3-chlorobenzoic acid (8.0 g, 46.6 mmol) in DMSO (25 mL) and 30%H₂SO₄ (75 mL) that had previously been cooled to 0° C. The mixture wasstirred at 0° C. for 1 hour, at which time a solution of potassiumiodide (19.3 g, 117 mmol) in water (25 mL) was added via additionfunnel. The ice bath was removed, and the mixture was stirred for 2hours. EtOAc (200 mL) was added, and the mixture was washed with 2Nsodium sulfite (3×). The organic layer was then washed once with waterand once with brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO₄, and concentrated invacuo to give 8.83 g of 3-chloro-2-iodobenzoic acid as a yellow solid.

Step B: Preparation of Ethyl 2-(3-chloro-2-iodophenyl)acetate

3-Chloro-2-iodobenzoic acid (8.83 g, 31.3 mmol) was stirred in thionylchloride (125 mL) at reflux for 2 hours. The mixture was cooled to roomtemperature, the thionyl chloride was removed under vacuum, and theresidue was azeotroped once with toluene to give the acid chloride as adark red solid. Trimethylsilyldiazomethane (2.0M in Et₂O, 124 mmol) wasadded to the acid chloride, and the mixture was stirred for 5 hours atroom temperature. Excess reagent was destroyed by the addition of AcOH(until bubbling stopped), and the mixture was partitioned between EtOAcand saturated NaHCO₃. The layers were separated, and the organic layerwas washed with water once, brine once, dried over anhydrous MgSO₄ andconcentrated in vacuo. This material was dissolved in absolute EtOH (250mL) and silver (I) oxide (catalytic amount) was added. The mixture washeated at 80° C. for 30 minutes, cooled to room temperature, andfiltered through celite. The filtrate was concentrated and purified byflash chromatography to give 7.89 g of ethyl2-(3-chloro-2-iodophenyl)acetate as an orange oil.

Step C: Preparation of Ethyl3-(2-chloro-6-(1-ethoxy-2-methyl-1-oxopropan-2-yl)phenyl)propiolate

Cuprous iodide (CuI) (352 mg, 1.85 mmol),dichlorobis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(II) (432.5 mg, 0.62 mmol), andethyl 2-(3-chloro-2-iodophenyl)acetate (2.0 g, 6.16 mmol) were mixed ina 20 mL microwave tube. ACN (14 mL) and TEA (4 mL) were added, themixture was degassed and backfilled with argon, and3,3,3-triethoxyprop-1-yne (1.27 g, 7.40 mmol) was added via syringe. Themixture was stirred for 18 hours at 45° C., cooled to room temperature,concentrated in vacuo, and the residue was flushed through a plug ofsilica gel with a 1:1 mixture of EtOAc and hexane. The eluent wasconcentrated in vacuo, dissolved in 20 mL dry DMF, and added to asuspension of NaH (370 mg, 15.4 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) that had previouslybeen cooled to 0° C. The mixture was stirred for 10 minutes and MeI(1.15 mL, 18.5 mmol) was added via syringe. The mixture was stirredovernight at room temperature, quenched with aqueous NH₄Cl, andextracted with EtOAc (3×). The combined extracts were dried overanhydrous MgSO₄ and concentrated in vacuo. This material was dissolvedin EtOH (15 mL) and water (2 mL). p-TSA (10 mg), was added and themixture was stirred for 30 minutes. The reaction was quenched withsaturated NaHCO₃, and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc three times.The extracts were dried over anhydrous MgSO₄ and concentrated to give ared oil, which was purified by flash chromatography to give 520 mg ofethyl3-(2-chloro-6-(1-ethoxy-2-methyl-1-oxopropan-2-yl)phenyl)propiolate as alight yellow oil. MS m/e=323 (M+H)⁺.

Step D: Preparation of Ethyl5-chloro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalene-3-carboxylate

A solution of (E)-benzaldehyde oxime (234 mg, 1.93 mmol) in dry DMF (9mL) was added to a suspension of NaH (46 mg, 1.93 mmol) in dioxane (9mL) at room temperature. The mixture was stirred for 30 minutes and thencooled to 0° C. A solution of ethyl3-(2-chloro-6-(1-ethoxy-2-methyl-1-oxopropan-2-yl)phenyl)propiolate (520mg, 1.61 mmol) in dry DMF (9 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirredat 0° C. for 3 hours and then at room temperature for 1 hour. Themixture was quenched with water and then washed with EtOAc (2×). Theaqueous layer was made acidic with 10% HCl and then extracted with EtOAc(2×). The extracts were dried over anhydrous MgSO₄ and concentratedunder vacuum. The residue was purified by flash chromatography to give210 mg of ethyl5-chloro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalene-3-carboxylate as acolorless oil. MS m/e=295 (M+H)⁺.

Step E: Preparation of tert-ButylN-((5-chloro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate

Ethyl 5-chloro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalene-3-carboxylate(210 mg, 713 μmol, 1.0 eq) and glycine tert-butyl ester hydrochloride(143 mg, 855 μmol, 1.20 eq) were mixed in dioxane (5 mL) in a roundbottom flask. DIPEA (186 μL, 1069 μmol, 1.5 eq) was added via syringe,and the reaction was stirred at 75° C. for 4 hours. The reaction mixturewas cooled to room temperature and concentrated in vacuo to give ayellow solid. The crude product was purified by silica flashchromatography (0-50% DCM/hexane) to give the desired compound as awhite solid (204 mg). MS m/e=380 (M+H)⁺.

Step F: Preparation ofN-((5-Chloro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

tert-ButylN-((5-chloro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(204 mg, 537 μmol) was stirred in TFA (2 mL, 26924 μmol) for 25 minutes.Water was added. The resulting precipitate was filtered and washed withwater to give a white solid (169 mg). MS m/e=324 (M+H)⁺. Calculated forC₁₅H₁₄ClNO₅ 323.06.

Example 83N-((8-Fluoro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

Step A: Preparation of Methyl 2-(2-fluorophenyl)acetate

To a stirred solution of 2-fluorophenylacetic acid (9.6 g, 62 mmol) inMeOH (100 mL) was added concentrated HCl (0.7 mL, 19 mmol). The solutionwas heated at 68° C. for 4 hours, and then the reaction was concentratedin vacuo to remove MeOH. The residue was dissolved in ether and thenwashed with saturated NaHCO₃ solution (1×50 mL). The organic extractswere separated, dried with Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated to give ayellow oil (10 g). MS m/e=169.0 (M+H)⁺.

Step B: Preparation of Methyl4-(2-fluorophenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carboxylate

To an ice-bath cooled, stirred solution of methyl2-(2-fluorophenyl)acetate (3.4 g, 20 mmol) in THF (100 mL) was added NaH(1.8 g, 44 mmol). The reaction was stirred at 0° C. for 10 minutes andthen dichloroethyl ether (2.7 mL, 22 mmol) and tetrabutylammoniumbromide (0.33 g, 1.0 mmol) were added sequentially. The yellow reactionmixture was stirred for 16 hours at room temperature and then quenchedwith a saturated ammonium chloride solution. The aqueous layer wasextracted with EtOAc (3×60 mL), and the organic layers were combined,dried (Na₂SO₄), filtered and concentrated to afford a yellow oil.Purification by flash chromatography (100% DCM) provided a pale yellowoil (2.5 g). MS m/e=239.0 (M+H)⁺.

Step C: Preparation of4-(2-Fluorophenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carboxylic acid

A solution of methyl4-(2-fluorophenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carboxylate (2.45 g, 10 mmol),water (10 mL, 555 mmol), EtOH (50 mL, 10 mmol) and KOH (2.3 g, 41 mmol)was placed in a sealed flask and then heated at 130° C. for 10 hours.After cooling to room temperature, the reaction was concentrated toafford a yellow oil. The residue was diluted with water (100 mL) andextracted with DCM (120 mL). The separated aqueous phase was thenacidified to pH=1 and then extracted with EtOAc (3×10 mL). The organiclater was dried (Na₂SO₄), filtered, and concentrated to afford a tansolid (1.9 g). MS m/e=223.1 (M−1)−.

Step D: Preparation of Diethyl2-(4-(2-fluorophenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carbonyl)malonate

To a stirred solution of4-(2-fluorophenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carboxylic acid (1.9 g, 8.5mmol) in DCM (50 mL) and DMF (5 mL) was carefully added oxalyl chloride(0.79 mL, 8.9 mmol). Gas evolution was observed. The reaction wasstirred at room temperature for 3 hours. In a separate flask wascombined IPAc (1.0 mL, 8.7 mmol), diethyl malonate (1.6 mL, 11 mmol).and anhydrous MgCl₂ (1.0 g, 11 mmol). The resulting white slurry wasstirred for 30 minutes, and then TEA (4.0 mL, 29 mmol) was added and thereaction was stirred for 2.5 hours. The reaction was chilled in an icewater bath for 10 minutes, and then the concentrated acid chloride oilwas added via syringe over 10 minutes. The ice bath was removed, and thereaction was stirred for 16 hours at 50° C. After cooling to roomtemperature, the reaction was acidified with 5N HCl solution (100 mL).The aqueous layer was removed, and the organic layer was washed withsaturated NaHCO₃ solution (150 mL). The aqueous layer was removed, andthe organic extract was washed with water. The organic layer was dried(Na₂SO₄), filtered and concentrated to afford a dark colored oil. Thecrude reaction mixture was used in the next step.

Step E: Preparation of Ethyl8-fluoro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-carboxylate

A flask containing H₂SO₄ (12 mL, 218 mmol) and P₂O₅ (12 g, 87 mmol) wascooled in an ice bath for 20 minutes under nitrogen, and then diethyl2-(4-(2-fluorophenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carbonyl)malonate (8.0 g, 22mmol) was added dropwise over 10 minutes. The reaction was stirred anadditional 10 minutes at 0° C., and then was stirred at room temperaturefor 1 hour. The reaction was poured over ice and allowed to melt. Theaqueous mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3×100 mL) and then theseparated organic extracts were dried (Na₂SO₄), filtered andconcentrated to provide an oil. Flash chromatography (20% EtOAc/hexane)afforded an oil (3.6 g). MS m/e=321.0 (M+H)⁺.

Step F: Preparation of 1,1-DimethylethylN-((8-fluoro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate

In a sealed flask was combined ethyl8-fluoro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-carboxylate(1.8 g, 5.6 mmol), dioxane (75 mL), tert-butyl 2-aminoacetatehydrochloride (3.8 g, 22 mmol), and N-ethyl-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine(3.9 mL, 22 mmol). The flask was sealed and heated at 90° C. for 10hours. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction was concentratedto give a solid that was purified by flash chromatography (20%EtOAc/hexane) to afford a white solid (1.9 g). MS m/e=406.1 (M+H)⁺.

Step G: Preparation ofN-((8-Fluoro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

In a flask was combined 1,1-dimethylethylN-((8-fluoro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(1.7 g, 4.2 mmol) and TFA (50 mL). The reaction was stirred for 15minutes and then concentrated to afford an oil. Water was added,affording a white precipitate that was filtered off and washed withwater and ether. The solid was dried under vacuum at 50° C. (1.4 g,98%). MS m/e=348 (M−1)⁻. Calculated for C₁₇H₁₆FNO₆ 349.1.

Example 84N-((6-Chloro-1-cyano-4-hydroxy-1-methyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

Step A: Preparation of (4-Chloro-2-iodophenyl)methanol

4-Chloro-2-iodobenzoic acid (5.0 g, 18 mmol) was dissolved in THF (40mL) and cooled to 0° C. Borane-THF complex (1M in THF) (35 mL, 35 mmol)was added by syringe. The solution was allowed to warm to roomtemperature and stirred overnight. The reaction was monitored by LCMSand TLC. When the reaction was complete, water was added until gasevolution ceased and then the THF was removed under vacuum. EtOAc (100mL) was added, and the organic layer was washed with water (3×50 mL),brine (3×50 mL), dried with MgSO₄, and concentrated in vacuo resultingin a white solid.

Step B: Preparation of 2-(4-Chloro-2-iodophenyl)acetonitrile

(4-Chloro-2-iodophenyl)methanol (4.67 g, 17 mmol) and PPh₃ (6 mL, 26mmol) were stirred in Et₂O at 0° C. Diisopropyl azodicarboxylate (5 mL,26 mmol) was added dropwise, and the reaction was stirred for 20 minutes(a white precipitate formed). A solution of acetone cyanohydrin (2 mL,26 mmol) in diethyl ether (5 mL) was added dropwise to the reaction. Theresulting solution was stirred for 5 minutes at 0° C. and then allowedto warm to room temperature over two hours. The reaction was monitoredby TLC and LCMS. The mixture was filtered, and the filtrate wasconcentrated in vacuo. Purification was done using silica flashchromatography with a gradient of 0-15% EtOAc/hexanes. MS m/e=278(M+H)⁺.

Step C: Preparation of 2-(4-Chloro-2-iodophenyl)propanenitrile

2-(4-Chloro-2-iodophenyl)acetonitrile (1.070 g, 3.9 mmol) was dissolvedin THF (50 mL) and cooled to 0° C. Sodium tert-butoxide (0.74 g, 7.7mmol) was added, and the solution was stirred for 10 minutes (thereaction color changed from colorless to orange.) MeI (0.24 mL, 3.9mmol) was then added dropwise as a solution in THF (10 mL). The reactionwas complete in ten minutes as determined by TLC. The crude residue waspurified by silica flash chromatography using 0-15% EtOAc/hexanes. MSm/e=292 (M+H)⁺.

Step D: Preparation of2-(4-Chloro-2-(2-(trimethylsilyl)ethynyl)phenyl)propanenitrile

2-(4-Chloro-2-iodophenyl)propanenitrile (0.620 g, 2.13 mmol),(trimethylsilyl)acetylene (0.451 mL, 3.19 mmol), copper(I) iodide(0.0144 mL, 0.425 mmol), dichlorobis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (II)(0.149 g, 0.213 mmol), and TEA (20 mL) were stirred at 70° C. for 3hours. The reaction was monitored by LC-MS. The solution was filteredthrough a plug of Celite, and the filtrate was concentrated undervacuum. The residue was purified by silica flash chromatography, 0-15%EtOAc/hexanes. MS m/e=262 (M+H)⁺.

Step E: Preparation of 2-(4-Chloro-2-ethynylphenyl)propanenitrile

To a solution of2-(4-chloro-2-(2-(trimethylsilyl)ethynyl)phenyl)-propanenitrile (0.550g, 2.1 mmol) in THF (25 mL) was added 5N NaOH (15 mL). After one hour,the reaction was complete as determined by LC-MS and TLC. The solutionwas acidified with 5N HCl until the pH was about 2. The solution wasextracted with EtOAc (3×40 mL). The combined organic layers were washedwith water (2×30 mL) and brine (2×30 mL), dried with MgSO₄, andconcentrated in vacuo. The resulting orange oil was purified usingsilica flash chromatography on the ISCO with 0-20% EtOAc/hexanes. MSm/e=190 (M+H)⁺.

Step F: Preparation of Ethyl3-(5-chloro-2-(2-cyano-1-ethoxy-1-oxopropan-2-yl)phenyl)propiolate

n-Butyllithium (0.11 g, 1.7 mmol) was added to a stirred solution ofdiisopropylamine (0.24 mL, 1.7 mmol) in THF (20 mL) at −78° C. Thereaction was allowed to warm to room temperature for 15 minutes and wasthen cooled back down to −78° C. A solution of2-(4-chloro-2-ethynylphenyl)propanenitrile (0.322 g, 1.7 mmol) in THF (5mL) was then added dropwise to the reaction. After 20 minutes, asolution of ethyl chloroformate (0.16 mL, 1.7 mmol) in THF (5 mL) wasadded dropwise to the reaction mixture. The mixture was then allowed towarm to room temperature. After 15 minutes, the reaction was complete asdetermined by TLC and LC-MS. MeOH (2 mL) and water (35 mL) were added tothe reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3×40mL). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated NH₄Cl (3×35mL), once with brine (35 mL), dried with MgSO₄, and concentrated invacuo to afford a dark brown oil. The crude residue was purified bysilica flash chromatography using a gradient of 0-20% EtOAc/hexanes. MSm/e=334 (M+H)⁺.

Step G: Preparation of Ethyl6-chloro-1-cyano-4-hydroxy-1-methyl-2-oxo-naphthalene-3-carboxylate

A solution of benzaldehyde oxime (0.16 g, 1.3 mmol) in DMF (3 mL) wasadded dropwise to a stirred suspension of 60% NaH (0.033 mL, 1.3 mmol)in dry 1,4-dioxane (5 mL) under a nitrogen atmosphere at roomtemperature. After 30 minutes, a solution of ethyl3-(5-chloro-2-(2-cyano-1-ethoxy-1-oxopropan-2-yl)phenyl)propiolate(0.445 g, 1.3 mmol) in DMF (3 mL) was added dropwise. The reaction wasmonitored by LC-MS and, when complete, the solvent was removed. Theresidual brown oil was dissolved in DCM (50 mL), water (30 mL), and AcOH(2 mL). The layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was extractedwith DCM (3×30 mL). The combined organic layers were dried with MgSO₄and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified using silicaflash chromatography with a gradient of 10-50% EtOAc/hexanes. MS m/e=306(M+H)⁺.

Step H: Preparation of 1,1-DimethylethylN((6-chloro-1-cyano-4-hydroxy-1-methyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate

Ethyl6-chloro-1-cyano-4-hydroxy-1-methyl-2-oxo-naphthalene-3-carboxylate(0.165 g, 0.54 mmol) was dissolved in 1,4-dioxane (30 mL), and glycinetert-butyl ester hydrochloride (0.090 g, 0.54 mmol) and TEA (TEA) (0.11mL, 0.81 mmol) were added. The reaction was stirred overnight at 70° C.The reaction was stirred for 18 hours. Another 0.5 equivalents ofglycine and one equivalent of TEA were added, and the reaction wasstirred at 105° C. for 1 hour. The solvent was then removed, and thecrude residue was dissolved in EtOAc and washed with water (3×25 mL),dried with MgSO₄, and concentrated. The crude product was purified bysilica flash chromatography using the 10-50% EtOAc/hexanes. MS m/e=392(M+H)⁺.

Step I: Preparation ofN((6-Chloro-1-cyano-4-hydroxy-1-methyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

1,1-DimethylethylN((6-chloro-1-cyano-4-hydroxy-1-methyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(0.160 g, 0.41 mmol) was placed in a 25 mL round bottom flask and TFA(20 mL) was added. The mixture was stirred for 45 minutes. TFA was thenremoved under vacuum, and DCM was used to azeotrope off the remainingTFA (3×) until the oil turned into a solid. MS m/e=335 (M+H)⁺.Calculated for C₁₅H₁₁ClN₂O₅ 334.04.

Examples 85 and 86N-(((1R)-6-Chloro-1-cyano-4-hydroxy-1-methyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycineandN-(((1S)-6-Chloro-1-cyano-4-hydroxy-1-methyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

The title compounds were obtained by chiral separationN-((6-chloro-1-cyano-4-hydroxy-1-methyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine(Example 84) into its separate enantiomers using chiral HPLC. MS m/e=335(M+H)⁺. Calculated for C₁₅H₁₁ClN₂O₅ 334.04.

Examples 87 and 88N-(((1R)-1-Cyano-4-hydroxy-1-methyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycineandN-(((1S)-1-Cyano-4-hydroxy-1-methyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

The title compounds were obtained by chiral separation ofN-((1-cyano-4-hydroxy-1-methyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine(Example 28) into its separate enantiomers using chiral HPLC. MS(m/z)=301 (M+H)⁺. Calculated for C₁₅H₁₂N₂O₅ 300.07.

Example 89N-((8-Chloro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

Step A: Preparation of Ethyl 2-(2-chlorophenyl)acetate

A solution of 2-chlorophenylacetic acid (10.12 g, 59.3 mmol) in EtOH(150 mL, 2576 mmol) in a 500 mL round bottom flask was treated withconcentrated H₂SO₄ (0.700 mL, 8.28 mmol) and heated at 90° C. for 16hours. The solution was concentrated in vacuo, diluted with 1N NaOH(aq)(200 mL), and extracted with EtOAc (2×200 mL). The combined organiclayers were washed with 1N NaOH(aq) (200 mL), water (100 mL), and brine(100 mL). The organic layer was dried over MgSO₄, concentrated, anddried in vacuo to give ethyl 2-(2-chlorophenyl)acetate (11.344 g). MSm/e=217 (M+H)⁺.

Step B: Preparation of Ethyl 2-(2-chlorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoate

A suspension of NaH (60% dispersion in mineral oil (4.03 g, 101 mmol))and ethyl 2-(2-chlorophenyl)acetate (5.00 g, 25.2 mmol) in DMF (100 mL)in a 500 mL round bottom flask was cooled to 0° C. A solution of MeI(4.70 mL, 75.5 mmol) in DMF (50 mL) was added, dropwise, and the mixturewas stirred at 25° C. for 18 hours. The reaction was quenched with 10%HCl(aq) (200 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×100 mL). The combinedorganic layers were washed with 10% HCl(aq) (100 mL), water (100 mL),and brine (100 mL). The organic layer was then dried over MgSO₄,concentrated, and purified by flash column chromatography (silica, 0-50%DCM in hexane) to give ethyl 2-(2-chlorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoate (3.96g). MS m/e=227 (M+H)⁺.

Step C: Preparation of 2-(2-Chlorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoic acid

A solution of ethyl 2-(2-chlorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoate (3.48 g, 15.4mmol) and KOH (8.61 g, 154 mmol) in EtOH/water (1:1, 200 mL) was heatedat 150° C. in a sealed vessel for 2 hours. The solution was concentratedin vacuo, suspended in diethyl ether (200 mL), and extracted with 1NNaOH(aq) (3×100 mL). The aqueous solution was made acidic withconcentrated HCl and extracted with EtOAc (3×100 mL). The combinedorganic layers were washed with brine (100 mL), dried over MgSO₄,concentrated, and dried in vacuo to give to give2-(2-chlorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoic acid (2.578 g). MS m/e=199 (M+H)⁺.

Step D: Preparation of Diethyl2-(2-(2-chlorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoyl)malonate

A solution of 2-(2-chlorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoic acid (2.55 g, 12.8mmol) in thionyl chloride (50.0 mL, 685 mmol) was heated at 95° C. for 2hours. The solution was concentrated in vacuo, azeotroped using toluene(2×100 mL), and dried in vacuo to give the crude acid chloride. Amixture of diethyl malonate (1.94 mL, 12.8 mmol) and MgCl₂ (1.22 g, 12.8mmol) in ACN (50 mL) was cooled to 0° C. TEA (3.75 mL, 27.0 mmol) wasadded slowly, and the mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 2 hours. Asolution of the acid chloride in ACN (50 mL) was added, and the mixturewas heated at 50° C. for 2 days. The solution was diluted with 10% HCl(aq) (200 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×100 mL). The combined organiclayers were washed with 2N NaOH (aq) (3×200 mL) and then with brine (75mL). The organic layer was dried over MgSO₄, concentrated, and purifiedby flash column chromatography (silica, 0-100% DCM in hexane) to givediethyl 2-(2-(2-chlorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoyl)malonate (3.25 g). MSm/e=341 (M+H)⁺.

Step E: Preparation of Ethyl8-chloro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalene-3-carboxylate

P₂O₅ (19.0 g, 134 mmol) was treated with concentrated H₂SO₄ (17.1 mL,308 mmol) at 0° C., and the resulting mixture was stirred for 30minutes. Diethyl 2-(2-(2-chlorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoyl)malonate (1.500g, 3.83 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 1hour. The solution was quenched with ice, and, on melting, was extractedwith EtOAc (3×100 mL). The combined organic layers were washed withbrine (100 mL), dried over MgSO₄, and concentrated and dried in vacuo togive ethyl8-chloro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalene-3-carboxylate (0.320g). MS m/e=295 (M+H)⁺.

Step F: Preparation of 1,1-DimethylethylN-((8-chloro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate

A mixture of ethyl8-chloro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalene-3-carboxylate (0.320g, 0.803 mmol), glycine tert-butyl ester hydrochloride (0.175 g, 1.04mmol), DIEA (0.280 mL, 1.61 mmol), and 1,4-dioxane (12 mL) were heatedat 120° C. for 2 hours in a sealed vessel. The mixture was diluted withwater (50 mL) and extracted with DCM (2×50 mL). The combined organiclayers were washed with water (30 mL) and then with brine (50 mL), driedover MgSO₄, and concentrated and dried in vacuo. The residue waspurified by flash column chromatography (silica, 0-50% DCM in hexane) togive 1,1-dimethylethylN-((8-chloro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(0.214 g). MS m/e=378 (M−H)⁻.

Step G: Preparation ofN-((8-Chloro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

A solution of 1,1-dimethylethylN-((8-chloro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(0.162 g, 0.427 mmol) in TFA (5.00 mL, 67.3 mmol) was stirred at 25° C.for 10 minutes. The solution was concentrated, azeotroped using DCM(2×100 mL), and dried in vacuo to give the title compound (0.138 g). MSm/e=324 (M+H)⁺. Calculated for C₁₅H₁₄ClNO₅ 323.06.

Example 90N-((7-Chloro-8-fluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

Step A: Preparation of Ethyl 2-(3-chloro-2-fluorophenyl)acetate

A solution of 2-(3-chloro-2-fluorophenyl)acetic acid (2.56 g, 13.6 mmol)and thionyl chloride (100 mL, 1371 mmol) was stirred at 95° C. for 2hours in a 250 mL round bottom flask. The solution was concentrated,azeotroped in toluene, and dried in vacuo to give the crude acidchloride, which was then stirred in EtOH (150 mL, 2576 mmol) at 25° C.for 16 hours. The solution was concentrated in vacuo, diluted withsaturated NaHCO₃ (aq) (100 mL), and extracted with EtOAc (2×100 mL). Thecombined organic layers were washed with saturated NaHCO₃ (aq) (100 mL),with water (100 mL), and then with brine (75 mL). The organic layer wasdried over MgSO₄, concentrated, and purified by silica flash columnchromatography (0-10% EtOAc in hexane) to give ethyl2-(3-chloro-2-fluorophenyl)acetate (2.335 g, 79.4% yield). MS m/e=217(M+H)⁺.

Step B: Preparation of 2-(3-Chloro-2-fluorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoicacid

A suspension of NaH (60% dispersion in mineral oil (1.28 g, 32.0 mmol))in DMF (50 mL) in a 500 mL round bottom flask was cooled to 0° C. Asolution of ethyl 2-(3-chloro-2-fluorophenyl)acetate (2.308 g, 10.7mmol) in DMF (20 mL) was added dropwise, and the reaction was stirredfor 5 minutes. A solution of MeI (1.66 mL, 26.6 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) wasadded, and the mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 2 hours. The reactionwas quenched with 10% HCl(aq) (200 mL), extracted with EtOAc (3×100 mL),washed with water (100 mL), and then washed with brine (100 mL). Theorganic layer was dried over MgSO₄, concentrated, and purified by flashcolumn chromatography (silica, 0-50% DCM in hexane) to give an 11:1mixture of ethyl 2-(3-chloro-2-fluorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoate andmethyl 2-(3-chloro-2-fluorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoate. MS m/e=245, 231(M+H)⁺.

The above mixture was treated with KOH (5.98 g, 107 mmol) in EtOH/water(2:1, 90 mL) and heated at 150° C. in a sealed vessel for 3 hours. Thesolution was concentrated, diluted with diethyl ether (100 mL) andwashed with 1N NaOH(aq) (2×100 mL). The aqueous solution was acidifiedwith concentrated HCl and extracted with EtOAc (3×100 mL). The combinedorganic layers were washed with water (100 mL) and then with brine (75mL). The organic layer was dried over MgSO₄, concentrated, and dried invacuo to give 2-(3-chloro-2-fluorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoic acid (1.907g). MS m/e=217 (M+H)⁺.

Step C: Preparation of Diethyl2-(2-(3-chloro-2-fluorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoyl)malonate

A mixture of 2-(3-chloro-2-fluorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoic acid (1.386g, 6.40 mmol) and thionyl chloride (60.0 mL, 823 mmol) was stirred at95° C. for 2 hours. The reaction was concentrated in vacuo, azeotropedusing DCM (2×100 mL), and dried in vacuo to give the crude acidchloride. A solution of diethyl malonate (0.967 mL, 6.40 mmol) and MgCl₂(0.263 mL, 6.40 mmol) in ACN (40 mL) at 0° C., was treated dropwise withTEA (1.87 mL, 13.4 mmol), and the mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 3hours. A solution of the acid chloride in ACN (35 mL) was added, and themixture was stirred at 50° C. for 18 hours. The solution wasconcentrated in vacuo, diluted with 10% HCl(aq) (100 mL), and extractedwith EtOAc (3×100 mL). The combined organic layers were washed withbrine (75 mL), dried over MgSO₄, concentrated, and dried in vacuo. Theresidue was purified by flash column chromatography (silica, 0-100% DCMin hexane) to give 1.56 g of the title compound. MS m/e=325 (M+H)⁺.

Step D: Preparation of 1,1-DimethylethylN-((6N-((7-chloro-8-fluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate

P₂O₅ (12.5 g, 88.1 mmol) was mixed with concentrated H₂SO₄ (11.2 mL,81.3 mmol) at 0° C., and the resulting mixture was stirred for 30minutes. Diethyl2-(2-(3-chloro-2-fluorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoyl)malonate (1.00 g, 2.48mmol) was added to the reaction, and the resulting mixture was stirredat 25° C. for 1 hour. The resulting mixture was quenched with ice, and,on melting, was extracted with EtOAc (3×100 mL). The combined organiclayers were washed with brine (100 mL), dried over MgSO₄, concentrated,and dried in vacuo to give crude ethyl7-chloro-8-fluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalene-3-carboxylate(0.470 g). MS m/e=313 (M+H)⁺.

A portion of the above material (0.250 g) was treated with glycinetert-butyl ester hydrochloride (0.175 g, 1.04 mmol) and Hunig's base(0.277 mL, 1.59 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (10 mL), and the mixture was heatedat 120° C. in a sealed vessel for 2 hours. The resulting mixture wasdiluted with water (50 mL) and extracted with DCM (2×50 mL). Thecombined organic layers were washed with water (30 mL) and brine (30mL), dried over MgSO₄, and concentrated. The residue was purified byflash column chromatography (silica, 0-50% DCM/hexane) to give the titlecompound (0.154 g). MS m/e=396.5 (M−H)−.

Step E: Preparation ofN-((7-Chloro-8-fluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

A solution of 1,1-dimethylethylN-((6N-((7-chloro-8-fluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(0.148 g, 0.372 mmol) in TFA (5.00 mL, 64.9 mmol) was stirred at 25° C.for 15 minutes. The solution was concentrated, azeotroped using DCM(2×100 mL), and dried in vacuo to give the title compound (0.128 g). MSm/e=342.4 (M+H)⁺. Calculated for C₁₅H₁₃ClFNO₅ 341.05.

Example 91N-((6-Chloro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1′-(phenylcarbonyl)-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-piperidin]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

Step A: Preparation of 2-Bromo-5-chlorobenzenamine

A solution of 1-bromo-4-chloro-2-nitrobenzene (13.92 g, 58.87 mmol) inMeOH (300 mL) was treated with water (50 mL), ammonium chloride (22.99g, 429.8 mmol), and iron powder (325 mesh, 16.44 g, 294.4 mmol). Thesuspension was stirred at 23° C. for 18 hours. The resulting suspensionwas filtered through celite. The filter cake was washed with MeOH (500mL). The combined filtrate and washings were concentrated, andpartitioned in EtOAc/water (500 mL/200 mL). The organic layer wasseparated. The aqueous layer was washed with EtOAc (2×200 mL). Theorganic layers were combined, washed with brine (200 mL), dried (MgSO₄),and concentrated in vacuo affording 11.51 g of2-bromo-5-chlorobenzenamine.

Step B: Preparation of 1-Bromo-4-chloro-2-iodobenzene

A suspension of 2-bromo-5-chlorobenzenamine (11.348 g, 54.963 mmol) inconcentrated HCl (100 mL) was cooled to 0° C. and then treated in adropwise fashion over 20 minutes using an addition funnel with asolution of sodium nitrite (4.5506 g, 65.955 mmol) in water (20 mL). Thereaction was stirred at 0° C. for 75 minutes. A solution of potassiumiodide (27.372 g, 164.89 mmol) in water (50 mL) was added, and thereaction was stirred at 23° C. After 1 hour, the reaction was heated to70° C. After 18 hours, the reaction was diluted with EtOAc (500 mL) andwashed with water (300 mL), 2N NaOH solution (300 mL), saturated sodiumthiosulfate solution (300 mL), and brine (250 mL). The organic layer wasdried over MgSO₄, concentrated in vacuo, and purified by silica gelchromatography (eluant: hexane) affording 11.11 g of1-bromo-4-chloro-2-iodobenzene.

Step C: Preparation of 3,3,3-Triethoxyprop-1-yne

A solution of trimethylsilylacetylene (29.4 mL, 20.8 mmol) in diethylether (100 mL, anhydrous) was cooled to 0° C. in an oven-dried roundbottomed flask under nitrogen. Butyllithium (2.5 M solution in hexanes(83.2 mL, 208.0 mmol)) was then added dropwise to the reaction. After 1hour, the reaction mixture was cooled to −78° C.

A solution of tetraethyl orthocarbonate (21.8 mL, 104.0 mmol) in diethylether (50 mL) in a separate oven-dried round bottomed flask was cooledto 0° C. under nitrogen. The cooled mixture was treated dropwise with asolution of boron trifluoride diethyletherate (17.6 mL, 140.4 mmol) indiethyl ether (25 mL) over 20 minutes using an addition funnel. Thewhite mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 5 minutes, and then cooled to−78° C. The TMS-acetylide solution prepared in the previous paragraphwas then added to the mixture at −78° C. via cannula. After 1 hour, thereaction was removed from the dry ice-acetone bath and stirred at 23° C.for 15 minutes. The mixture was then quenched with saturated aqueousK₂CO₃ solution (300 mL) and extracted with diethyl ether (2×300 mL). Thecombined organic layers were dried over MgSO₄, and concentrated in vacuoaffording trimethyl(3,3,3-triethoxyprop-1-ynyl)silane.

A solution of trimethyl(3,3,3-triethoxyprop-1-ynyl)silane (25 g, 102mmol) in MeOH (400 mL) was treated with K₂CO₃ (14 g, 102 mmol). Thereaction was stirred at 23° C. After 15 hours, the reaction was dilutedwith pentane (500 mL). The pentane layer was separated, and the MeOHlayer was extracted with pentane (2×250 mL). The combined pentane layerswere washed with water (200 mL), dried over MgSO₄, and concentrated (at220 torr on rotary evaporator). The crude product was filtered through asilica gel plug, using 10% diethyl ether/pentane as the eluant, andconcentrated (at 220 torr on rotary evaporator) affording 13.25 g of3,3,3-triethoxyprop-1-yne.

Step D: Preparation of1-Bromo-4-chloro-2-(3,3,3-triethoxyprop-1-ynyl)benzene

A suspension of 1-bromo-4-chloro-2-iodobenzene (2.5 g, 7.9 mmol),3,3,3-triethoxyprop-1-yne (2.4 g, 13.9 mmol), copper(I) iodide, (455 mg,2.3 mmol), and trans-dichlorobis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(II) (559mg, 0.79 mmol) was treated with ACN (30 mL). The reaction was capped,evacuated under vacuum, backfilled with argon, and treated with TEA (9.9mL, 71.6 mmol). The reaction was stirred at 23° C. After 2 hours, thereaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo to remove all solvents,diluted with EtOAc (250 mL), and washed with brine (150 mL). The organiclayer was dried over MgSO₄, concentrated in vacuo, and purified bysilica gel chromatography (eluant: 4% EtOAc/hexane+1% TEA) affording 2.6g of 1-bromo-4-chloro-2-(3,3,3-triethoxyprop-1-ynyl)benzene.

Step E: Preparation of 1-tert-Butyl ethyl4-(4-chloro-2-(3-ethoxy-3-oxoprop-1-ynyl)phenyl)piperidine-1,4-dicarboxylate

A solution of dicyclohexylamine (376 μL, 1.8 mmol) in toluene (4 mL) wascooled to 0° C. under nitrogen and then treated with n-butyllithium(2.5M in hexanes (754 μL, 1.8 mmol)). After 20 minutes, 1-tert-butylethyl piperidine-1,4-dicarboxylate (398 μL, 1.6 mmol) was added, and thereaction was warmed to 23° C.

In a separate round-bottomed flask,1-bromo-4-chloro-2-(3,3,3-triethoxyprop-1-ynyl)benzene (487 mg, 1.3μmol) and [Pd(PtBu₃)Br]₂ (105 mg, 135 μmol) were mixed. The reactionvessel was evacuated under vacuum and backfilled with argon. Toluene (5mL) was added, and the mixture was heated to 50° C. for 5 minutes andthen transferred by syringe to the enolate solution. The aryl bromide-Pdflask was rinsed with toluene (1 mL) and added to the reaction mixture.The resulting mixture was heated at 50° C. under nitrogen. After 90minutes, the reaction was cooled to 23° C., diluted with EtOAc (100 mL),and washed with water (50 mL) and brine (50 mL). The organic layer wasdried over MgSO₄, concentrated in vacuo, and purified by silica gelchromatography (eluant: 4-6% EtOAc/hexane+1% TEA) affording the desiredcoupled product 1-tert-butyl ethyl4-(4-chloro-2-(3,3,3-triethoxyprop-1-ynyl)phenyl)piperidine-1,4-dicarboxylate.A solution of the 1-tert-butyl ethyl4-(4-chloro-2-(3,3,3-triethoxyprop-1-ynyl)phenyl)piperidine-1,4-dicarboxylatein EtOH (10 mL) and water (2 mL) was treated with p-toluenesulfonic acidmonohydrate (69.3 mg, 364 μmol). The reaction was stirred at 23° C. for30 minutes, and then diluted with EtOAc (100 mL) and washed withsaturated NaHCO₃ solution (2×50 mL) and brine (50 mL), dried over MgSO₄,concentrated in vacuo and purified by silica gel chromatography (eluant:12-16% EtOAc/hexane), affording 155 mg of 1-tert-butyl ethyl4-(4-chloro-2-(3-ethoxy-3-oxoprop-1-ynyl)phenyl)piperidine-1,4-dicarboxylate.MS m/e=486.1 (M+Na)⁺.

Step F: Preparation of MethylN-((6-chloro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1′-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-piperidin]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate

A suspension of NaH (60% dispersion in mineral oil (17 mg, 423 μmol)) indioxane (2.5 mL) was treated with a solution of (E)-benzaldehyde oxime(51 mg, 423 μmol) in DMF (1.5 mL). The reaction was stirred at 23° C.under nitrogen. After 30 minutes, the reaction was cooled to 0° C. andthen a solution of 1-tert-butyl ethyl4-(4-chloro-2-(3-ethoxy-3-oxoprop-1-ynyl)phenyl)piperidine-1,4-dicarboxylate(157 mg, 338 μmol) in DMF (3.5 mL) was added in a dropwise fashion over10 minutes. After 1 hour, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc(100 mL) and washed with saturated NaHCO₃ solution (75 mL), water (75mL) and brine (75 mL), dried over MgSO₄, concentrated in vacuo, andpurified by silica gel chromatography (eluant: 1-8% MeOH/DCM), affordingthe cyclized product. The cyclized product was mixed with glycine methylester hydrochloride (28 mg, 220 μmol) and DIPEA (48 μL, 275 μmol) in1,4-dioxane (4 mL) and heated to 95° C. in a sealed vessel. After 18hours, the reaction was cooled to 23° C., diluted with EtOAc (75 mL) andwashed with saturated NaHCO₃ solution (50 mL) and brine (50 mL), driedover MgSO₄, concentrated in vacuo, and purified by silica gelchromatography (eluant: 28-100% EtOAc/hexane) affording the titlecompound in 40 mg. MS m/e=501.2 (M+Na)⁺.

Step G: Preparation of MethylN-((6-chloro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-piperidin]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate

A solution of methylN-((6-chloro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1′-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-piperidin]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(333 mg, 695 μmol) in dioxane (10 mL) was treated with HCl (4.0M in1,4-dioxane (1738 μL, 6953 μmol)). The reaction was stirred at 23° C.After 20 hours, the reaction was concentrated in vacuo affording 231 mgof the title compound as the hydrochloride salt. MS m/e=379.2 (M+H)⁺.

Step H: Preparation ofN-((6-Chloro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1′-(phenylcarbonyl)-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-piperidin]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

A solution of the hydrochloride salt of methylN-((6-chloro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-piperidin]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(0.050 g, 0.12 mmol) and Hunig's base (0.024 mL, 0.14 mmol) in DMF/DMSO(2:1, 1.5 mL) was stirred at 25° C. for 5 minutes. A mixture of benzoicacid (0.067 g, 0.54 mmol) andN-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-n′-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (0.13 g,0.65 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was added. The mixture was stirred at 60° C.for 8 hours. The solution was diluted with EtOAc (20 mL), and washedwith brine (2×25 mL). The organic layer was dried over MgSO₄,concentrated, and purified by flash column chromatography (silica, 0-1%MeOH in DCM) to give methylN-((6-chloro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1′-(phenylcarbonyl)-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-piperidin]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate.MS m/e=483.5 (M+H)⁺.

The ester was treated with lithium hydroxide hydrate (0.025 g, 0.60mmol) in THF (1.4 mL) and water (0.6 mL) and stirred at 25° C. for 30minutes. The reaction was quenched with Dowex 50 (W×8) acidic resin(prewashed with MeOH) to pH<4.0 and filtered. The filtrate wasconcentrated and azeotroped with toluene (2×5 mL), to give the titlecompound (0.017 g). MS m/e=469.5 (M+H)⁺. Calculated for C₂₄H₂₁ClN₂O₆468.11.

Example 92N-((6-Chloro-7-fluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

Step A: Preparation of Methyl 2-(4-chloro-3-fluorophenyl)acetate

A solution of 2-(4-chloro-3-fluorophenyl)acetic acid (10.07 g, 53.4mmol) and concentrated H₂SO₄ (0.297 mL, 5.34 mmol) in MeOH (200 mL, 4940mmol) was stirred at 95° C. for 17 hours in a 350 mL sealed vessel. Thesolution was concentrated in vacuo and then made basic with 1N NaOH(aq)(100 mL). The resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (2×100 mL),washed with water (100 mL), and then washed with brine (75 mL). Thecombined organic layers were dried over MgSO₄, concentrated, and driedin vacuo to give methyl 2-(4-chloro-3-fluorophenyl)acetate (10.80 g). MSm/e=203.2 (M+H)⁺.

Step B: Preparation of Methyl2-(4-chloro-3-fluorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoate

A mixture of NaH (60% in mineral oil (1.78 g, 44.4 mmol)) in DMF (40 mL)in an oven dried 250 mL round bottom flask was cooled to 0° C., and asolution of methyl 2-(4-chloro-3-fluorophenyl)acetate (3.00 g, 14.8mmol) in DMF (20) was added. After stirring for 10 minutes, a solutionof MeI (3.69 mL, 59.2 mmol) in DMF (40 mL) was added dropwise. Themixture was stirred at 25° C. for 4 hours. The reaction was quenched 10%HCl(aq) (150 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×100 mL). The combinedorganic layers were washed with water (200 mL) and with brine (100 mL),dried over MgSO₄, concentrated, and dried in vacuo. The residue waspurified by flash column chromatography (silica, 0-30% DCM in hexane) togive methyl 2-(4-chloro-3-fluorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoate (3.007 g). MSm/e=231.3 (M+H)⁺.

Step C: Preparation of 2-(4-Chloro-3-fluorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoicacid

A solution of methyl 2-(4-chloro-3-fluorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoate(2.94 g, 12.7 mmol) and KOH (7.15 g, 127 mmol) in EtOH (90 mL) and water(30 mL) was stirred at 150° C. in a sealed vessel for 3 hours. Thesolution was concentrated in vacuo, diluted with 10% HCl (aq) (150 mL),and extracted with EtOAc (2×100 mL). The combined organic layers werewashed with water (2×100 mL) and then with brine (75 mL). The organiclayer was dried over MgSO₄, concentrated, and dried in vacuo to give2-(4-chloro-3-fluorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoic acid (2.63 g). MSm/e=217.3 (M+H)⁺.

Step D: Preparation of Diethyl2-(2-(4-chloro-3-fluorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoyl)malonate

A solution of 2-(4-chloro-3-fluorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoic acid (2.05g, 9.46 mmol) in thionyl chloride (40.0 mL, 548 mmol) in a 500 mL roundbottom flask was stirred at 95° C. for 2 hours. The reaction wasconcentrated in vacuo and azeotroped in toluene (50 mL) to give thecrude acid chloride. A solution of diethyl malonate (1.43 mL, 9.46 mmol)in ACN (20 mL) was cooled to 0° C. MgCl₂ (0.901 g, 9.46 mmol) and thenTEA (2.76 mL, 19.9 mmol) were added, and the mixture was stirred at 25°C. for 2 hours. A solution of the acid chloride in ACN (30 mL) wasadded, and the mixture was stirred at 50° C. for 16 hours. The reactionwas cooled, diluted with water (75 mL), and extracted with EtOAc (2×100mL). The combined organic layers were washed with water (75 mL) andbrine (75 mL). The organic layer was dried over MgSO₄, concentrated, anddried in vacuo to give diethyl2-(2-(4-chloro-3-fluorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoyl)malonate (2.95 g). MSm/e=359.4 (M+H)⁺.

Step E: Preparation of Ethyl6-chloro-7-fluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalene-3-carboxylate

A suspension of P₂O₅ (33.0 g, 232 mmol) in concentrated H₂SO₄ (29.5 mL,531 mmol) was cooled 0° C. At 0° C., the suspension was added to diethyl2-(2-(4-chloro-3-fluorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoyl)malonate (2.90 g, 8.20mmol), and the mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 1 hour. The reactionwas quenched with ice. On melting, it was extracted with EtOAc (3×100mL), washed with water (150 mL), and then with brine (100 mL). Theorganic layer was dried over MgSO₄ and concentrated in vacuo to give thetitle compound (1.349 g, 52.6% yield) as a tan solid. MS m/e=313.3(M+H)⁺.

Step F: Preparation of 1,1-DimethylethylN-((6-chloro-7-fluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate

A solution of ethyl6-chloro-7-fluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalene-3-carboxylate(0.350 g, 1.12 mmol), glycine tert-butyl ester hydrochloride (0.244 g,1.45 mmol), and Hunig's base (0.390 mL, 2.24 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (15mL) was heated at 120° C. for 2 hours in a sealed vessel. The solutionwas diluted with water (50 mL), extracted with EtOAc (2×50 mL), washedwith water (50 mL), and then washed with brine (50 mL). The organiclayer was dried over MgSO₄ and concentrated in vacuo. The residue waspurified by flash column chromatography (silica, 0-75% DCM in hexane) togive the title compound (0.305 g). MS m/e=396.5 (M−H)−.

Step G: Preparation ofN-((6-Chloro-7-fluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

A solution of 1,1-dimethylethylN-((6-chloro-7-fluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(0.255 g, 0.641 mmol) in TFA (5.00 mL, 67.3 mmol) was stirred at 25° C.for 10 minutes. The mixture was concentrated, azeotroped in DCM (2×50mL), and dried in vacuo to give the title compound (0.220 g). MSm/e=342.4 (M+H)⁺. Calculated for C₁₅H₁₃ClFNO₅ 341.05.

Example 93N-((6′-Chloro-4′-hydroxy-2′-oxo-spiro[cyclobutane-1,1′-naphthalen]-3′-yl)carbonyl)glycine

Step A: Preparation of Ethyl 2-(4-chloro-2-iodophenyl)acetate

A catalytic amount of DMF (approximately 3 drops) was added to a stirredmixture of 4-chloro-2-iodobenzoic acid (24.47 g, 86.63 mmol) and oxalylchloride (11.34 mL, 129.9 mmol) in DCM (100 mL) under a nitrogenatmosphere. The reaction mixture was stirred for 2 hours and thenconcentrated in vacuo to give 4-chloro-2-iodobenzoyl chloride as ayellow oil that solidified upon standing (26.07 g).

4-Chloro-2-iodobenzoyl chloride (23.05 g, 77 mmol) was dissolved inether (100 mL). (Trimethylsilyl)diazomethane (2.0M in diethyl ether (115mL, 230 mmol)) was added, and the reaction mixture was stirred at roomtemperature for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was quenched with AcOHuntil nitrogen evolution stopped. The mixture was then partitionedbetween EtOAc and saturated NaHCO₃. The organic layer was separated andwashed with saturated NaHCO₃ (2×), water (1×), and brine (1×), dried(MgSO₄), and concentrated in vacuo to give a yellow solid (26.93 g).

The yellow solid (26.93 g, 87.9 mmol) prepared in the previous step wasdissolved in EtOH (350 mL), and silver oxide (0.564 mL, 17.6 mmol) wasadded. The mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 1 hour. The reactionmixture was then cooled to room temperature and filtered through celite.The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give a brown oil. The crudeproduct was purified by silica flash chromatography (0-10% EtOAc/hexane)to give the desired compound as a yellow oil (20.79 g). MS (m/e)=325.0(M+H)⁺.

Step B: Preparation of Ethyl1-(4-chloro-2-iodophenyl)-cyclobutanecarboxylate

Ethyl 2-(4-chloro-2-iodophenyl)acetate (3.95 g, 12 mmol) was mixed inDMF (80 mL) in a round bottom flask. NaH (60% dispersion in mineral oil(0.54 g, 13 mmol)) was added, and the reaction mixture was stirred for15 minutes under a nitrogen atmosphere. 1,3-dibromopropane (1.4 mL, 13mmol, 1.1 eq) was added via syringe, and the reaction mixture wasstirred for 2 hours. An additional 1.10 eq NaH (60% dispersion inmineral oil (0.54 g, 13 mmol)) was added, and the reaction was stirredfor 3 hours. The reaction mixture was quenched with water and dilutedwith EtOAc. The organic layer was separated, washed with water andbrine, dried (MgSO₄), and concentrated in vacuo to give an orange oil.The crude product was purified by silica flash chromatography (0-30%DCM/hexane) to give the desired compound as a light yellow oil (2.01 g).MS (m/e)=365.1 (M+H)⁺.

Step C: Preparation of Ethyl1-(4-chloro-2-(3-ethoxy-3-oxoprop-1-ynyl)phenyl)cyclobutanecarboxylate

Ethyl 1-(4-chloro-2-iodophenyl)cyclobutanecarboxylate (2.01 g, 5.51mmol), copper(I) iodide (0.0560 mL, 1.65 mmol), andtrans-dichlorobis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(II) (0.387 g, 0.551 mmol)were mixed in ACN (10 mL) and TEA (5 mL) in a round bottom flask. Theflask was placed under a nitrogen atmosphere. 3,3,3-Triethoxyprop-1-yne(1.90 g, 11.0 mmol) was added via syringe, and the reaction was stirredfor 16 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered through celite, and thefiltrate was concentrated in vacuo to give a black oil.

The black oil prepared in the previous step was suspended in EtOH (20mL) and water (2 mL). The mixture was treated with p-toluenesulfonicacid monohydrate (50 mg, 0.26 mmol) and stirred for 30 minutes. Thereaction mixture was quenched with saturated NaHCO₃ and extracted withEtOAc (2×). The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO₄) andconcentrated in vacuo to give a black oil. The crude material waspurified by silica flash chromatography (0-100% DCM/hexane) to give thedesired compound as a brown oil (0.80 g). MS (m/e)=335.2 (M+H)⁺.

Step D: Preparation of Ethyl6′-chloro-4′-hydroxy-2′-oxo-spiro[cyclobutane-1,1′-naphthalen]-3′-carboxylate

Benzaldehyde oxime (174 mg, 1434 μmol) in DMF (7 mL) was added to astirred suspension of NaH (60% dispersion in mineral oil (57 mg, 1434μmol)) in dioxane (7 mL) under a N₂ atmosphere. The mixture was stirredfor approximately 30 minutes before being cooled to 0° C. Ethyl1-(4-chloro-2-(3-ethoxy-3-oxoprop-1-ynyl)phenyl)cyclobutanecarboxylate(400 mg, 1195 μmol) in DMF (7 mL) was added via syringe, and thereaction was stirred at 0° C. for 1 hour. The reaction was quenched withwater, and extracted with EtOAc. The aqueous layer was separated andbrought to a pH of about 4 with 10% HCl and extracted again with EtOAc(2×). The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO₄) and concentrated invacuo to give an orange oil. The crude oil was purified by silica flashchromatography (0-20% EtOAc/hexane) to give the desired compound as awhite solid (155 mg). MS (m/e)=307.1 (M+H)⁺.

Step E: Preparation of 1,1-DimethylethylN-((6′-chloro-4′-hydroxy-2′-oxo-spiro[cyclobutane-1,1′-naphthalen]-3′-yl)carbonyl)glycinate

A mixture of ethyl6′-chloro-4′-hydroxy-2′-oxo-spiro[cyclobutane-1,1′-naphthalen]-3′-carboxylate(155 mg, 505 μmol) and glycine tert-butyl ester hydrochloride (102 mg,606 μmol) were mixed in dioxane (4 mL). DIPEA (106 μL, 606 μmol) wasadded, and the reaction mixture was stirred at 75° C. for 3.5 hours. Thereaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated invacuo. The resulting yellow solid was purified by silica flashchromatography (0-50% DCM/hexane) to give the desired compound as awhite solid (151 mg). MS (m/e)=336.1 (M+H-tBu)⁺.

Step F: Preparation ofN-((6′-Chloro-4′-hydroxy-2′-oxo-spiro[cyclobutane-1,1′-naphthalen]-3′-yl)carbonyl)glycine

1,1-DimethylethylN-((6′-chloro-4′-hydroxy-2′-oxo-spiro[cyclobutane-1,1′-naphthalen]-3′-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(151 mg, 385 μmol) was stirred in TFA (1 mL, 13462 μmol) for 20 minutes.Water was added. The resulting precipitate was filtered and washed withwater to give the desired product as a white solid (87 mg). MS(m/e)=336.1 (M+H)⁺. Calculated for C₁₆H₁₅ClO₄ 335.06.

Example 94N-((4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

Step A: Preparation of Methyl 4-phenyl-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carboxylate

To NaH (60% dispersion in mineral oil (14.2 g, 355 mmol)) was added NMP(142 mL), and the mixture was cooled to 0° C. A solution of1-bromo-2-(2-bromoethoxy)ethane (17.8 mL, 142 mmol) and methylphenylacetate (20.00 mL, 142 mmol) in NMP was added dropwise, and theresulting reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 2 hours. Thereaction was quenched with water, acidified to pH=2 with concentratedHCl, extracted with 200 mL of diethyl ether, washed 2 times with 100 mLof water, separated, dried over Na₂SO₄, and concentrated in vacuo togive the title compound after flash chromatography (15.40 g) as a whitesolid. MS m/e=221 (M+H)⁺.

Step B: Preparation of 4-Phenyl-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carboxylic acid

Methyl 4-phenyl-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carboxylate (15.4 g, 69.9 mmol)was dissolved in EtOH (100 mL). KOH (39.2 g, 699 mmol) was then added.The reaction mixture was then heated at reflux for 2 hours and thencooled to ambient temperature, diluted with 150 mL of diethyl ether,added to a separatory funnel, partitioned with water, washed 2 timeswith 50 mL of water, and separated. The aqueous layer was acidified to apH of 2 with concentrated HCl and extracted with CHCl₃ (3×100 mL), driedover Na₂SO₄, and concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound (11.58g) as a light yellow solid. MS m/e=229 (M+Na)⁺.

Step C: Preparation of Diethyl2-(4-phenyl-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carbonyl)malonate

To a solution of diethyl malonate (3.96 mL, 26.2 mmol) in ACN (52.4 mL)at 0° C. was added MgCl₂ (2.74 g, 28.8 mmol) in one portion. TEA (7.30mL, 52.4 mmol) was added dropwise, and the reaction mixture was allowedto warm to ambient temperature and stirred for 3 hours.4-Phenyl-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carboxylic acid (5.13 g, 24.9 mmol) wasconverted to the acid chloride by addition of thionyl chloride andreaction at 65° C. for 1 hour. The resulting acid chloride solution wasthen concentrated in vacuo, dissolved in ACN, and added to the initialreaction mixture. The resulting mixture was stirred at ambienttemperature for 2 hours and then diluted with 200 mL of EtOAc, added toa separatory funnel, partitioned with water, washed 2 times with 75 mLof water, separated, dried over Na₂SO₄, and concentrated in vacuo togive the title compound without further purification. MS m/e=349 (M+H)⁺.

Step D: Preparation of Ethyl4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-carboxylate

Diethyl 2-(4-phenyl-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carbonyl)malonate (418 mg,1200 μmol) was dissolved in a minimal amount of EtOAc and then cooled to0° C. A slurry of P₂O₅ (681 mg) and H₂SO₄ (640 μL, 11998 μmol) (also at0° C.) was added to the mixture via spatula, and the reaction mixturewas stirred for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was then poured into abeaker of ice, diluted with 100 mL of EtOAc, added to a separatoryfunnel, partitioned with water, washed with water (2×50 mL), separated,dried over Na₂SO₄, and concentrated in vacuo to give the title compoundwhich was used without further purification. MS m/e=303 (M+H)⁺.

Step E: Preparation of 1,1-DimethylethylN-((4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate

Ethyl4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-carboxylate(450 mg, 1488 μmol) was dissolved in 1,4-dioxane (1488 μL) andN-ethyl-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (778 mL, 4465 μmol). tert-Butyl2-aminoacetate hydrochloride (374 mg, 2233 μmol) was added, and themixture was heated at 80° C. for 3 hours. The resulting mixture was thencooled to ambient temperature, diluted with 100 mL of EtOAc, added to aseparatory funnel, partitioned with NaHCO₃ (saturated, aqueous), washedwith NaHCO₃ (saturated, aqueous) (2×75 mL), separated, dried overNa₂SO₄, and concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound (270 mg) asa white solid. MS m/e=388 (M+H)⁺.

Step F: Preparation ofN-((4-Hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

1,1-DimethylethylN-((4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(270 mg, 697 mmol) was reacted with TFA (2 mL) for 30 minutes and thenconcentrated, precipitated with hexanes, filtered, washed with hexanes,and dried in a vacuum oven to give the title compound (193 mg) as awhite solid. MS m/e=332 (M+H)⁺. Calculated for C₁₇H₁₇NO₆ 331.11.

Example 95N-((6-Chloro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)-L-serine

Step A: Preparation of MethylN-((6-chloro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)-L-serinate

Ethyl6-chloro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-carboxylate(287 mg, 852 μmol, Example 1 A-C) was dissolved in 1,4-dioxane (852 μL)and N-ethyl-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (445 μL, 2557 μmol). L-Serinemethyl ester hydrochloride (199 mg, 1278 μmol) was added, and themixture was stirred at 80° C. for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was thendiluted with 100 mL of EtOAc, added to a separatory funnel, partitionedwith NaHCO₃ (saturated, aqueous), washed 2 times with 50 mL of NaHCO₃(saturated, aqueous), separated, dried over Na₂SO₄, and concentrated invacuo to give the 180 mg of the title compound as a white solid afterflash chromatography. MS m/e=410 (M+H)⁺.

Step B: Preparation ofN-((6-Chloro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)-L-serine

MethylN-((6-chloro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)-L-serinate(180 mg, 439 μmol) was dissolved in THF (4392 μL). NaOH in water (4392μL, 21961 μmol) was added, and the reaction was stirred at ambienttemperature for 3 hours. The pH was adjusted to about 3, and theresulting mixture was diluted with 100 mL of EtOAc, added to aseparatory funnel, partitioned with water, washed 2 times with 20 mL ofwater, separated, dried over Na₂SO₄, and concentrated in vacuo to givethe title compound (95 mg) after it was precipitated with hexanes,filtered, washed with hexanes, and dried in a vacuum oven. MS m/e=396(M+H)⁺. Calculated for C₁₈H₁₈NO₇ 395.08.

Example 96N-((7-Chloro-6-fluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

Step A: Preparation of2-(3-Chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-2-methylpropanenitrile

NaH (60% dispersion in mineral oil, 13.3 g, 333 mmol) was suspended inDMF (151 mL, 151 mmol), cooled to 0° C., and then a solution of3-chloro-4-fluorophenylacetonitrile (25.65 g, 151 mmol) and MeI (23.6mL, 378 mmol) in DMF was added dropwise via addition funnel. Thereaction mixture was slowly warmed to ambient temperature and stirredfor 3 hours. The reaction mixture was quenched with water, diluted with200 mL of diethyl ether, added to a separatory funnel, partitioned withwater, washed with water (2×100 mL), separated, dried over Na₂SO₄, andconcentrated in vacuo to give the title compound (21.01 g) as acolorless oil after flash chromatography.

Step B: Preparation of 2-(3-Chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoicacid

6M H₂SO₄ (45 mL) was added to2-(3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-2-methylpropanenitrile (8.03 g, 40.6 mmol)in a sealed vial which was heated at 165° C. for 2 hours. The reactionmixture was diluted with 100 mL of diethyl ether, added to a separatoryfunnel, partitioned with water, washed 2 times with 100 mL of 5N NaOH(aqueous), and separated. The aqueous layer was acidified to pH=3 with3N HCl and extracted with diethyl ether 3×75 mL). The combined organiclayers were dried over Na₂SO₄, and concentrated in vacuo to give thetitle compound (7.73 g). MS m/e=217 (M+H)⁺.

Step C: Preparation of Diethyl2-(2-(3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoyl)malonate

Diethyl malonate (5.68 mL, 37.6 mmol) was dissolved in ACN (75 mL) at 0°C. MgCl₂ (3.93 g, 41.3 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture in oneportion and TEA (10.5 mL, 75.1 mmol) was added dropwise.2-(3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoic acid (7.73 g, 35.7 mmol)was converted to the acid chloride by reaction with thionyl chloride at65° C. for 1 hour, and the resulting acid chloride was concentratedunder reduced pressure. The acid chloride was then dissolved in ACN andadded dropwise via addition funnel to the initial reaction mixture. Theresulting mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 2 hours andthen quenched with water, acidified with 5N HCl, diluted with 100 mL ofdiethyl ether, added to a separatory funnel, partitioned with water,washed with water (2×50 mL), separated, dried over Na₂SO₄, andconcentrated in vacuo to give the title compound (7.17 g) as a lightyellow oil after flash chromatography. MS m/e=359 (M+H)⁺.

Step D: Preparation of Ethyl7-chloro-6-fluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalene-3-carboxylate

P₂O₅ (1.43 g, 10.1 mmol) was suspended in H₂SO₄ (5.38 mL) and cooled to0° C. Diethyl 2-(2-(3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoyl)malonate(3.62 g, 10.1 mmol) was added, and the reaction was stirred at 0° C. for1 hour. The reaction mixture was poured into ice, diluted with 150 mL ofdiethyl ether, added to a separatory funnel, partitioned with water,washed with water (2×75 mL), separated, dried over Na₂SO₄, andconcentrated in vacuo to the title compound (1.46 g) as a whiteamorphous solid after flash chromatography. MS m/e=313 (M+H)⁺.

Step E: Preparation of 1,1-DimethylethylN-((7-chloro-6-fluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate

Ethyl7-chloro-6-fluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalene-3-carboxylate(820 mg, 2622 μmol) was dissolved in 1,4-dioxane (5244 μL) andN-ethyl-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (1370 μL, 7866 μmol). tert-Butyl2-aminoacetate hydrochloride (659 mg, 3933 μmol) was added, and thereaction was stirred at 80° C. for 3 hours. The reaction mixture wasthen diluted with 100 mL of EtOAc, added to a separatory funnel,partitioned with NaHCO₃ (saturated, aqueous), washed 2 times with 50 mLof NaHCO₃ (saturated, aqueous), separated, dried over Na₂SO₄, andconcentrated in vacuo to give the title compound (200 mg) as a whitesolid after flash chromatography. MS m/e 420 (M+Na)⁺.

Step F: Preparation ofN-((7-Chloro-6-fluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

1,1-DimethylethylN-((7-chloro-6-fluoro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(200 mg, 503 μmol) was reacted with TFA (2 mL) at ambient temperaturefor 30 minutes. The mixture was concentrated, precipitated with hexanes,filtered, washed with hexanes, and dried in a vacuum oven to give thetitle compound (139 mg) as a white solid. MS m/e=342 (M+H)⁺. Calculatedfor C₁₅H₁₃NO₅ 341.05.

Example 97N-((7-Chloro-6-fluoro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

Step A: Preparation of4-(3-Chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-tetrahydro-pyran-4-carbonitrile

NaH (60% in mineral oil, 14.3 g, 357 mmol) was suspended in NMP (143 mL)and cooled to 0° C. A solution of 1-chloro-2-(2-chloroethoxy)ethane(20.4 g, 143 mmol) and 3-chloro-4-fluorophenylacetonitrile (24.23 g, 143mmol) in ether was then added dropwise via addition funnel. Theresulting reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 3 hours and thenquenched with water, acidified with 5N HCl, diluted with 400 mL ofdiethyl ether, added to a separatory funnel, partitioned with water,washed 3 times with 100 mL of water, separated, dried over Na₂SO₄, andconcentrated in vacuo to give the title (16.99 g) after flashchromatography. MS m/e=240 (M+H)⁺.

Step B: Preparation of4-(3-Chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-tetrahydro-pyran-4-carboxylic acid

6M H₂SO₄ (43.6 mL) was added to4-(3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-tetrahydro-pyran-4-carbonitrile (9.40 g,39.2 mmol) in a sealed vial which was then heated at 165° C. for 4hours. The reaction mixture was subsequently cooled to ambienttemperature, diluted with 100 mL of diethyl ether, added to a separatoryfunnel, partitioned with water, washed 2 times with 100 mL of 5N NaOH(aqueous), and separated. The aqueous layer was acidified to pH=3 with3N HCl and extracted 2 times with 75 mL of diethyl ether. The combinedorganic layers were dried over Na₂SO₄, and concentrated in vacuo to givethe title compound (5.61 g). MS m/e=259 (M+H)⁺.

Step C: Preparation of Diethyl2-(4-(3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-tetrahydro-pyran-4-carbonyl)malonate

MgCl₂ (2.39 g, 25.1 mmol) was added to diethyl malonate (3.45 mL, 22.8mmol) in ACN (45.7 mL) after cooling the reaction mixture to 0° C. TEA(6.36 mL, 45.7 mmol) was then added dropwise, and the reaction mixturewas warmed to ambient temperature and stirred for 2 hours.4-(3-Chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-tetrahydro-pyran-4-carboxylic acid (5.61 g,21.7 mmol) was converted to the acid chloride by reaction with thionylchloride at 70° C. for 1 hour. The acid chloride reaction mixture wasconcentrated, dissolved in ACN, and added dropwise to the initialreaction mixture. The resulting mixture was stirred at ambienttemperature for 2 hours and then quenched with water, acidified with 5NHCl, diluted with 100 mL of diethyl ether, added to a separatory funnel,partitioned with water, washed 2 times with 50 mL of water, separated,dried over Na₂SO₄, and concentrated in vacuo to give the title (3.87 g)after flash chromatography. MS m/e=401 (M+H)⁺.

Step D: Preparation of Ethyl7-chloro-6-fluoro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-carboxylate

P₂O₅ (1.4 g) was suspended in H₂SO₄ (3.34 mL), and the mixture wascooled to 0° C. Diethyl2-(4-(3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-tetrahydro-pyran-4-carbonyl)malonate(1.43 g, 3.57 mmol) was then added dropwise, and the resulting mixturewas stirred for 1.5 hours. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm toambient temperature and stirred for 5 hours. The reaction mixture wasthen poured into a beaker of ice, diluted with 200 mL of diethyl ether,added to a separatory funnel, partitioned with water, washed with water(2×75 mL), separated, dried over Na₂SO₄, and concentrated in vacuo togive the title compound (0.96 g) as a colorless oil after flashchromatography. MS m/e=355 (M+H)⁺.

Step E: Preparation of 1,1-DimethylethylN-((7-chloro-6-fluoro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate

Ethyl7-chloro-6-fluoro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-carboxylate(580 mg, 1635 μmol) was dissolved in 1,4-dioxane (3270 μL) andN-ethyl-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (854 μL, 4905 μmol). tert-Butyl2-aminoacetate hydrochloride (411 mg, 2452 μmol) was added, and thereaction was stirred at 80° C. for 2 hours. The reaction was thendiluted with 100 mL of EtOAc, added to a separatory funnel, partitionedwith NaHCO₃ (saturated, aqueous), washed 2 times with 75 mL of NaHCO₃(saturated, aqueous), separated, dried over Na₂SO₄, and concentrated invacuo to give the title (30 mg) compound as a white solid after flashchromatography. MS m/e=440 (M+H)⁺.

Step F: Preparation ofN-((7-Chloro-6-fluoro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

1,1-DimethylethylN-((7-chloro-6-fluoro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(79 mg, 180 μmol) was reacted with TFA (2 mL) at ambient temperature for30 minutes. The resulting mixture was concentrated, precipitated withhexanes, filtered, washed with hexanes, and dried in a vacuum oven togive the title compound (49 mg) as an off-white solid. MS m/e=384(M+H)⁺. Calculated for C₁₇H₁₅NO₆ 383.06.

Example 98N-((4-Hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-7-((1E)-3-(methyloxy)-1-propen-1-yl)-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

Step A: Preparation of 1,1-DimethylethylN-((4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-7-((1E)-3-(methyloxy)-1-propen-1-yl)-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate

1,1-DimethylethylN-((7-bromo-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(500 mg, 1178 μmol, see Example 53) was dissolved in 1,4-dioxane (11785μL). 2M K₂CO₃ in water (2357 μL, 4714 μmol), Pd(Ph₃P)₄ (136 mg, 118μmol), and(E)-2-(3-methoxyprop-1-enyl)-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolane(300 μL, 1414 μmol) were added, and the reaction was stirred at 80° C.for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to ambient temperature,diluted with 100 mL of EtOAc, added to a separatory funnel, partitionedwith NaHCO₃ (saturated, aqueous), washed 2 times with 50 mL of NaHCO₃(saturated, aqueous), separated, dried over Na₂SO₄, and concentrated invacuo to give the title compound (385 mg) after flash chromatography. MSm/e=438 (M+Na)⁺.

Step B: Preparation ofN-((4-Hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-7-((1E)-3-(methyloxy)-1-propen-1-yl)-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

1,1-DimethylethylN-((4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-7-((1E)-3-(methyloxy)-1-propen-1-yl)-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(75 mg, 181 μmol) was dissolved in TFA (2 mL) at ambient temperature for30 minutes before it was concentrated, precipitated with hexanes,filtered, washed with hexanes, and dried in a vacuum oven to give thetitle compound (15 mg) as a yellow solid. MS m/e=360 (M+H)⁺. Calculatedfor C₁₉H₂₁NO₆ 359.14.

Example 99N-((4-Hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-7-(3-(methyloxy)propyl)-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

Step A: Preparation of 1,1-DimethylethylN-((4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-7-(3-(methyloxy)propyl)-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate

To a mixture of 1,1-dimethylethylN-((4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-7-((1E)-3-(methyloxy)-1-propen-1-yl)-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(245 mg, 590 μmol, Example 98A) in EtOH (5897 μL), was added palladium(10 wt. % on activated carbon (62.8 mg, 590 μmol)) at ambienttemperature. The mixture was placed under hydrogen gas using a balloon,and the reaction mixture was stirred for 1.5 hours before it wasfiltered through a pad of Celite, washed with DCM, and concentrated togive the title compound (284 mg) as a light yellow oil. MS m/e=440(M+Na)⁺.

Step B: Preparation ofN-((4-Hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-7-(3-(methyloxy)propyl)-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

TFA (2 mL) was added to 1,1-dimethylethylN-((4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-7-(3-(methyloxy)propyl)-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(284 mg, 680 μmol) at ambient temperature, and the reaction was stirredfor 30 minutes. The resulting mixture was concentrated to give the titlecompound (108 mg) as a light yellow amorphous solid after purificationvia preparatory LC. MS m/e=362 (M+H)⁺. Calculated for C₁₉H₂₃NO₆ 361.15.

Example 1006-Chloro-4-hydroxy-N,1,1-trimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalene-3-carboxamide

Step A: Preparation of6-Chloro-4-hydroxy-N,1,1-trimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalene-3-carboxamide

Ethyl 6-chloro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalene-3-carboxylate(1.10 g, 3732 μmol, see Example 2) was dissolved in 2M methanamine inTHF (9331 μL, 18661 μmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at 60° C.for 16 hours and then diluted with 100 mL of EtOAc. The resultingmixture was added to a separatory funnel, partitioned with NaHCO₃(saturated, aqueous), washed 2 times with 20 mL of NaHCO₃ (saturated,aqueous), separated, dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated in vacuo to givethe title compound (131 mg) as a white solid after purification viapreparatory LC. MS m/e=280 (M+H)⁺. Calculated for C₁₄H₁₄ClNO₃ 279.07.

Example 1016-Chloro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalene-3-carboxamide

Step A: Preparation of6-Chloro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalene-3-carboxamide

Ethyl 6-chloro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalene-3-carboxylate(1.19 g, 4038 μmol, see Example 2) was dissolved in ammonia (0.5M in1,4-dioxane (40376 μL, 20188 μmol)), and the resulting mixture washeated at 70° C. for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was thenconcentrated, dissolved in MeOH and ammonium hydroxide, and stirred atambient temperature for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was then heatedat 80° C. for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated, suspendedin DCM, filtered, and washed with DCM. The mother liquor was purifiedvia preparatory LC to give the title compound (31 mg) as an off-whitesolid. MS m/e=266 (M+H)⁺. Calculated for C₁₃H₁₂ClNO₃ 265.09.

Example 102N-((6-chloro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)-D-alanine

Step A: Preparation of MethylN-((6-chloro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)-D-alaninate

To ethyl 6-chloro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalene-3-carboxylate(100 mg, 339 μmol, see Example 2) and D-alanine methyl esterhydrochloride (71 mg, 509 mmol) was added 1,4-dioxane (339 μL) andN-ethyl-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (177 μL, 1018 μmol). The reaction wasthen heated at 80° C. for 16 hours. The resulting reaction mixture wasevaporated to give the title compound (78 mg) as an amorphous solidafter purification via preparatory LC. MS m/e=352 (M+1)⁺.

Step B: Preparation ofN-((6-Chloro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)-D-alanine

MethylN-((6-chloro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-naphthalen-3-yl)carbonyl)-D-alaninate(75 mg, 213 μmol) was dissolved in THF (2132 μL). 5N NaOH in water (2132μL, 10660 μmol) was added at ambient temperature, and the reaction wasstirred for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was acidified with 3N HCl,diluted with 50 mL of EtOAc, added to a separatory funnel, washed 2times with 20 mL of brine (saturated, aqueous), separated, dried overNa₂SO₄, and concentrated to give the title compound as a white amorphoussolid. MS m/e 338 (M+H)⁺. Calculated for C₁₆H₁₆ClNO₅ 337.07.

Example 1032-(5-Hydroxy-8,8-dimethyl-7-oxo-7,8-dihydroquinoline-6-carboxamido)aceticacid

Step A: Preparation of 2-(3-Iodopyridin-2-yl)acetonitrile

To a solution of n-butyllithium (11 mL, 27 mmol) in dry THF (150 mL) at−78° C., was added dry ACN (2 mL, 29 mmol). The resulting mixture wasstirred at −78° C. for 45 minutes to generate a suspension oflithionitrile. 2-Fluoro-3-iodopyridine (5 g, 22 mmol) was added as asolution in 10 mL of THF, and the yellow mixture was allowed to warmslowly to room temperature. By the time that the temperature reached−19° C., the reaction had turned dark green. After 35 minutes (reactiontemperature=−7° C.), TLC (0-30% EtOAc/hexane) showed a new lower spotand a trace of starting material. LCMS showed the desired mass((M+H)⁺=245). The reaction was quenched with saturated NH₄Cl andextracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were washed 3 timeswith saturated NH₄Cl and brine, and then dried over MgSO₄ andconcentrated in vacuo to give a dark solid. The resulting product waspurified by silica flash chromatography (0-50% EtOAc/hexane and then 10%MeOH/DCM) to give the title compound as a dark yellow solid (1.8 g,33%). MS (m/z)=245 (M+H)⁺. Calculated for C₇H₅IN₂ 244.0.

Step B: Preparation of 2-(3-Iodopyridin-2-yl)-2-methylpropanenitrile

To a solution of 2-(3-iodopyridin-2-yl)acetonitrile (1.8 g, 7.4 mmol)and DMF (20 mL), was added sodium tert-butoxide (1.8 g, 18 mmol) andthen MeI (1.0 mL, 16 mmol) at 0° C. The mixture was allowed to warm toroom temperature. After 1.5 hours, LCMS showed complete reaction and thedesired mass. The reaction was filtered through Celite and thenconcentrated in vacuo. The resulting product was extracted with EtOAcand washed with water and brine (3× each) and then dried over MgSO₄ andconcentrated in vacuo to give the crude product as a brown oil. Thecrude product was purified by silica flash chromatography (0-50%EtOAc/hexane) to give the title compound as a light-orange oil (1.8 g,90%). MS (m/z)=273 (M+H)⁺. Calculated for C₉H₉IN₂ 272.1.

Step C: Preparation of2-Methyl-2-(3-(2-(trimethylsilyl)ethynyl)pyridin-2-yl)propanenitrile

2-(3-Iodopyridin-2-yl)-2-methylpropanenitrile (1.8 g, 6.6 mmol), cuprousiodide (0.045 mL, 1.3 mmol) and dichlorobis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(II) (0.46 g, 0.66 mmol) were dissolved in TEA (20 mL, 143 mmol).Ethynyltrimethylsilane (4.7 mL, 33 mmol) was added to the reactionmixture, and the reaction mixture was placed under an argon atmosphere.The reaction mixture was stirred and heated at 80° C. After 45 minutes,the reaction was >95% complete as determined by LCMS. The reaction wascooled to room temperature and then filtered through Celite to remove adark solid. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo and purified bysilica flash chromatography (0-50% EtOAc/hexane) to give the titlecompound as a light-orange oil (1.6 g, 100%). MS (m/z)=243 (M+H)⁺.Calculated for C₁₄H₁₈N₂Si 242.4.

Step D: Preparation of 2-(3-Ethynylpyridin-2-yl)-2-methylpropanenitrile

To a solution of2-methyl-2-(3-(2-(trimethylsilyl)ethynyl)pyridin-2-yl)propanenitrile(1.6 g, 6.6 mmol) and THF (20 mL, 244 mmol), was added NaOH (13 mL, 66mmol). After 1.5 hours, TLC (30% EtOAc/hexane) showed complete reactionto provide a product with a lower spot. The reaction was acidified with5N HCl (pH=2) and then was extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer waswashed with water and brine (3× each) and then dried over MgSO₄ andconcentrated in vacuo to give a yellow oil. The crude product waspurified by silica flash chromatography (0-75% EtOAc/hexane) to give thedesired product as a light-orange crystalline solid (0.93 g, 83%). MS(m/z)=171 (M+H)⁺. Calculated for C₁₁H₁₀N₂ 170.2.

Step E: Preparation of Ethyl3-(2-(2-cyanopropan-2-yl)pyridin-3-yl)propiolate

2.5M n-butyllithium (6.6 mL, 16 mmol) was added to a stirred solution ofdiisopropylamine (2.4 mL, 17 mmol) in THF (20 mL) at −78° C. Thereaction mixture was then allowed to warm to ambient temperature for 5minutes before being cooled back down to −78° C.2-(3-Ethynylpyridin-2-yl)-2-methylpropanenitrile (0.93 g, 5.5 mmol) wasthen added dropwise as a solution in THF (20 mL). After 15 minutes,ethyl chloroformate (1.7 mL, 17 mmol) in 5 mL of THF was added to thereaction. The resulting solution was allowed to warm to ambienttemperature, and was then stirred for 15 minutes. TLC (30% EtOAc/hexane)showed complete reaction and a slightly lower spot than the startingmaterial. 3 mL of MeOH was added at 8° C. and then 3 mL of H₂O wasadded. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc, and the combined organiclayers were washed with water (3×), saturated NH₄Cl (3×) and brine (3×).The organic layer was then dried over MgSO₄ and concentrated in vacuo.The crude product was purified by silica flash chromatography (0-75%EtOAc/hexane) to give the title compound as a white crystalline solid(0.98 g, 74%). MS (m/z)=243 (M+H)⁺. Calculated for C₁₄H₁₄N₂O₂ 242.3.

Step F: Preparation of Ethyl5-hydroxy-7-imino-8,8-dimethyl-7,8-dihydroquinoline-6-carboxylate

A solution of benzaldehyde oxime (0.6 g, 5 mmol) in dry DMF (10 mL, 129mmol) was added to a stirred suspension of 60% NaH (0.2 g, 5 mmol) indry 1,4-dioxane (10 mL, 117 mmol) under a nitrogen atmosphere at roomtemperature. After 0.5 hours, a solution of the ethyl3-(2-(2-cyanopropan-2-yl)pyridin-3-yl)propiolate (0.98 g, 4 mmol) in dryDMF (10 mL, 129 mmol) was added, and the solution was stirred for 30minutes. The solvent was removed under vacuum, and water was added tothe residue. The product was extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer waswashed with water (3×) and then with saturated NH₄Cl and brine (3× each)and dried over MgSO₄. The resulting mixture was concentrated in vacuo togive a light-yellow crystalline solid/yellow oil. The yellow residue waswashed with hexane providing the product as a yellow solid which wasfiltered off (0.65 g, 62%). MS (m/z)=261 (M+H)⁺. Calculated forC₁₄H₁₆N₂O₃ 260.3.

Step G: Preparation of Ethyl5-hydroxy-8,8-dimethyl-7-oxo-7,8-dihydroquinoline-6-carboxylate

To a mixture of ethyl5-hydroxy-7-imino-8,8-dimethyl-7,8-dihydroquinoline-6-carboxylate (100mg, 384 μmol) and water (3 mL, 166525 μmol), was added H₂SO₄ (0.02 mL,384 μmol). The resulting mixture was then heated to 80° C. After 30minutes, 0.1 mL of H₂SO₄ was added. After 90 minutes, the reaction wascooled to room temperature and extracted with EtOAc. The organic phasewas washed with water and then with saturated NaHCO₃ and brine. Theorganic layer was dried over MgSO₄ and concentrated in vacuo to give alight-yellow solid. The aqueous layer was concentrated in vacuo to givea white solid/yellow liquid. The solid was washed with EtOH and a whitesolid was filtered away. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to givea yellow solid. The solid was washed with DCM and the supernatant wasdecanted off. The solid was dissolved in MeOH and concentrated in vacuoto give a light-yellow solid which was washed once more with DCM and thesupernatant was decanted away. The solid was placed under high-vacuum toleave a light-yellow solid which was purified by silica flashchromatography (0-10% MeOH/DCM) to give the title compound as a whitecrystalline solid (24 mg, 24%). MS (m/z)=262 (M+H)⁺. Calculated forC₁₄H₁₅NO₄ 261.3.

Step H: Preparation of tert-Butyl2-(5-hydroxy-8,8-dimethyl-7-oxo-7,8-dihydroquinoline-6-carboxamido)acetate

DIPEA (0.05 mL, 276 μmol) was added to a stirred mixture of ethyl5-hydroxy-8,8-dimethyl-7-oxo-7,8-dihydroquinoline-6-carboxylate (24 mg,92 μmol) and glycine tert-butyl ester hydrochloride (38 mg, 230 μmol) in1,4-dioxane (3 mL). The reaction mixture was then stirred at 75° C. for1.5 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated, and the residue waspurified by silica flash chromatography (0-75% EtOAc/hexane) to give thetitle compound as a crystalline white solid (15 mg, 47%). MS (m/z)=347(M+H)⁺. Calculated for C₁₈H₂₂N₂O₅ 346.4.

Step I: Preparation of2-(5-Hydroxy-8,8-dimethyl-7-oxo-7,8-dihydroquinoline-6-carboxamido)aceticacid

A solution of tert-butyl2-(5-hydroxy-8,8-dimethyl-7-oxo-7,8-dihydroquinoline-6-carboxamido)acetate(15 mg) and TFA (1 mL) was stirred at room temperature. After 20minutes, LCMS showed that the reaction was complete. The reaction wasconcentrated in vacuo to give a yellow oil. The sample was lyophilizedto give a white solid (10 mg, 60%). MS (m/z)=291 (M+H)⁺. Calculated forC₁₄H₁₄N₂O₅ 290.3.

Example 1044-(7-Bromo-1-hydroxy-4,4-dimethyl-3-oxo-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-2-yl)-4-oxobutanoicacid

Step A: Preparation of6-Bromo-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethylnaphthalen-2(1H)-one

Concentrated aqueous HCl (36.5-37.5%, 10 mL) was added to a solution ofethyl7-bromo-1-hydroxy-4,4-dimethyl-3-oxo-3,4-dihydronaphthalene-2-carboxylate(1.40 g, 4 mmol) in TFA (10 mL). The mixture was heated to 80° C. for 18hours. The solvent was then removed under reduced pressure, and theresidue was rinsed with water and diethyl ether. The remaining solidswere dried in vacuo at 50° C. to afford the title compound in 70% yield.¹H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 7.98 (1H, d, J=1.9 Hz), 7.75 (1H, dd,J=2.0, 8.5 Hz), 7.67 (1H, br. d, J˜8.0 Hz), 5.64 (1H, s), 2.51 (6H, m).MS (m/z not observed).

Step B: Preparation of7-Bromo-4,4-dimethyl-3-oxo-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1-yl methyl succinate

Methyl 4-chloro-4-oxobutyrate (0.107 mL, 0.873 mmol) was added to asolution of 6-bromo-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethylnaphthalen-2(1H)-one (0.212 g,0.794 mmol), TEA (0.121 mL, 0.873 mmol) in 1,2-dichloroethane (3 mL).The mixture was diluted with DCM, washed with water, washed with NaHCO₃,and dried over MgSO₄. The crude product was purified by flashchromatography using EtOAc/hexane to afford7-bromo-4,4-dimethyl-3-oxo-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1-yl methyl succinatein 85% yield. ¹H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 7.74 (1H, d, J=2.0 Hz), 7.59(1H, dd, J=8.4, 2.1 Hz), 7.36 (1H, d, J=8.5 Hz), 6.20 (1H, s), 3.73 (3H,s), 3.01 (2H, t, J=6.0 Hz), 2.80 (2H, t, J=6.0 Hz), 1.48 (6H, s). MSm/z: 381.

Step C: Preparation of Methyl4-(7-bromo-1-hydroxy-4,4-dimethyl-3-oxo-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-2-yl)-4-oxobutanoate

A mixture of 7-bromo-4,4-dimethyl-3-oxo-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1-ylmethyl succinate (0.112 g, 0.29 mmol) and sodium acetate (0.024 g, 0.29mmol) was heated at 160° C. for 15 minutes. The mixture was cooled toroom temperature, diluted with DCM, and washed with water. The organicphase was dried over MgSO₄ and concentrated. The crude product waspurified by flash chromatography using EtOAc/hexane to afford the titlecompound in 23% yield. ¹H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 8.36-8.31 (1H, m),7.73-7.68 (1H, m), 7.39-7.35 (1H, m), 3.72, 3.71 (3H, 2 s), 3.62, 3.49(2H, 2 t, J˜6.4 Hz), 2.74-2.68 (2H, m), 1.64, 1.50 (6H, 2 s). MS m/z:383 (M⁺).

Step D: Preparation of4-(7-Bromo-1-hydroxy-4,4-dimethyl-3-oxo-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-2-yl)-4-oxobutanoicacid

A solution of aqueous NaOH (5M, 2.0 mL) was added to a solution ofmethyl4-(7-bromo-1-hydroxy-4,4-dimethyl-3-oxo-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-2-yl)-4-oxobutanoate(0.061 g, 0.16 mmol) in THF (1.5 mL). The mixture was stirred for 15minutes at room temperature, diluted with DCM, and extracted with water.The water phase was acidified to pH=1 using aqueous HCl (5M) andextracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were dried over MgSO₄and evaporated. The product was rinsed with diethyl ether and dried toafford the title compound in 31% yield. ¹H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm12.19 (1H, br. s.), 8.17, 8.16 (1H, 2 s), 7.91-7.88 (1H, m), 7.75-7.72(1H, m), 3.45-3.35 (2H, m, partially covered by HDO signal), 2.60-2.56(2H, m), 1.54 (6H, br. s.). MS m/z: 368 (M⁺).

Example 1052-(5-Hydroxy-8,8-dimethyl-7-oxo-7,8-dihydroisoquinoline-6-carboxamido)aceticacid

Step A: Preparation of ethyl2-(3-fluoroisonicotinoyl)-4-methyl-3-oxopentanoate

A mixture of ethyl isobutyrylacetate (2 mL, 10 mmol) in 20 mL ACNstirred at room temperature was treated with magnesium chloride (0.9 g,10 mmol) in one portion and TEA (2 g, 22 mmol) drop wise. The mixturewas stirred at room temperature for 2.5 hours.

A mixture of 3-fluoroisonicotinic acid (1.4 g, 10 mmol) in sulfuryldichloride (12 g, 99 mmol) was refluxed for 2 hours until all solid wasdissolved. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue wasdiluted with 30 mL ACN, and added to the above mixture drop wise. Themixture turned cloudy and was stirred at room temperature for 3.5 hours,M+1=282. The mixture was diluted with 200 mL ether, neutralized with 5NHCl to pH=5, washed with H₂O (2×50 mL), brine 20 mL, dried overanhydrous Na₂SO₄, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product waspurified by column eluting with 10-20% EtOAc/hexane to give 2.1 g of theintermediate as a pale orange yellow oil. MS m/e: (M+H)⁺ 282.

Step B: Preparation of ethyl5-hydroxy-8,8-dimethyl-7-oxo-7,8-dihydroisoquinoline-6-carboxylate

A mixture of potassium t-butoxide (0.34 g, 3.0 mmol) in 8 mL NMP stirredat room temperature was treated with a solution of ethyl2-(3-fluoroisonicotinoyl)-4-methyl-3-oxopentanoate (0.28 g, 1.00 mmol)in 1 mL NMP drop wise. The dark red solution was stirred at roomtemperature for 15 hours, M+1=262. There were two spots that had theMS=262. The mixture was poured into 200 mL water. The mixture wasextracted with DCM (3×50 mL). The combined organic layers were washedwith brine (20 mL), dried, and concentrated. The crude product waspurified by column eluting with 10-50% EtOAc/hexane to give 0.2 g oil.MS m/e: (M+H)⁺ 262.

Step C: Preparation of tert-butyl2-(5-hydroxy-8,8-dimethyl-7-oxo-7,8-dihydroisoquinoline-6-carboxamido)acetate

A mixture of ethyl5-hydroxy-8,8-dimethyl-7-oxo-7,8-dihydroisoquinoline-6-carboxylate (0.2g, 0.8 mmol) and tert-butyl 2-aminoacetate hydrochloride (0.2 g, 0.9mmol) in 1 mL dioxane was treated with N-ethyl-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine(0.4 mL, 2 mmol). The mixture was warmed to 100° C. and stirred for 2.5hours, M+1=347. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, diluted with20 mL H₂O, and 100 mL EtOAc. The organic layer was concentrated. Thecrude product was purified by column eluting with 10-20% EtOAc/hexane togive 0.02 g of the product as an off-white solid. MS m/e: (M+H)⁺ 347.

Step D: Preparation of2-(5-hydroxy-8,8-dimethyl-7-oxo-7,8-dihydroisoquinoline-6-carboxamido)aceticacid

A mixture of tert-butyl2-(5-hydroxy-8,8-dimethyl-7-oxo-7,8-dihydroisoquinoline-6-carboxamido)acetate(0.02 g, 0.06 mmol) in 2 mL TFA was stirred at room temperature for 1hour, M+1=291. The mixture was diluted with 10 mL water. The solutionwas concentrated and dried to give 0.018 g of the product as a paleyellow solid. MS m/e: (M+H)⁺ 291.

Example 1066-((Carboxymethyl)carbamoyl)-7-hydroxy-8,8-dimethyl-5-oxo-5,8-dihydronaphthalene-2-carboxylicacid

Tert-butyl2-(7-bromo-2-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-4-oxo-1,4-dihydronaphthalene-3-carboxamido)acetate(253 mg, 596 μmol, Example 53A-E),trans-dichlorobis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (II) (21 mg, 30 μmol),and triphenylphosphine (16 mg, 60 μmol) were added to a vial, followedby water (32 μL, 1789 μmol) and n-tributylamine (1491 μL). The reactionmixture was placed under 4 atm of carbon monoxide at 90° C. for 18hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with 50 mL of EtOAc, washed 3times with 50 mL of 5 N NaOH (aqueous), and separated. The aqueous layerwas acidified to pH 2 with concentrated HCl and extracted 2 times with50 mL of EtOAc, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated via rotovapto give the title compound. MS (ESI) m/z: Calculated; 333.3: Observed;334.0.

Example 1072-(2-Hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-7-(2-morpholinoethylamino)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydronaphthalene-3-carboxamido)aceticacid

Step A: Preparation of tert-butyl2-(2-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-7-(2-morpholinoethylamino)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydronaphthalene-3-carboxamido)acetate

Tert-butyl2-(7-bromo-2-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-4-oxo-1,4-dihydronaphthalene-3-carboxamido)acetate(125 mg, 295 μmol, Example 53A-E), palladium acetate (7 mg, 29 μmol),racemic-2,2-bis(diphenylphosphino)-1,1-binaphthyl (18 mg, 29 μmol), andsodium tert-butoxide (42 mg, 442 μmol) were added to toluene (5892 μL)followed by 2-morpholinoethylamine (77 μL, 589 μmol). The reaction wasthen stirred at 110° C. for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was dilutedwith 100 mL of EtOAc, washed 2 times with 50 mL of 3 N HCl (aqueous),and separated. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate andconcentrated to give crude product which was purified via HPLC to givethe title compound.

Step B: Preparation of2-(2-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-7-(2-morpholinoethylamino)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydronaphthalene-3-carboxamido)aceticacid

Tert-butyl2-(2-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-7-(2-morpholinoethylamino)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydronaphthalene-3-carboxamido)acetate(25 mg, 53 μmol) was dissolved in TFA (2 mL) at room temperature for 30minutes and concentrated to give crude product. The crude product waspurified via preparatory TLC to give the title compound. MS (ESI) m/z:Calculated; 417.5: Observed; 418.1.

Example 108(E)-2-(2-Hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-4-oxo-7-styryl-1,4-dihydronaphthalene-3-carboxamido)aceticacid

Step A: Preparation of (E)-tert-butyl2-(2-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-4-oxo-7-styryl-1,4-dihydronaphthalene-3-carboxamido)acetate

Tert-butyl2-(7-bromo-2-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-4-oxo-1,4-dihydronaphthalene-3-carboxamido)acetate(360 mg, 848 μmol, Example 53A-E) was dissolved in 1,4-dioxane (8485 μL)and then beta-styrylboronic acid pinacol ester (293 mg, 1273 mmol),potassium carbonate (2 M in water, 2121 μL, 4242 μmol) andtetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (98.0 mg, 84.8 μmol) were added.The reaction was stirred at 80° C. for 4 hours. The reaction mixture wasdiluted with 100 mL of EtOAc, washed 2 times with 50 mL of sodiumbicarbonate (saturated, aqueous), separated, dried over sodium sulfate,and concentrated to give crude product. The title compound was obtainedby flash chromatography.

Step B: Preparation of(E)-2-(2-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-4-oxo-7-styryl-1,4-dihydronaphthalene-3-carboxamido)aceticacid

(E)-tert-butyl2-(2-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-4-oxo-7-styryl-1,4-dihydronaphthalene-3-carboxamido)acetate(120 mg, 268 μmol) was dissolved in TFA (2 mL) and stirred at roomtemperature for 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was concentrated,suspended in hexanes, filtered, washed with hexanes, and dried in avacuum oven to give the title compound. MS (ESI) m/z: Calculated; 391.4:Observed; 392.0.

Example 1092-(2-Hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-4-oxo-7-phenethyl-1,4-dihydronaphthalene-3-carboxamido)aceticacid

Step A: Preparation of tert-butyl2-(2-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-4-oxo-7-phenethyl-1,4-dihydronaphthalene-3-carboxamido)acetate

(E)-tert-butyl2-(2-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-4-oxo-7-styryl-1,4-dihydronaphthalene-3-carboxamido)acetate(150 mg, 335 μmol, Example 108) was dissolved in EtOH (3352 μL).Palladium (10% on carbon, 35.7 mg, 335 μmol) was added, and the reactionmixture was placed under one atmosphere of hydrogen with a balloon for 2hours. The reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of Celite, washedwith DCM, and concentrated to give the title compound.

Step B: Preparation of2-(2-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-4-oxo-7-phenethyl-1,4-dihydronaphthalene-3-carboxamido)aceticacid

Tert-butyl2-(2-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-4-oxo-7-phenethyl-1,4-dihydronaphthalene-3-carboxamido)acetate(130 mg, 289 μmol) was dissolved and stirred in TFA (2 mL) at ambienttemperature for 30 minutes. The mixture was then concentrated to givethe title compound. MS (ESI) m/z: Calculated; 393.4: Observed; 394.0

Example 1102-(2-Hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-4-oxo-7-(2-phenylethynyl)-1,4-dihydronaphthalene-3-carboxamido)aceticacid

Step A: Preparation of tert-butyl2-(2-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-4-oxo-7-(2-phenylethynyl)-1,4-dihydronaphthalene-3-carboxamido)acetate

To a mixture of tert-butyl2-(7-bromo-2-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-4-oxo-1,4-dihydronaphthalene-3-carboxamido)acetate(120 mg, 283 μmol, Example 53A-E), palladium dichloridebistriphenylphosphine (20 mg, 28 μmol), and copper(I) iodide (11 mg, 57μmol) was added THF (1414 μL), N-ethyl-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (148μL, 848 μmol), and phenylacetylene (62 μL, 566 μmol). The reaction washeated at 80° C. for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with 100mL of EtOAc, washed 2 times with 75 mL of sodium bicarbonate (saturated,aqueous), separated, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated to givecrude product which was purified via flash chromatography to give thetitle compound.

Step B: Preparation of2-(2-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-4-oxo-7-(2-phenylethynyl)-1,4-dihydronaphthalene-3-carboxamido)aceticacid

Tert-butyl2-(2-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-4-oxo-7-(2-phenylethynyl)-1,4-dihydronaphthalene-3-carboxamido)acetate(68 mg, 153 μmol) was dissolved and stirred in TFA (2 mL) at roomtemperature for 30 minutes. The reaction was concentrated, suspended inhexanes, filtered, washed with hexanes, and dried in a vacuum oven togive the title compound. MS (ESI) m/z: Calculated; 389.4: Observed;390.0.

Example 111N-((8-Chloro-2-hydroxy-4-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-4H-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

Step A: Preparation of 2-(bromomethyl)-1-chloro-3-iodobenzene

A mixture of 1-chloro-3-iodo-2-methylbenzene (11 g, 44 mmol) in 60 mLCCl₄ was stirred at 70° C. and treated with 1-bromopyrrolidine-2,5-dione(12 g, 65 mmol) and dibenzoyl peroxide (1.1 g, 4.4 mmol) slowly. Theresulting mixture was refluxed for 15 hours. The mixture was cooled toroom temperature, filtered through a plug of Celite, and washed with 10%EtOAc/hexane. The organic was concentrated and purified by columnchromatography (0-10% EtOAc/hexane) to give 14 g pink solid.

Step B: Preparation of 2-(2-chloro-6-iodophenyl)acetonitrile

A mixture of 2-(bromomethyl)-1-chloro-3-iodobenzene (14 g, 42 mmol) in100 mL EtOH was treated with a solution of potassium cyanide (3.6 mL, 84mmol) in 40 mL water. The mixture was refluxed for 2.5 hours. Themixture was cooled to room temperature and then concentrated. Theresidue was diluted with 200 mL EtOAc, washed with water (2×50 mL),saturated NaCl (50 mL), dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. Thecrude product was purified by column chromatography (20% EtOAc/hexane)to give 10.18 g pale yellow solid. MS m/e: (M−1)⁻ 276.

Step C: Preparation of 2-(2-chloro-6-iodophenyl)acetic acid

A mixture of 2-(2-chloro-6-iodophenyl)acetonitrile (10 g, 36 mmol) in 20mL dioxane was treated with 25 mL 9M H₂SO₄. The mixture was stirred at115° C. for 2 hours. The mixture was transferred into a sealed tube andheated to 150° C. and stirred for 2 hours. The mixture was then cooledto room temperature and diluted with 100 mL water. The mixture wasextracted with EtOAc (3×50 mL). The combined organic layers were washedwith saturated NaCl (20 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, and concentratedto give crude product 10.3 g as pale yellow solid. MS m/e: (M+H)⁺ 297.

Step D: Preparation of ethyl 2-(2-chloro-6-iodophenyl)acetate

A mixture of 2-(2-chloro-6-iodophenyl)acetic acid (10 g, 34 mmol) in 100mL EtOH was treated with 2 mL concentrated H₂SO₄, and refluxed for 15hours. The resulting mixture was cooled to room temperature andconcentrated. The residue was diluted with 200 mL EtOAc, washed withwater (3×50 mL), saturated NaCl (20 mL), dried over sodium sulfate andconcentrated. The crude mixture was purified by column chromatography(10-20% EtOAc/hexane) to give 9.5 g of pale yellow oil. MS m/e: (M+H)⁺324.

Step E: Preparation of ethyl4-(2-bromoethoxy)-2-(2-chloro-6-iodophenyl)butanoate

A mixture of ethyl 2-(2-chloro-6-iodophenyl)acetate (4.5 g, 14 mmol) in12 mL DMF was stirred at room temperature and treated with sodiumhydride (0.80 g, 35 mmol). The mixture turned to orange and was stirredfor 10 minutes. The mixture was treated dropwise with1-bromo-2-(2-bromoethoxy)ethane (4.2 g, 18 mmol) in 12 mL DMF. Theresulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2.5 hours. Thereaction mixture was then warmed to 60° C. and stirred for 2 hours. Themixture was cooled to room temperature and quenched carefully with 20 mLH₂O, extracted with ether (3×100 mL). The combined organic layers werewashed with water (3×50 mL), 20 mL saturated NaCl, dried over anhydrousNa₂SO₄, and concentrated to give 5.8 g of the crude product as a yellowoil. MS m/e: (M+H)⁺ 475/477.

Step F: Preparation of ethyl4-(2-chloro-6-(3,3,3-triethoxyprop-1-ynyl)phenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carboxylate

A mixture of ethyl 4-(2-bromoethoxy)-2-(2-chloro-6-iodophenyl)butanoate(5.8 g, 12 mmol) and TEA (15 mL, 110 mmol) in 24 mL ACN was degassed byvacuum and back filled with nitrogen 3 times. The mixture was treatedwith 3,3,3-triethoxyprop-1-yne (2.7 g, 16 mmol),dichlorobis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(ii) (0.17 g, 0.24 mmol) andcopper(I) iodide (0.12 g, 0.61 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 55° C.for 2 hours. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, diluted with100 mL EtOAc, and washed with water (3×20 mL) and then with 20 mLsaturated NaCl. The organic layers were dried and concentrated. Thecrude product was evaporated from 50 mL toluene and dissolved in 50 mLDMF. The mixture was treated with 0.7 g NaH. The mixture was stirred atroom temperature for 15 hours. The mixture was quenched with 50 mL waterand neutralized with 10% HCl to pH=5. The mixture was then extractedwith ether (3×100 mL). The combined organic layers were washed withwater (3×20 mL) and saturated NaCl (20 mL), and then dried overanhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The crude product waspurified by column chromatography (10% EtOAc/hexane) to give 2.42 gyellow oil. MS m/e: (M+H)⁺ 487.

Step G: Preparation of ethyl4-(2-chloro-6-(3-ethoxy-3-oxoprop-1-ynyl)phenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carboxylate

A mixture of ethyl4-(2-chloro-6-(3,3,3-triethoxyprop-1-ynyl)phenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carboxylate(2.42 g, 5.51 mmol) in 50 mL EtOH and 10 mL water was treated with4-methylbenzenesulfonic acid hydrate (0.105 g, 0.551 mmol). The mixturewas stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The mixture was dilutedwith 100 mL EtOAc, washed with 20 mL saturated NaHCO₃, dried overanhydrous Na₂SO₄ and concentrated. The concentrate was purified bycolumn chromatography (20% EtOAc/hexane) to give 1.19 g pale yellowsolid. MS m/e: (M+H)⁺ 365.

Step H: Preparation of (Z)-ethyl4-(2-chloro-6-(3-ethoxy-1-hydroxy-3-oxoprop-1-enyl)phenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carboxylate

A mixture of lithium acetate (0.21 g, 3.2 mmol) in 5 mL TFA at roomtemperature was treated with ethyl4-(2-chloro-6-(3-ethoxy-3-oxoprop-1-ynyl)phenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carboxylate(1.18 g, 3.2 mmol), and palladium(II) acetate (0.036 g, 0.16 mmol). Thereaction was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The residue wasdiluted with 100 mL EtOAc, washed with water (3×20 mL), saturated NaCl(20 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated. Theconcentrate was purified by column chromatography (10-20% EtOAc/hexane)to give 0.38 g yellow oil. MS m/e: (M+H)⁺ 383.

Step I: Preparation of ethyl8-chloro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-4H-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-carboxylate

A mixture of (Z)-ethyl4-(2-chloro-6-(3-ethoxy-1-hydroxy-3-oxoprop-1-enyl)phenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carboxylate(0.38 g, 0.99 mmol) in 5 mL EtOH was treated with NaOEt (freshly madefrom 0.1 g Na and 5 mL EtOH), and stirred at 60° C. for 2 hours. Themixture was cooled to room temperature and diluted with 100 mL EtOAc,neutralized with 5N HCl to pH 5, washed with water (20 mL), saturatedNaCl (20 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. Theconcentrate was purified by column chromatography (10-40% EtOAc/hexane)to give 0.27 g yellow solid. MS m/e: (M+H)⁺ 337.

Step J: Preparation oft-butyl-N-((8-chloro-2-hydroxy-4-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-4H-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate

A mixture of ethyl8-chloro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-4H-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-carboxylate(0.27 g, 0.80 mmol), and tert-butyl 2-aminoacetate hydrochloride (0.20g, 1.2 mmol) in 1 mL dioxane was treated withN-ethyl-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (0.26 g, 2.0 mmol). The mixture waswarmed to 100° C. and stirred for 2.5 hours. The mixture was then cooledto room temperature, diluted with 20 mL H₂O and 100 mL EtOAc. Theorganic layer was separated, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate andconcentrated. The concentrate was purified by column chromatography(10-20% EtOAc/hexane) to give 0.13 g off-white solid. MS m/e: (M+H)⁺422.

Step K: Preparation ofN-((8-chloro-2-hydroxy-4-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-4H-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

A mixture oft-butyl-N-((8-chloro-2-hydroxy-4-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-4H-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(0.13 g, 0.31 mmol) in 1.5 mL TFA was stirred at room temperature for 30minutes. The mixture was diluted with 20 mL water, and a white solidprecipitate formed. The solid was collected by filtration and washedwith 20 mL water. The solid was dried under high vacuum to give 0.11 goff-white solid. MS m/e: (M+H)⁺ 366.

Example 112 7N-((5-Chloro-2-hydroxy-4-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-4H-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

Step A: Preparation of 1-(bromomethyl)-3-chloro-2-iodobenzene

A mixture of 1-chloro-2-iodo-3-methylbenzene (7.5 g, 30 mmol) in 60 mLCCl₄ stirred at 70° C. was treated with 1-bromopyrrolidine-2,5-dione(7.9 g, 45 mmol) and dibenzoyl peroxide (0.72 g, 3.0 mmol) slowly. Themixture was refluxed under a sunlight lamp for 15 hours. The mixture wascooled to room temperature, filtered through a plug of Celite, andrinsed with 10% EtOAc/hexane. The filtrate was concentrated and purifiedby column chromatography (0-10% EtOAc/hexane) to give 7.1 g pink oil.

Step B: Preparation of 2-(3-chloro-2-iodophenyl)acetonitrile

A mixture of 1-(bromomethyl)-3-chloro-2-iodobenzene (7 g, 21 mmol) in100 mL EtOH was treated with a solution of potassium cyanide (2 mL, 42mmol) in 20 mL water. The mixture was refluxed for 2.5 hours. Themixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated. The residue wasdiluted with 200 mL EtOAc, washed with water (2×50 mL), saturated NaCl(50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The crudeproduct was purified by column chromatography (20% EtOAc/hexane) to give3.2 g pale yellow solid. MS m/e: (M+H)⁺ 278.

Step C: Preparation of 2-(3-chloro-2-iodophenyl)acetic acid

A mixture of 2-(3-chloro-2-iodophenyl)acetonitrile (3.2 g, 12 mmol) in20 mL dioxane was treated with 25 mL 9M H₂SO₄. The mixture was stirredat 115° C. for 2 hours, cooled to room temperature, and diluted with 100mL water. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3×50 mL). The combinedorganic layers were washed with saturated NaCl (20 mL), dried overanhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated to give crude product in 4 gas pale yellow solid. MS m/e: (M+H)⁺ 297.

Step D: Preparation of ethyl 2-(3-chloro-2-iodophenyl)acetate

A mixture of 2-(3-chloro-2-iodophenyl)acetic acid (3.2 g, 11 mmol) in 50mL EtOH was treated with 2 mL con. H₂SO₄, and refluxed for 2 hours. Themixture was cooled to room temperature, diluted with 200 mL EtOAc,washed with water (3×50 mL), saturated NaCl (20 mL), dried overanhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The concentrate was purifiedby column chromatography (10-20% EtOAc/hexane) to give 3.62 g paleyellow oil. MS m/e: (M+H)⁺ 325.

Step E: Preparation of ethyl4-(3-chloro-2-iodophenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carboxylate

A mixture of ethyl 2-(3-chloro-2-iodophenyl)acetate (1.3 g, 4.0 mmol) in6 mL DMF was stirred at room temperature and treated with sodium hydride(0.23 g, 10 mmol). The mixture turned orange, was stirred for 10minutes, and was treated with 1-bromo-2-(2-bromoethoxy)ethane (1.2 g,5.2 mmol) in 6 mL DMF dropwise. The mixture was then stirred at roomtemperature for 2.5 hours. The mixture was carefully quenched with 20 mLH₂O and extracted with ether (3×100 mL). The combined organic layerswere washed with water (3×50 mL), 20 mL saturated NaCl, dried overanhydrous Na₂SO₄, and concentrated. The crude product was purified bycolumn eluting with (10-20% EtOAc/hexane) to give the title compound in0.57 g. MS m/e: (M+H)⁺ 395.

Step F: Preparation of ethyl4-(3-chloro-2-(3-ethoxy-3-oxoprop-1-ynyl)phenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carboxylate

A mixture of ethyl4-(3-chloro-2-iodophenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carboxylate (0.57 g, 1.4mmol) and TEA (1.8 mL, 13 mmol) in 10 mL ACN was degassed by vacuum andback filled with nitrogen 3 times. The mixture was treated with3,3,3-triethoxyprop-1-yne (0.37 g, 2.2 mmol),dichlorobis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(II) (0.051 g, 0.072 mmol) andcopper(I) iodide (0.028 g, 0.14 mmol) and stirred at 55° C. for 2 hours.The mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated. The residuewas diluted with 50 mL EtOH and 10 mL water. The mixture was treatedwith 4-methylbenzenesulfonic acid hydrate (0.105 g, 0.551 mmol) andstirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The mixture was diluted with100 mL EtOAc, washed with 20 mL saturated NaHCO₃, dried over anhydrousNa₂SO₄ and concentrated. The crude product was purified by columnchromatography (10-25% EtOAc/hexane) to give 0.5 g yellow oil. MS m/e:(M+H)⁺ 365.

Step G: Preparation of (Z)-ethyl4-(3-chloro-2-(3-ethoxy-1-hydroxy-3-oxoprop-1-enyl)phenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carboxylate

A mixture of ethyl4-(3-chloro-2-(3-ethoxy-3-oxoprop-1-ynyl)phenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carboxylate(0.5 g, 1 mmol) in 1.5 mL TFA was stirred at room temperature andtreated with lithium acetate (0.09 g, 1 mmol) and palladium(II) acetate(0.02 g, 0.07 mmol). The resulting solution was stirred at roomtemperature for 2 hours and concentrated. The residue was diluted with100 mL EtOAc, washed with water (3×20 mL), 20 mL saturated NaCl, driedover anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated. The concentrate waspurified by column chromatography (10-20% EtOAc/hexane) to give 0.15 gof the product as a yellow oil. MS m/e: (M+H)⁺ 383.

Step H: Preparation of ethyl5-chloro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-4H-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-carboxylate

A mixture of (Z)-ethyl4-(3-chloro-2-(3-ethoxy-1-hydroxy-3-oxoprop-1-enyl)phenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carboxylate(0.14 g, 0.37 mmol) in 5 mL EtOH was treated with NaOEt (from 0.1 g Nareacted with 5 mL EtOH). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for2 hours, quenched with 20 mL water, and neutralized with 5N HCl to pH=5.The mixture was extracted with EtOAc 3×50 mL. The combined organiclayers were washed with saturated NaCl (20 mL), dried over anhydroussodium sulfate, and concentrated. The concentrate was purified by columnchromatography (10-40% EtOAc/hexane) to give 67 mg white solid. MS m/e:(M+H)⁺ 337.

Step I: Preparation oft-butyl-N-((5-chloro-2-hydroxy-4-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-4H-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate

A mixture of ethyl5-chloro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-4H-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-carboxylate(70 mg, 208 μmol) and tert-butyl 2-aminoacetate hydrochloride (52 mg,312 μmol) in 1 mL dioxane was treated withN-ethyl-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (81 mg, 624 μmol). The mixture waswarmed to 95° C. and stirred for 2.5 hours, cooled to room temperature,and then diluted with 20 mL H₂O and 100 mL EtOAc. The organic layerswere separated, washed with 20 mL 1N HCl×2, water 20 mL, saturated NaCl20 mL, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated. Theconcentrate was purified by column chromatography (10-20% EtOAc/hexane)to give 51 mg pale yellow solid. MS m/e: (M+H)⁺ 366.

Step J: Preparation ofN-((5-chloro-2-hydroxy-4-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-4H-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

A mixture oft-butyl-N-((5-chloro-2-hydroxy-4-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-4H-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(51 mg, 121 μmol) in 1 mL TFA was stirred at room temperature for 30minutes and diluted with 20 mL water. The solid was collected byfiltration and washed with 20 mL water. The solid was then dried underhigh vacuum to give, 39 mg pale yellow solid. MS m/e: (M+H)⁺ 366.

Example 113N-((7,8-Difluoro-2-hydroxy-4-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-4H-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

Step A: Preparation of4-(2,3-difluorophenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carbonitrile

A mixture of sodium hydride (2 mL, 88 mmol) in 120 mL NMP was stirred at0° C. and treated with a mixture of bis(2-bromoethyl)ether (9 mL, 40mmol) and 2-(2,3-difluorophenyl)acetonitrile (6.12 g, 40 mmol) in 20 mLether. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours,carefully quenched with 20 mL H₂O, and neutralized to pH=5 withconcentrated HCl. The mixture was further diluted with 200 mL water, andthe precipitate was collected by filtration. The solid was redissolvedin 200 mL ether, washed with 20 mL saturated NaCl, dried over anhydrousNa₂SO₄, and concentrated to give 6.55 g of the title compound as a whitesolid. MS m/e: (M+H)⁺ 224.

Step B: Preparation of4-(2,3-difluorophenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carboxylic acid

A mixture of 4-(2,3-difluorophenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carbonitrile(7.8 g, 35 mmol) in 100 mL dioxane was treated with concentratedsulfuric acid (6.9 g, 70 mmol) 13 mL H₂O, and stirred at 160° C. in asealed tube for 2 hours. The mixture was treated with 20 mL water andstirred at 110° C. for 15 hours. The mixture was then stirred at 160° C.for another 5 hours. The resulting mixture was cooled to roomtemperature. The reaction was then diluted with water and extracted withEtOAc. The organic layer was extracted with 1M NaOH. Upon acidifying theaqueous phase with concentrated HCl, a precipitate formed. Theprecipitate was collected by filtration to give 6.2 g of the titlecompound as pale yellow solid. MS m/e: (M+H)⁺ 243.

Step C: Preparation of diethyl2-(4-(2,3-difluorophenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carbonyl)malonate

A mixture of diethyl malonate (4.2 g, 26 mmol) in 50 mL ACN was stirredat 0° C. and treated with magnesium chloride (2.5 g, 26 mmol) in oneportion and TEA (5.9 g, 58 mmol) dropwise. The mixture was stirred atroom temperature for 2.5 hours. In a separate flask, a mixture of4-(2,3-difluorophenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carboxylic acid (6.4 g, 26mmol) in sulfuryl dichloride (31 g, 264 mmol) was refluxed for 2 hours,then concentrated in vacuo. This residue was diluted with 30 mL ACN, andadded to the malonate/magnesium chloride mixture dropwise. The resultingreaction was stirred at 50° C. for 1.5 hours. The mixture was cooled toroom temperature, diluted with 200 mL EtOAc, neutralized to pH=5 withconcentrated HCl, washed with H₂O (2×50 mL), saturated NaCl (20 mL),dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and concentrated in vacuo. The crude productwas purified by column chromatography (10-20% EtOAc/hexane) to give theintermediate 3.3 g as pale yellow oil. MS m/e: (M+H)⁺ 385.

Step D: Preparation of ethyl7,8-difluoro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-4H-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-carboxylate

To 10 mL concentrated H₂SO₄ stirred at 0° C. was added diethyl2-(4-(2,3-difluorophenyl)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carbonyl)malonate (3.3g, 8.6 mmol) dropwise. The mixture was stirred at 0° C. and allowed towarm to room temperature over 2 hours. The mixture was poured into 100 gcrushed ice and extracted with EtOAc (3×100 mL). The combined organiclayers were washed with saturated NaCl (20 mL), dried over anhydrousNa₂SO₄, concentrated in vacuo, and purified by column chromatography(20% EtOAc/hexane) to give the title compound 0.23 g as a pale yellowsolid. MS m/e: (M+H)⁺ 339.

Step E: Preparation of t-butylN-((7,8-difluoro-2-hydroxy-4-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-4H-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate

A mixture of ethyl7,8-difluoro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-4H-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-carboxylate(0.23 g, 0.68 mmol), tert-butyl 2-aminoacetate hydrochloride (0.14 g,0.82 mmol) in 3 mL dioxane was treated withN-ethyl-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (0.26 g, 2.0 mmol). The mixture waswarmed to 120° C. and stirred for 1.5 hours. The mixture was cooled toroom temperature, diluted with 20 mL H₂O, and 100 mL EtOAc. The organiclayer was separated, washed with 20 mL 1N HCl, saturated NH₄Cl, driedover anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The crude product waspurified by column chromatography (10-20% EtOAc/hexane) to give 0.13 gwhite solid. MS m/e: (M+H)⁺ 424.

Step F: Preparation of (f)N-((7,8-difluoro-2-hydroxy-4-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-4H-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycine

A mixture of t-butylN-((7,8-difluoro-2-hydroxy-4-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-4H-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)carbonyl)glycinate(0.13 g, 0.3 mmol) in 3 mL TFA was stirred at room temperature for 1hour. The mixture was diluted with 100 mL water and a white precipitatewas formed to form a suspension. The suspension was stirred for 30minutes at room temperature, filtered, and washed with 20 mL water. Thesolid was dried under vacuum at 45° C. for 15 hours to give 0.09 g ofthe title compound as a white solid. MS m/e: (M+H)⁺ 368.

Example 114N-(((4S)-3-Hydroxy-4-methyl-1-oxo-4-phenyl-1,4-dihydro-2-naphthalenyl)carbonyl)glycineorN-(((4R)-3-Hydroxy-4-methyl-1-oxo-4-phenyl-1,4-dihydro-2-naphthalenyl)carbonyl)glycine

A mixture of one of the enantiomers of2-(6-chloro-1-(4-chlorophenyl)-2-hydroxy-1-methyl-4-oxo-1,4-dihydronaphthalene-3-carboxamido)aceticacid (50 mg, 119 μmol, Example 29) and 50 mg 10% Pd—C in 10 mL MeOH wastreated with sodium acetate (29 mg, 357 μmol). The mixture was stirredat room temperature under hydrogen for 4 hours, M+1=352. The mixture wasfiltered through a short plug of silica gel and washed with 20 mL EtOAc.The organic layer was concentrated and purified by column eluting with1:50:100=AcOH/EtOAc/hexane to give 20 mg white solid. MS m/e: (M+H)⁺352.

TABLE 1 The following table lists compounds which were prepared by themethods described in the referenced Examples. Synthetic Ex. StructureName MS H+ Method 115

2-(2-hydroxy-1,1- dimethyl-7-octyl-4- oxo-1,4- dihydronaphthalene-3-carboxamido) acetic acid 402.3 Examples 108 and 109 116

2-(2-hydroxy-7-(3- methoxyprop-1- ynyl)-1,1-dimethyl- 4-oxo-1,4-dihydronaphthalene- 3-carboxamido) acetic acid 358.0 Example 110 117

2-(2-hydroxy-1,1- dimethyl-4-oxo-7- (2-(pyridin-3-yl) ethynyl)-1,4-dihydronaphthalene- 3-carboxamido) acetic acid 391.1 Example 110

Example 1184-(6,7-Dichloro-3-hydroxy-4,4-dimethyl-1-oxo-1,4-dihydro-2-naphthalenyl)-4-oxobutanoicacid

Step A: Preparation of3-(3-(1,3-dioxan-2-yl)propanoyl)-6,7-dichloro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethylnaphthalen-2(1H)-one

A mixture of ethyl6,7-dichloro-1-hydroxy-4,4-dimethyl-3-oxo-3,4-dihydronaphthalene-2-carboxylate(0.5 g, 2 mmol, Example 4A-E) in 20 mL THF was stirred at roomtemperature and treated with sodium hydride (0.2 mL, 8 mmol). Theresulting mixture was then stirred for 30 minutes. The mixture was thentreated with 2-[2-(1,3-dioxanyl)]ethylmagnesium bromide (3 mL, 2 mmol)dropwise and stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The mixture wasquenched with water 10 mL at 0° C., and neutralized with 2N HCl to pH=5.The mixture was extracted with EtOAc 3×50 mL. The combined organiclayers were washed with brine 20 mL, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, andconcentrated. The crude product was purified by column chromatographyeluting with 20% EtOAc/hexane to give 0.26 g pure product as whitesolid. MS m/e: 399 (M+H)⁺.

Step B: Preparation of4-(6,7-dichloro-1-hydroxy-4,4-dimethyl-3-oxo-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-2-yl)-4-oxobutanal

A mixture of3-(3-(1,3-dioxan-2-yl)propanoyl)-6,7-dichloro-4-hydroxy-1,1-dimethylnaphthalen-2(1H)-one(0.26 g, 0.65 mmol) in 25 mL acetic acid/water (4:1) was warmed to 95°C. and stirred for 1 hour. The mixture was treated with 10 mL water andstirred at 95° C. for another 30 minutes. The reaction mixture wasdiluted with 20 mL water and cooled to room temperature. The resultingmixture was then diluted with 200 mL additional water. The precipitatethat formed was filtered and washed with 20 mL H₂O. The crudeprecipitate was dissolved in 100 mL DCM, washed with 20 mL saturatedNH₄Cl, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, and concentrated to give 0.22 g ofthe product as a pale yellow solid. MS m/e: 341 (M+H)⁺.

Step C: Preparation of4-(6,7-dichloro-3-hydroxy-4,4-dimethyl-1-oxo-1,4-dihydro-2-naphthalenyl)-4-oxobutanoicacid

A mixture of4-(6,7-dichloro-1-hydroxy-4,4-dimethyl-3-oxo-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-2-yl)-4-oxobutanal(0.22 g, 0.64 mmol) in 6 mL DMF was stirred at room temperature andtreated with oxone (0.36 mL, 0.64 mmol). The mixture was stirred at roomtemperature for 2 hours. The mixture was quenched with 50 mL H₂O andadjusted to pH=5 with concentrated HCl. The solid was collected byfiltration and washed with 20 mL H₂O. The crude was dried under highvacuum to give 0.23 g white solid. MS m/e: 357 (M+H)⁺. Calculated forC₁₆H₁₄Cl₂O₅: 356.

Example 1194-(6-Chloro-2-hydroxy-4-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-4H-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)-4-oxobutanoicacid

Step A: Preparation of6-chloro-2-hydroxy-3-(4-pentenoyl)-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-4H-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-4-one

A mixture of ethyl6-chloro-2-hydroxy-4-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-carboxylate(2.53 g, 8 mmol, Example 1 A-C) in 20 mL THF was stirred at roomtemperature and treated with sodium hydride (0.6 g, 15 mmol, 60% inoil). The resulting mixture was stirred for 10 minutes. The mixture wasthen treated with 3-butenylmagnesium bromide (15 mL, 8 mmol). After 5minutes, the mixture was warmed to 60° C., and the reaction was stirredfor another 0.5 hours. The mixture was cooled to 0° C., quenched with 20mL saturated NH₄Cl, and 100 mL EtOAc was added. The organic layer wasseparated, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, and concentrated in vacuo. Thecrude product was purified by column chromatography eluting with 10-20%EtOAc/hexane to give 2.17 g white solid. MS m/e: 347 (M+H)⁺.

Step B: Preparation of4-(6-chloro-2-hydroxy-4-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-4H-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)-4-oxobutanal

A mixture of6-chloro-2-hydroxy-3-(4-pentenoyl)-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-4H-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-4-one(0.65 g, 1.9 mmol) in 50 mL DCM was stirred at −78° C. and treated withO₃ until the solution remained blue. The mixture was stirred at −78° C.for 30 minutes and then treated with 1 mL dimethyl sulfide and stirredfrom −78° C. to 0° C. for 2 hours. The mixture was concentrated in vacuoand purified by column eluting with 40:100=EtOAc/hexane to give thedesired product. MS m/e: 349 (M+H)⁺.

Step C: Preparation of4-(6-chloro-2-hydroxy-4-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-4H-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)-4-oxobutanoicacid

A mixture of4-(6-chloro-2-hydroxy-4-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-4H-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)-4-oxobutanal(0.2 g, 0.6 mmol) in 3 mL DMF was stirred at room temperature andtreated with oxone (0.3 mL, 0.6 mmol). The mixture was stirred at roomtemperature for 2 hours. The mixture was quenched with 10 mL H₂O andadjusted to pH=5 with concentrated HCl. The solid was collected byfiltration and washed with 10 mL H₂O. The crude product was dissolved in50 mL EtOAc and washed with 20 mL H₂O and then with 20 mL brine. Theorganic layer was dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, and concentrated in vacuoto give 0.20 g white solid. MS m/e: 365 (M+H)⁺. Calculated forC₁₈H₁₇ClO₆: 364.

Example 120 Resolution of4-(7-chloro-4-cyano-1-hydroxy-4-methyl-3-oxo-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-2-yl)-4-oxobutanoicacid

4-(7-Chloro-4-cyano-1-hydroxy-4-methyl-3-oxo-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-2-yl)-4-oxobutanoicacid (0.1 g, prepared according to Example 123) was dissolved indimethyoxy ethylenegycol (10 mL) and separated on a chiralpack ADH(21×250 mm, 5 μm) column in ten 1 mL injections (flow: 60 mL/min,eluent: 50% MeOH in supercritical fluid and carbon dioxide). The firstpeak was concentrated and dried in vacuo to give the first enantiomer(35 mg). MS m/z 334 (M+H)⁺. Calculated for Cl₆H₁₂ClNO₅: 333. The secondpeak was concentrated and dried in vacuo to give the other enantiomer(36 mg). MS m/z 334 (M+H)⁺. Calculated for Cl₆H₁₂ClNO₅: 333.

Example 1214-(6-Chloro-2-hydroxy-4-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-4H-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)-3-methyl-4-oxobutanoicacid

Step A: Preparation of3-(3-(1,3-dioxan-2-yl)propanoyl)-2-methyl-(6-chloro-2-hydroxy-4-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-4H-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)-one

A mixture of6-chloro-2-hydroxy-3-(4-pentenoyl)-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-4H-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-4-one(0.3 g, 0.7 mmol, see Example 119) in 20 mL THF stirred at 0° C. wastreated with lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide (1.0M solution in THF, 2mL, 2 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 1 hour and was thentreated with methyl iodide (0.09 mL, 1 mmol). The resulting mixture wasstirred at 0° C. and allowed to warm to room temperature over 5 hours.The mixture was treated with another 1.0 mL LHMDS and 0.1 mL iodomethaneand stirred at room temperature for 15 hours. The mixture was treatedwith another 1 mL LHMDS and stirred at room temperature for 2 additionalhours. The mixture was quenched with 20 mL water, adjusted pH=5 withconcentrated HCl, and extracted with EtOAc 3×50 mL. The combined organiclayers were washed with brine (20 mL), dried, and concentrated. Thecrude product was purified by column chromatography eluting with 20-40%EtOAc/hexane to give 0.13 g of the product as a pale yellow solid. MSm/z 421 (M+H)⁺.

Step B: Preparation of4-(6-chloro-2-hydroxy-4-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-4H-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)-3-methyl-4-oxobutanal

A mixture of3-(3-(1,3-dioxan-2-yl)propanoyl)-2-methyl-(6-chloro-2-hydroxy-4-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-4H-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)-one(0.13 g, 0.3 mmol) in 20 mL 50% acetic acid/water was stirred at 95° C.for 1 h. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and diluted with 100mL water. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc 3×50 mL. The combinedorganic layers were washed with saturated NaHCO₃ 3×50 mL, brine 30 mL,dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, and concentrated to give 0.1 g of theproduct as a yellow solid. MS m/z 363 (M+H)⁺.

Step C: Preparation of4-(6-chloro-2-hydroxy-4-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-4H-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)-3-methyl-4-oxobutanoicacid

A mixture of4-(6-chloro-2-hydroxy-4-oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-4H-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′-pyran]-3-yl)-3-methyl-4-oxobutanal(0.1 g, 0.3 mmol) in 2 mL DMF was stirred at room temperature andtreated with oxone (0.2 mL, 0.3 mmol). The mixture was stirred at roomtemperature for 2 hours. The mixture was quenched with 20 mL H₂O, andthe pH was adjusted to pH=5 with concentrated HCl. The precipitate thatformed was collected by filtration and washed with 20 mL water. Theproduct was dried under high vacuum to give 0.1 g of the product as anoff-white solid. MS m/z 379 (M+H)⁺. Calculated for C₁₉H₁₉ClO₆: 378.

TABLE 2 The following table lists compounds which were prepared by themethods set forth in the Examples described above. MS Synthetic ExStructure Name (MH+) Method 122

4-(6,7-dichloro-1-hydroxy- 4,4-dimethyl-3-oxo-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-2-yl)-4- oxobutanoic acid 357 Example 118 123

4-(7-chloro-4-cyano-3- hydroxy-4-methyl-1-oxo- 1,4-dihydro-2-naphthalenyl)-4- oxobutanoic acid 334 Example 118 124

(R)-4-(7-chloro-4-cyano-1- hydroxy-4-methyl-3-oxo-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-2- yl)-4-oxobutanoic acid or 334 Example 120

(S)-4-(7-chloro-4-cyano-1- hydroxy-4-methyl-3-oxo-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-2- yl)-4-oxobutanoic acid 125 Enantiomer ofExample 124 Enantiomer of Example 124 334 Example 120 126

4-(5,6-difluoro-1-hydroxy- 4,4-dimethyl-3-oxo-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-2-yl)-4- oxobutanoic acid 325 Example 118 127

4-(6-chloro-1-hydroxy-4,4- dimethyl-3-oxo-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-2-yl)-4- oxobutanoic acid 323 Example 118 128

4-(7-chloro-2-hydroxy-4- oxo-2′,3′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-4H-spiro[naphthalene-1,4′- pyran]-3-yl)-4-oxobutanoic acid 365 Example118

TABLE 3 The following table lists compounds which were prepared by themethods set forth in the Examples described above. MS Synthetic ExStructure Name (MH+) Method 129

2-(7-chloro-1-cyano- 4-hydroxy-1-methyl- 2-oxo-1,2- dihydronaphthalene-3-carboxamido)acetic acid 335.7 Example 84 130

2-(1-cyano-7-fluoro- 4-hydroxy-1-methyl- 2-oxo-1,2- dihydronaphthalene-3-carboxamido)acetic acid 319.2 Example 84 131

2-(1-cyano-6-fluoro- 4-hydroxy-1-methyl- 2-oxo-1,2- dihydronaphthalene-3-carboxamido)acetic acid 319.2 Example 84 132

2-(7-bromo-1-cyano- 4-hydroxy-1-methyl- 2-oxo-1,2- dihydronaphthalene-3-carboxamido)acetic acid 380.1 Example 84 133

2-(1-cyano-6,7- difluoro-4-hydroxy- 1-methyl-2-oxo-1,2-dihydronaphthalene- 3-carboxamido)acetic acid 337.2 Example 84 134

(R)-2-(7-bromo-1- cyano-4-hydroxy-1- methyl-2-oxo-1,2-dihydronaphthalene- 3-carboxamido)acetic acid or 380.1 Example 85

(S)-2-(7-bromo-1- cyano-4-hydroxy-1- methyl-2-oxo-1,2-dihydronaphthalene- 3-carboxamido)acetic acid 135

(R)-2-(1-cyano-6- fluoro-4-hydroxy-1- methyl-2-oxo-1,2-dihydronaphthalene- 3-carboxamido)acetic acid or 319.2 Example 85

(S)-2-(1-cyano-6- fluoro-4-hydroxy-1- methyl-2-oxo-1,2-dihydronaphthalene- 3-carboxamido)acetic acid 136

(R)-2-(7-chloro-1- cyano-4-hydroxy-1- methyl-2-oxo-1,2-dihydronaphthalene- 3-carboxamido)acetic acid or 335.7 Example 85

(S)-2-(7-chloro-1- cyano-4-hydroxy-1- methyl-2-oxo-1,2-dihydronaphthalene- 3-carboxamido)acetic acid 137

(R)-2-(1-cyano-7- fluoro-4-hydroxy-1- methyl-2-oxo-1,2-dihydronaphthalene- 3-carboxamido)acetic acid or 319.2 Example 85

(S)-2-(1-cyano-7- fluoro-4-hydroxy-1- methyl-2-oxo-1,2-dihydronaphthalene- 3-carboxamido)acetic acid 138 Enantiomer of Example135 Enantiomer of 319.2 Example Example 135 86 139 Enantiomer of Example134 Enantiomer of 380.1 Example Example 134 86 140 Enantiomer of Example137 Enantiomer of 319.2 Example Example 137 86 141 Enantiomer of Example136 Enantiomer of 335.7 Example Example 136 86 142

(R)-2-(1-cyano-6,7- difluoro-4-hydroxy- 1-methyl-2-oxo-1,2-dihydronaphthalene- 3-carboxamido)acetic acid or 337.2 Example 85

(S)-2-(1-cyano-6,7- difluoro-4-hydroxy- 1-methyl-2-oxo-1,2-dihydronaphthalene- 3-carboxamido)acetic acid 143 Enantiomer of Example142 Enantiomer of 337.2 Example Example 142 86

The following are examples of methods that may be used to quantitate HIFPHD activity and the inhibition of HIF PHD activity by compounds of thepresent invention.

Expression, Purification and Europium Labeling of VCB and Design of anEu-VCB Based TR-FRET Assay for the Detection of Hydroxyprolyl HIF1αPeptides

The VCB complex is defined as the Von Hippel-Lindau protein (pVHL),elongin B and elongin C heterotrimeric complex. VCB specifically bindsto hydroxyproline residues of HIF1α, initiating polyubiquitinylation ofHIF1α and its subsequent proteolytic destruction. In the absence ofprolyl hydroxylase activity, VCB does not bind unmodified HIF1α. The VCBcomplex was expressed in E. coli and purified from the soluble fraction.The amino acid sequences of the three protein components are as follows:

VHL (Amino Acids 54-213) (SEQ ID NO: 1)MHHHHHHEAGRPRPVLRSVNSREPSQVIFCNRSPRVVLPVWLNFDGEPQPYPTLPPGTGRRIHSYRGHLWLFRDAGTHDGLLVNQTELFVPSLNVDGQPIFANITLPVYTLKERCLQVVRSLVKPENYRRLDIVRSLYEDLEDHPNVQKD LERLTQERIAHQRMGDElonginB (SEQ ID NO: 2)MDVFLMIRRHKTTIFTDAKESSTVFELKRIVEGILKRPPDEQRLYKDDQLLDDGKTLGECGFTSQTARPQAPATVGLAFRADDTFEALCIEPFSSPPELP DVMKPQDSGSSANEQAVQ*ElonginC (Amino Acids 17-112) (SEQ ID NO: 3)MYVKLISSDGHEFIVKREHALTSGTIKAMLSGPGQFAENETNEVNFREIPSHVLSKVCMYFTYKVRYTNSSTEIPEFPIAPEIALELLMAANFLDCThe N-terminus of VHL contains a six histidine affinity tag forpurification purposes.

A VCB-based assay allows a highly sensitive and direct measurement ofenzymatic product formation (HIF1α protein or fragments thereofcontaining a hydroxylated proline residue) and is suitable for highthroughput screening.

For expression in E. coli, VHL 54-213 was cloned into pAMG21 (Pluxpromoter) between the NdeI-XhoI site. Immediately downstream of this isthe ElonginC gene cloned into the XhoI site to SacII. There is a 13 bpspacer between the stop codon of VHL and the initiating codon ofElonginC. The expression plasmid pAMG21 is a 6118 base pair plasmid thatwas derived from the expression vector pCFM1656 (ATCC #69576), which inturn can be derived from the expression vector system described in U.S.Pat. No. 4,710,473. This design allows for chemical rather than thermalinduction of protein expression by substitution of the promoter region,replacing a synthetic bacteriophage lambda pl promoter with a DNAsegment containing the LuxR gene and the LuxPR promoter, and affordsregulation of expression by the plasmid-encoded LuxR protein, therebyallowing any E. coli strain to serve as host.

ElonginB was cloned into pTA2 (pACYC184.1 based vector) under thecontrol of a Lac promoter. Competent E. coli cells were transformed withthe pAMG21-VHL-ElonginC construct. These E. coli cells were renderedcompetent again prior to transformation with the pTA2-elonginB constructto produce the final E. coli strain containing both plasmid constructs.Induction of protein expression was initiated by the addition of IPTGand N-(3-oxo-hexanoyl)-homoserine lactone (HSL) at 30° C.

Bacterial cells were lysed by a microfluidizer in aqueous buffer of pH8.0 and the soluble fraction was separated by centrifugation. Thesoluble E. coli fraction was subjected to Nickel-NTA chelatingchromatography to utilize the six histidine affinity tag located on thepVHL construct. The pooled fractions from the nickel column were appliedto a Superdex 200 size exclusion chromatography (SEC) column. Theprotein eluted as a monomer on SEC, indicating that the three proteincomponents formed a complex in solution. The fractions from the SECcolumn were pooled and applied to a Q Sepharose anion exchange columnfor final purification. The purified complex was visualized by SDS-PAGEand the identities of the three protein components were confirmed byN-terminal amino acid sequencing.

Purified VCB was exchanged into 50 mM sodium carbonate buffer pH 9.2 andlabeled with a europium chelate overnight. LANCE™ europium chelate(PerkinElmer, Inc; Eu-W1024 ITC chelate; catalog number is AD0013) wasused to label the lysine residues of the VCB complex. The chelatecontains an isothiocyanate reactive group that specifically labelsproteins on lysine residues (there are fifteen lysine residues in theVCB protein complex). The resulting europylated VCB was purified bydesalting columns and quantitated by standard means. The labeling yieldwas determined to be 6.6 europium groups per one VCB complex.

Two peptides were produced by SynPep, Inc.: a hydroxyproline modifiedpeptide and an unmodified control peptide. VCB was expected tospecifically bind to the hydroxyproline modified peptide (a mimic ofenzymatic hydroxylation by prolyl hydroxylase). VCB was not expected tobind to the unmodified peptide. Both peptides were produced with abiotin group at the N-terminus to allow for binding by thestreptavidin-labeled fluorescent acceptor allophycocyanin (streptavidinAPC; Prozyme, Inc.).

The sequence of the custom synthesized HIF1α peptides (amino acids556-575, with methionine residues replaced with alanine residues toprevent oxidation) were as follows:

(unmodified) (SEQ ID NO: 4) Biotin-DLDLEALAPYIPADDDFQLR-CONH₂ (modified)(SEQ ID NO: 5) Biotin-DLDLEALA[hyP]YIPADDDFQLR-CONH₂

The peptides were purchased from SynPep as lyophilized solids and weresuspended in DMSO for experimental use. The peptides were quantitatedaccording to their absorbance at 280 nm.

Experiments were conducted in 96 well Costar polystyrene plates.Biotinylated peptides and europylated VCB were suspended in thefollowing buffer: 100 mM HEPES 7.5, 0.1M NaCl, 0.1% BSA and 0.05% Tween20. The reagents were allowed to reach equilibrium by shaking for 1 hourbefore the plates were read on the Discovery Instrument (Packard). Thedata output is the ratio of the 665 nm and 620 nm emission signalresulting from the 320 nm excitation.

As shown in FIG. 1, the specific interaction of europylated VCB with thehydroxyproline modified HIF1α peptide coupled to streptavidin APCgenerated a fluorescence signal detectable over the background signal.These results demonstrate a fluorescence signal generated by thespecific interaction of Eu-VCB with hyp-HIF1α peptide. Each barrepresents the data from a single well of a 96 well assay plate. Thesignal to background ratio was calculated from data from a control plate(unmodified peptide). Eu-VCB concentration was titrated across rows (nM)and streptavidin APC concentrations were titrated down columns. Thepeptide concentration was fixed at 100 nM.

Detection of Enzymatically Converted Hydroxyprolyl HIF-1α by HIF PHD2and Inhibition of HIF PHD2 Activity

Binding of the P564-HIF1α peptide to VCB was validated utilizing thehomogeneous time-resolved FRET (TR-FRET) technology. A 17 amino acid(17aa) peptide with an N-terminally labeled biotin moleculecorresponding to amino acid sequences 558 to 574 of the HIF1α proteinwas synthesized in-house (DLEMLAPYIPMDDDFQL (SEQ ID NO: 6)). A second17aa peptide containing a hydroxylated proline at position 564 waschemically generated to mimic the PHD enzyme converted product form ofthe protein that is recognized by VCB. The assay was performed in afinal volume of 100 μL in buffer containing 50 mM Tris-HCl (pH 8), 100mM NaCl, 0.05% heat inactivated FBS, 0.05% Tween-20, and 0.5% NaN₃. Theoptimal signal over background and the linear range of detection wasdetermined by titrating the hydroxylated or unhydroxylated peptide atvaried concentrations between 0 and 1 μM with a titration of VCB-Eu atvarying concentrations between 0 and 50 nM with 50 nM of streptavidinAPC. The binding reagents were allowed to reach equilibrium by shakingfor 1 hour before it was read on the Discovery Instrument (Packard). Thedata output is the ratio of the 665 nm and 620 nm emission signalresulting from the 320 nm excitation.

HIF PHD2 activity was detected by P564-HIF1α peptide and VCB binding inthe TR-FRET format. HIF PHD2 was assayed at various concentrationsbetween 0 and 400 nM with 3 μM HIF1α peptide in buffer containing 50 mMTris-HCl (pH 7.5), 100 mM NaCl, 0.05% Tween 20, 2 mM 2-oxoglutarate(2-OG), 2 mM ascorbic acid and 100 μM FeCl₂ in a final volume of 100 μL.The time-course was determined by periodically transferring 2.5 μL ofthe reaction into 250 μL of 10×TR-FRET buffer containing 500 mM HEPES(pH 7.5), 1M NaCl, 1% BSA, and 0.5% Tween-20 to terminate the enzymereaction. 15 nM HIF-1α peptide from the terminated reaction was added to35 nM streptavidin-APC and 10 nM VCB-Eu to a final volume of 100 μL in10×TR-FRET buffer. The TR-FRET reagents were placed on a shaker for 1hour before detection on the Discovery platform.

As demonstrated in FIGS. 2A and 2B, there was a dose dependent increasein TR-FRET signal resulting from binding of the hydroxylated-P564-HIF1αpeptide to VCB-Eu compared to the unhydroxylated form of the peptideresulting in a 14 fold signal over noise ratio at 125 nM HIF1α peptide.VCB binding to the APC bound peptide permits a FRET transfer between theEu and APC. The signal was linear to 2 nM peptide with 3.125 nM VCB, butincreases to 62.5 nM peptide with 50 nM VCB resulting in a larger linearrange.

TR-FRET detection utilizing Eu-labeled VCB is a practical system fordetermining HIF PHD2 catalytic activity. HIF PHD2 hydroxylation of theHIF1α peptide results in the increase affinity of VCB to the peptide andhence and increased FRET signal. As shown in FIGS. 3A and 3B, activitywas verified with a fairly linear and an increasing TR-FRET signal overtime. There was a dose dependant increase in initial rates withincreasing HIF PHD2 enzyme concentration up to 400 nM. The initial rateswere linear to 100 nM enzyme.

Inhibition of HIF PHD2 activity was quantified utilizing the TR-FRETtechnology. HIF PHD2 catalyzes a hydroxyl modification on the prolineresidue of the P564-HIF1α peptide substrate (Biotin-DLEMLAPYIPMDDDFQL(SEQ ID NO: 7)) resulting in recognition and binding of the europylatedVon Hippel-Lindau protein (pVHL), elongin B and elongin C heterotrimeric(VCB-Eu) complex.

The PHD2 inhibition assay was executed by addition of freshly dissolvedFeCl₂ to 178.57 μM (100 μM final concentration) in PHD2 Reaction Buffercontaining 30 mM MES, pH 6, 10 mM NaCl, 0.25% Brij-35, 0.01% BSA, and 1%DMSO. 28 μL of the iron solution and 2 μL of inhibitor compoundsserially diluted in 100% DMSO (5% DMSO final) were added to blackpolypropylene 96-well microtiter plates. To that, 10 μL of 10 nM PHD2 (2nM final) was added to all wells of the plate except for the 8 wells ofcolumn 12 (LO control), and allowed to incubate at room temperature onthe shaker for one hour. Column 6 was the HI control containing PHD2enzyme and 5% DMSO vehicle, but no inhibitor compound. To initiate thePHD2 enzymatic reaction, 10 μL of a solution containing 500 nMP564-HIF1α peptide (100 nM final), 10 mM ascorbic acid (2 mM final), and1.25 μM 2-oxoglutarate (α-ketoglutarate; 0.25 μM final) in PHD2 ReactionBuffer was added to all wells of the plate and allowed to incubate onthe shaker at room temperature for one hour.

The reaction was terminated by addition of 25 μL TR-FRET Buffer (50 mMTRIS-HCl, pH 9, 100 mM NaCl, 0.05% BSA, and 0.5% Tween-20) containing150 mM succinate (product inhibitor; 50 mM final), 75 nMstreptavidin-APC (25 nM final), and 7.5 nM VCB-Eu (2.5 nM final). TheTR-FRET detection reagents were placed on a shaker for 1 hour to reachbinding equilibrium before reading on the Discovery platform(PerkinElmer). Europium is excited at 315 nm and phosphoresces at 615 nmwith a large Stoke's shift. APC, in turn, emits at 655 nm uponexcitation at 615 nm. The TR-FRET signal is measured as the ratio of theAPC 655 nm signal divided by the internal europium reference 615 nmemission signal.

The POC (percentage of control) was determined by comparing the signalfrom hydroxylated peptide substrate in the enzyme reaction containinginhibitor compound with that from PHD2 enzyme with DMSO vehicle alone(HI control), and no enzyme (LO control). POC was calculated using theformula: % control (POC)=(cpd−average LO)/(average HI−average LO)*100.Data (consisting of POC and inhibitor concentration in μM) was fitted toa 4-parameter equation (y=A+((B−A)/(1+((x/C)^D))), where A is theminimum y (POC) value, B is the maximum y (POC), C is the x (cpdconcentration) at the point of inflection and D is the slope factor)using a Levenburg-Marquardt non-linear regression algorithm.

In certain embodiments, compounds of the present invention exhibit a HIFPHD inhibitory activity IC₅₀ value of 40 μM or less. In additionalembodiments, compounds of the present invention exhibit a HIF PHDinhibitory activity IC₅₀ value of 10 μM or less and in furtherembodiments, compounds of the present invention exhibit a HIP PHDinhibitory activity IC₅₀ value of 5 μM or less.

The following table includes PHD2 IC₅₀ values obtained using theprocedures set forth herein for various Examples compounds describedherein.

TABLE 4 Example ^(a)PHD2 IC₅₀ (nM) 1 +++++ 2 +++++ 3 +++++ 4 +++++ 5+++++ 6 ++++ 7 ++++ 8 ++++ 9 ++ 10 +++++ 11 +++++ 12 +++++ 13 +++++ 14+++++ 15 ++++ 16 +++++ 17 +++++ 18 +++++ 19 +++++ 20 ++++ 21 ++++ 22++++ 23 +++++ 24 +++++ 25 ++++ 26 ++++ 27 +++++ 28 +++++ 29 ++++ 30 +++31 +++++ 32 ++++ 33 +++++ 34 ++++ 35 ++++ 36 ++++ 37 +++ 38 +++ 39 ++++40 +++++ 41 +++++ 42 +++++ 43 ++++ 44 +++++ 45 +++++ 46 +++++ 47 +++++48 +++++ 49 +++++ 50 ++++ 51 +++++ 52 ++++ 53 +++++ 54 + 55 ++++ 56 + 57+++++ 58 +++++ 59 +++++ 60 ++++ 61 +++++ 62 +++++ 63 +++++ 64 +++++ 65+++ 66 ++++ 67 ++ 68 +++ 69 +++++ 70 ++++ 71 +++++ 72 +++++ 73 +++++ 74++++ 75 +++++ 76 ++++ 77 +++++ 78 ++++ 79 ++++ 80 +++++ 81 +++++ 82+++++ 83 +++++ 84 +++++ 85 +++++ 86 +++++ 87 +++++ 88 +++++ 89 +++++ 90+++++ 91 +++++ 92 +++++ 93 +++++ 94 +++++ 95 ++++ 96 +++++ 97 +++++ 98+++++ 99 +++++ 100 + 101 + 102 + 103 +++++ 104 +++++ 105 +++++ 106 +++++107 ++++ 108 +++++ 109 +++++ 110 ++++ 111 +++++ 112 +++++ 113 +++++ 114++++ 115 ++ 116 +++++ 117 +++++ 118 ++++ 119 +++++ 120 ++ 121 ++ 122++++ 123 ++ 124 ++ 125 +++ 126 ++++ 127 ++++ 128 +++++ 129 +++++ 130+++++ 131 +++++ 132 +++++ 133 +++++ 134 +++++ 135 +++++ 136 +++++ 137+++++ 138 +++++ 139 +++++ 140 +++++ 141 +++++ 142 +++++ 143 +++++^(a)IC₅₀ value ranges + IC₅₀ > 10,000 nM ++ 1000 nM ≦ IC₅₀ ≦ 10,000 nM+++ 500 nM ≦ IC₅₀ ≦ 1,000 nM ++++ 100 nM ≦ IC₅₀ ≦ 500 nM +++++ IC₅₀ <100 nM

All publications and patent applications cited in this specification arehereby incorporated by reference herein in their entireties and for allpurposes as if each individual publication or patent application werespecifically and individually indicated as being incorporated byreference and as if each reference was fully set forth in its entirety.Although the foregoing invention has been described in some detail byway of illustration and example for purposes of clarity ofunderstanding, it will be readily apparent to those of ordinary skill inthe art in light of the teachings of this invention that certain changesand modifications may be made thereto without departing from the spiritor scope of the appended claims.

1. A compound of Formula I:

a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, a tautomer thereof, or apharmaceutically acceptable salt of the tautomer; or a mixture of any ofthe foregoing, wherein: m is 0 to 4; n is 1 to 6; R₁ and R₂ areindependently selected from halogen, CN, alkyl, substituted alkyl,alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl,substituted cycloalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, aralkyl, substitutedaralkyl, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl,substituted heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl,heteroarylalkyl, or substituted heteroarylalkyl, or R₁ and R₂ can jointo form a spirocyclic ring system that may be substituted with one ormore substituents; X is selected from —NR_(a)—, —O—, —S—, or—(CR_(b)R_(c))— wherein R_(a) is selected from H or lower alkyl; R₃ andR₄ are independently selected from H, lower alkyl, substituted loweralkyl, lower haloalkyl, or substituted lower haloalkyl, or R₃ and R₄ canjoin together to form a 3 to 6 membered ring or a substituted 3 to 6membered ring; R₅ is selected from OH, SH, NH₂, lower alkyl, substitutedlower alkyl, lower alkoxy, substituted lower alkoxy, or sulfanyl; R₆ isselected from H, OH, SH NH₂, NHSO₂R₈, or sulfonyl; each R₇, if present,is independently selected from alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl,substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, NR_(d)R_(e), C(O)OR₈,OR₈, SR₈, SO₂R₈, CN, NO₂, halo, aryl, substituted aryl, arylalkyl,substituted arylalkyl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl,heteroarylalkyl, substituted heteroarylalkyl, heterocyclyl, substitutedheterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, substituted heterocyclylalkyl,alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl, haloalkyl, perhaloalkyl, or—Y—R₉, wherein: Y is selected from —N(R₁₀)—Z— or —Z—N(R₁₀)—; Z isselected from C(O), SO₂, alkylene, substituted alkylene, alkenylene,substituted alkenylene, alkynylene, or substituted alkynylene; R₈ isselected from H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl,alkynyl, or substituted alkynyl; R₉ is selected from H, heterocyclyl,substituted heterocyclyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, orsubstituted heteroaryl; R₁₀ is selected from H, lower alkyl, orsubstituted lower alkyl; R_(b) and R_(c) are independently selected fromH, lower alkyl, substituted lower alkyl, lower haloalkyl, or substitutedlower haloalkyl, or R_(b) and R_(c) can join together to form a 3 to 6membered ring or a substituted 3 to 6 membered ring; and R_(d) and R_(e)are independently selected from H, lower alkyl, substituted lower alkyl,lower haloalkyl, or substituted lower haloalkyl, or R_(d) and R_(e) canjoin together to form a 3 to 6 membered ring or a substituted 3 to 6membered ring.
 2. The compound according to claim 1, wherein R₅ is OH.3. The compound according to claim 1, wherein R₆ is OH.
 4. The compoundaccording to claim 1, wherein m is 1 to 4 and at least one instance ofR₇ is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstitutedheteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, or a substituted orunsubstituted heterocyclyl group.
 5. The compound according to claim 1,wherein m is 1 to 4 and at least one instance of R₇ is independentlyselected from halo or a moiety substituted with at least one halo. 6.The compound according to claim 1, wherein m is
 0. 7. The compoundaccording to claim 1, wherein n is
 1. 8. The compound according to claim1, wherein R₁ and R₂ are independently selected from CN, lower alkyl,aryl, or substituted aryl.
 9. The compound according to claim 1, whereinR₁ and R₂ are lower alkyl.
 10. The compound according to claim 1,wherein R₁ and R₂ join to form a spirocyclic ring system.
 11. Thecompound according to claim 1, wherein R₁ and R₂ join to form aheterocyclic spirocyclic ring system.
 12. The compound according toclaim 1, wherein R₁ and R₂ join to form the group —CH₂—CH₂—O—CH₂—CH₂—.13. The compound according to claim 1, wherein R₁ is CN.
 14. Thecompound according to claim 1, wherein m is
 1. 15. The compoundaccording to claim 1, wherein X is NH, n is 1, R₃ and R₄ areindependently selected from H, lower alkyl or substituted lower alkyl,and R₆ is OH.
 16. The compound according to claim 15, wherein R₅ is OH.17. The compound according to claim 1, wherein X is —(CR_(b)R_(c))—. 18.The compound according to claim 17, wherein X is —CH₂—.
 19. The compoundaccording to claim 1, wherein X is NR_(a)—.
 20. The compound accordingto claim 19, wherein X is —NH—.
 21. The compound according to claim 1,wherein R₃ is selected from H, lower alkyl, substituted lower alkyl,lower haloalkyl, or substituted lower haloalkyl, and R₄ is selected fromlower alkyl, substituted lower alkyl, lower haloalkyl, or substitutedlower haloalkyl, or R₃ and R₄ join together to form a 3 to 6 memberedring or a substituted 3 to 6 membered ring.
 22. The compound accordingto claim 21, wherein R₄ is a C₁-C₄ alkyl or a substituted C₁-C₄ alkyl.23. The compound according to claim 22, wherein R₄ is a methyl group.24. The compound according to claim 21, wherein n is
 1. 25. Apharmaceutical composition comprising at least one pharmaceuticallyacceptable excipient, and a therapeutically effective amount of acompound of Formula I:

a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, a tautomer thereof, or apharmaceutically acceptable salt of the tautomer; or a mixture of any ofthe foregoing, wherein: m is 0 to 4; n is 1 to 6; R₁ and R₂ areindependently selected from halogen, CN, alkyl, substituted alkyl,alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl,substituted cycloalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, aralkyl, substitutedaralkyl, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl,substituted heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl,heteroarylalkyl, or substituted heteroarylalkyl, or R₁ and R₂ can jointo form a spirocyclic ring system that may be substituted with one ormore substituents; X is selected from —NR_(a), —O—, —S—, or—(CR_(b)R_(c))— wherein R_(a) is selected from H or lower alkyl; R₃ andR₄ are independently selected from H, lower alkyl, substituted loweralkyl, lower haloalkyl, or substituted lower haloalkyl, or R₃ and R₄ canjoin together to form a 3 to 6 membered ring or a substituted 3 to 6membered ring; R₅ is selected from OH, SH, NH₂, lower alkyl, substitutedlower alkyl, lower alkoxy, substituted lower alkoxy, or sulfanyl; R₆ isselected from H, OH, SH NH₂, NHSO₂R₈, or sulfonyl; each R₇, if present,is independently selected from alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl,substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, NR_(d)R_(e), C(O)OR₈,OR₈, SR₈, SO₂R₈, CN, NO₂, halo, aryl, substituted aryl, arylalkyl,substituted arylalkyl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl,heteroarylalkyl, substituted heteroarylalkyl, heterocyclyl, substitutedheterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, substituted heterocyclylalkyl,alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl, haloalkyl, perhaloalkyl, or—Y—R₉, wherein: Y is selected from —N(R₁₀)—Z— or —Z—N(R₁₀)—; Z isselected from C(O), SO₂, alkylene, substituted alkylene, alkenylene,substituted alkenylene, alkynylene, or substituted alkynylene; R₈ isselected from H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl,alkynyl, or substituted alkynyl; R₉ is selected from H, heterocyclyl,substituted heterocyclyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, orsubstituted heteroaryl; R₁₀ is selected from H, lower alkyl, orsubstituted lower alkyl; R_(b) and R_(c) are independently selected fromH, lower alkyl, substituted lower alkyl, lower haloalkyl, or substitutedlower haloalkyl, or R_(b) and R_(c) can join together to form a 3 to 6membered ring or a substituted 3 to 6 membered ring; and R_(d) and R_(e)are independently selected from H, lower alkyl, substituted lower alkyl,lower haloalkyl, or substituted lower haloalkyl, or R_(d) and R_(e) canjoin together to form a 3 to 6 membered ring or a substituted 3 to 6membered ring.
 26. A compound of Formula II:

a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, a tautomer thereof, or apharmaceutically acceptable salt of the tautomer; or a mixture of any ofthe foregoing, wherein: J, K, L, and M are each CR₇; n is 1 to 6; R₁ andR₂ are independently selected from halogen, CN, alkyl, substitutedalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl,cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, aralkyl,substituted aralkyl, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl,heterocyclylalkyl, substituted heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl,substituted heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, or substituted heteroarylalkyl,or R₁ and R₂ can join to form a spirocyclic ring system that may besubstituted with one or more substituents; X is selected from —NR_(a)—,—O—, —S—, or (CR_(b)R_(c))—, wherein R_(a) is selected from H or loweralkyl; R₃ and R₄ are independently selected from H, lower alkyl,substituted lower alkyl, lower haloalkyl, or substituted lowerhaloalkyl, or R₃ and R₄ can join together to form a 3 to 6 membered ringor a substituted 3 to 6 membered ring; R₅ is selected from OH, SH, NH₂,lower alkyl, substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, substituted loweralkoxy, or sulfanyl; R₆ is selected from H, OH, SH NH₂, NHSO₂R₈, orsulfonyl; each R₇ is independently selected from H, alkyl, substitutedalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl,NR_(d)R_(e), C(O)R₈, C(O)OR₉, OR₉, SR₉, SO₂R₉, CN, NO₂, halo, aryl,substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, heteroaryl,substituted heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, substituted heteroarylalkyl,heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, substitutedheterocyclylalkyl, haloalkyl, perhaloalkyl, or —Y—R₁₀, wherein: Y isselected from —N(R₁₁)—Z— or —Z—N(R₁₁)—; Z is selected from C(O), SO₂,alkylene, substituted alkylene, alkenylene, substituted alkenylene,alkynylene, or substituted alkynylene; R₈ is selected from H, alkyl,substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substitutedalkynyl heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, aryl, substituted aryl,heteroaryl, or substituted heteroaryl; R₉ is selected from H, alkyl,substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, or substitutedalkynyl; R₁₀ is selected from H, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl,aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl or substituted heteroaryl; R₁₁ isselected from H, lower alkyl, or substituted lower alkyl; R_(b) andR_(c) are independently selected from H, lower alkyl, substituted loweralkyl, lower haloalkyl, or substituted lower haloalkyl, or R_(b) andR_(c) can join together to form a 3 to 6 membered ring or a substituted3 to 6 membered ring; and R_(d) and R_(e) are independently selectedfrom H, lower alkyl, substituted lower alkyl, lower haloalkyl, orsubstituted lower haloalkyl, or R_(d) and R_(e) can join together toform a 3 to 6 membered ring or a substituted 3 to 6 membered ring. 27.The compound according to claim 26, wherein R₅ is OH.
 28. The compoundaccording to claim 26, wherein R₆ is OH.
 29. The compound according toclaim 26, wherein at least one instance of R₇ is a substituted orunsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, asubstituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, or a substituted orunsubstituted heterocyclyl group.
 30. The compound according to claim26, wherein at least one instance of R₇ is chosen from a halo or amoiety substituted with at least one halo.
 31. The compound according toclaim 26, wherein n is
 1. 32. The compound according to claim 26,wherein R₁ and R₂ are independently chosen from CN, lower alkyl, aryl,or substituted aryl.
 33. The compound according to claim 32, wherein R₁and R₂ are lower alkyl.
 34. The compound according to claim 26, whereinR₁ and R₂ join to form a spirocyclic ring system.
 35. The compoundaccording to claim 34, wherein R₁ and R₂ join to form a heterocyclicspirocyclic ring system.
 36. The compound according to claim 26, whereinR₁ and R₂ join to form the group —CH₂—CH₂—O—CH₂—CH₂—.
 37. The compoundaccording to claim 26, wherein R₁ is CN.
 38. The compound according toclaim 26, wherein X is —(CR_(b)R_(c))—.
 39. The compound according toclaim 38, wherein X is —CH₂—.
 40. The compound according to claim 26,wherein X is —NR_(a)—.
 41. The compound according to claim 40, wherein Xis —NH—.
 42. The compound according to claim 26, wherein R₃ and R₄ areindependently selected from H and lower alkyl.
 43. The compoundaccording to claim 42, wherein R₃ and R₄ are independently selected fromH and methyl.
 44. The compound according to claim 42, wherein R₃ and R₄are both H.
 45. The compound according to claim 26, wherein R₃ isselected from H, lower alkyl, substituted lower alkyl, lower haloalkyl,or substituted lower haloalkyl and R₄ is selected from lower alkyl,substituted lower alkyl, lower haloalkyl, or substituted lowerhaloalkyl, or R₃ and R₄ join together to form a 3 to 6 membered ring ora substituted 3 to 6 membered ring.
 46. The compound according to claim45, wherein R₄ is a C₁-C₄ alkyl or a substituted C₁-C₄ alkyl.
 47. Thecompound according to claim 46, wherein R₄ is a methyl group.
 48. Thecompound according to claim 45, wherein n is
 1. 49. A pharmaceuticalcomposition comprising at least one pharmaceutically acceptableexcipient, and a therapeutically effective amount of a compound ofFormula II:

a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, a tautomer thereof, or apharmaceutically acceptable salt of the tautomer; or a mixture of any ofthe foregoing, wherein: J, K, L, and M are each CR₇; n is 1 to 6; R₁ andR₂ are independently selected from halogen, CN, alkyl, substitutedalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl,cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, aralkyl,substituted aralkyl, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl,heterocyclylalkyl, substituted heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl,substituted heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, or substituted heteroarylalkyl,or R₁ and R₂ can join to form a spirocyclic ring system that may besubstituted with one or more substituents; X is selected from —NR_(a)—,—O—, —S—, or —(CR_(b)R_(c))—, wherein R_(a) is selected from H or loweralkyl; R₃ and R₄ are independently selected from H, lower alkyl,substituted lower alkyl, lower haloalkyl, or substituted lowerhaloalkyl, or R₃ and R₄ can join together to form a 3 to 6 membered ringor a substituted 3 to 6 membered ring; R₅ is selected from OH, SH, NH₂,lower alkyl, substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, substituted loweralkoxy, or sulfanyl; R₆ is selected from H, OH, SH NH₂, NHSO₂R₈, orsulfonyl; each R₇ is independently selected from H, alkyl, substitutedalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl,NR_(d)R_(e), C(O)R₈, C(O)OR₉, OR₉, SR₉, SO₂R₉, CN, NO₂, halo, aryl,substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, heteroaryl,substituted heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, substituted heteroarylalkyl,heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, substitutedheterocyclylalkyl, haloalkyl, perhaloalkyl, or —Y—R₁₀, wherein: Y isselected from —N(R₁₁)—Z— or —Z—N(R₁₁)—; Z is selected from C(O), SO₂,alkylene, substituted alkylene, alkenylene, substituted alkenylene,alkynylene, or substituted alkynylene; R₈ is selected from H, alkyl,substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substitutedalkynyl heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, aryl, substituted aryl,heteroaryl, or substituted heteroaryl; R₉ is selected from H, alkyl,substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, or substitutedalkynyl; R₁₀ is selected from H, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl,aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl or substituted heteroaryl; R₁₁ isselected from H, lower alkyl, or substituted lower alkyl; R_(b) andR_(c) are independently selected from H, lower alkyl, substituted loweralkyl, lower haloalkyl, or substituted lower haloalkyl, or R_(b) andR_(c) can join together to form a 3 to 6 membered ring or a substituted3 to 6 membered ring; and R_(d) and R_(e) are independently selectedfrom H, lower alkyl, substituted lower alkyl, lower haloalkyl, orsubstituted lower haloalkyl, or R_(d) and R_(e) can join together toform a 3 to 6 membered ring or a substituted 3 to 6 membered ring. 50.The compound of claim 1, wherein, the compound is selected from

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, a tautomer thereof or apharmaceutically acceptable salt of the tautomer; or a mixture thereof.